President Trump’s apparent feckless impulsiveness in dropping weapons of mass destruction (MOAB – the largest non-nuclear bomb ever unleashed, tested on the people of Afghanistan) (image left below) and fifty-nine Tomahawk Cruise Missiles on Syria, exactly a week apart, on 6th and 13th April respectively, has unnerved much of the world.

His threats to Iran and North Korea, the latter even invoking a possible US nuclear attack without, apparently, even being aware of the consequences, are the stuff of nightmares, indeed of the chilling film “The Day After.”

Someone should send the movie-loving President a copy. 

Trump, it is reported, does not read so is probably unaware of Carl Sagan’s succinct assessment of not alone the unimaginable holocaust of nuclear confrontation, but of the demented, unhinged stupidity:  

“The nuclear arms race is like two sworn enemies standing waist deep in gasoline, one with three matches, the other with five.” 

The insane threats also come from a man who achieved five draft deferments during the Vietnam war, thus has no knowledge even of what one bullet can do, yet alone the mankind and all life vapourising monstrosities he seems to think he has divine power to unleash on a whim. (1) 

Ironic that this threat to humanity comes from a man who, it is reported, currently has Buckingham Palace pondering on how to accommodate – in a visit later this year – his fear of walking down steps or touching hand rails should they contain germs. He is allegedly a self described “germophobe”, (2) but not it seems, a WMD-ophobe. 

Numerous psychological complexities, including apparent megalomania, obsession with greatness – e.g., claims of having the biggest crowd ever for an inauguration, which aerial views showed were patently nonsense; his recent claim that his media ratings on a television show were the highest since the Twin Towers came down (3) (crass tastelessness aside) and a vocabulary so limited it makes George W. Bush with his “mis-speaks” and “Bushisms” look like an orator, are just a few of the characteristics which have a group of eminent psychiatrists extremely concerned. 

At a conference at Yale’s School of Medicine (4) Dr. John Gartner, a founder Member of Duty to Warn and a: ‘psychotherapist who advised psychiatric residents at Johns Hopkins University Medical School until 2015, said:

“We have an ethical responsibility to warn the public about Donald Trump’s dangerous mental illness …Worse than just being a liar or a narcissist, in addition he is paranoid, delusional and grandiose thinking and he proved that to the country the first day he was President.”  

Referring to the day’s inaugural crowd size claims he commented: “If Donald Trump really believes he had the largest crowd size in history, that’s delusional.” 

Professor James Gilligan pulled no punches, saying:

“I’ve worked with some of the most dangerous people our society produces, directing mental health programmes in prisons. 

“I’ve worked with murderers and rapists. I can recognise dangerousness from a mile away. You don’t have to be an expert on dangerousness or spend fifty years studying it like I have in order to know how dangerous this man is.”  

Dr. Gartner launched an on line petition (5) aimed at mental health experts, calling for the removal of the President from office due to being: “psychologically incapable of competently discharging the duties of President.”  

Independent, screen shot, April 25, 2017

Dr. Bandy Lee of Yale University; former Harvard University Research Fellow and Chief Resident at Massachusetts General Hospital, in an extensive interview with the Independent, defended her colleagues and the holding of the Conference, which had been criticized by some for potentially contravening: “the Goldwater Rule, instituted by the American Psychiatric Association (APA) in the 1970s to discourage practitioners from offering professional opinions on people in the public eye unless they had personally examined them.”  

Independent, screen shot, April 25, 2017

Dr. Lee invoked with force and clarity the argument of speaking out to prevent a greater harm, stating:  ‘It was acting as a psychiatrist might do in “ordinary practice” if they were forced to break confidentiality rules to protect people.”  

She qualified: “Assessing dangerousness is actually quite different from doing an individual analysis. It’s about protecting the individual and his or her potential victims.” 

Further: 

“The real dangerousness is this instability, unpredictability and impulsivity that point to dangerousness due to mental impairment. The kind of taunting of North Korea, for example. The military attack that was done within a few days of office.

“He suddenly, impulsively, bombed Syria. And then the dropping of the Mother of All Bombs, the expression of contentment at the show of force, is very troublesome.”

The question was put to Dr. Lee as to whether she actually regarded the President as a threat to the survival of American society, her answer is an ultra sobering wake up call: “I wouldn’t be speaking up unless it rose to that level. It may come to that.” The Indepedent, April 25, 2017, Click to Read the full article at (6.)

Notes

1.    http://thehill.com/blogs/ballot-box/presidential-races/290105-trump-got-five-draft-deferments-during-vietnam

2.    http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/donald-trump-uk-state-visit-avoid-stairs-protocol-british-officials-a7699016.html

3.    https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/live/2017/apr/24/trump-downplays-100-days-milestone

4.    http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/donald-trump-dangerous-mental-illness-yale-psychiatrist-conference-us-president-unfit-james-gartner-a7694316.html

5.    https://www.change.org/p/trump-is-mentally-ill-and-must-be-removed

6.    http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/us-politics/donald-trump-mental-illness-signs-yale-psychiatrist-dr-bandy-lee-dangerous-us-president-goldwater-a7700816.html 

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Is Trump Suffering from “WMD-Ophobia”? Leading Psychiatrists Express Concern at President’s “Dangerousness”, “Instability” and “Unpredictability”

Selected Articles: Israel Supports the Islamic State (ISIS)

April 27th, 2017 by Global Research News

Turkey’s Kurdish Agenda

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, April 27, 2017

Any doubts that Turkey’s involvement in the conflict against Islamic State is purely symbolic were dispelled by a latest round of air strikes against Kurdish positions in northeast Syria and Iraq’s Sinjar region, killing at least 20 fighters. (The number from Ankara is a more inflated 70). Iraqi government officials were flawed by the action, infuriated by its audacity; the US State Department was troubled and confused.

Alliance of Convenience: Israel Supports Syria’s ISIS Terror Group

By Stephen Lendman, April 27, 2017

NATO, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and other regional rogue states supply them with weapons and other material support.

So does Israel. In June 2015, the Times of Israel quoted former Israeli defense minister Moshe Ya’alon.

Video: Turkey Bombing US-Backed Forces in Syria, Israel Supports ISIS

By South Front, April 27, 2017

Former Israeli Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon has accidentally acknowledged that Israel has an open communications channel with the ISIS terrorist group, or at least its part operating in the Syrian Golan Heights. Speaking about Israel’s neutrality in the Syrian war on Satuday, Ya’alon said that the terrorist group apologized for opening fire on Israeli Defense Forces soldiers in the occupied Golan Heights.

Turkish Airstrikes On Kurds Complicate U.S. Operations In Iraq And Syria

By Moon of Alabama, April 26, 2017

The YPK is now likely to divert forces from the U.S. led attack on the Islamic State in Raqqa to protect against further Turkish adventures. The PKK within Turkey may restart its guerrilla campaign against the Turkish military. The Barzani clan will come under renewed pressure by Kurdish people in Iraq as well as by the Iraqi government to loosen its ties with Turkey. All sides will blame the U.S. and its operations against Syria and the Islamic State.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Israel Supports the Islamic State (ISIS)

Turkey’s Kurdish Agenda

April 27th, 2017 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

Any doubts that Turkey’s involvement in the conflict against Islamic State is purely symbolic were dispelled by a latest round of air strikes against Kurdish positions in northeast Syria and Iraq’s Sinjar region, killing at least 20 fighters.  (The number from Ankara is a more inflated 70). Iraqi government officials were flawed by the action, infuriated by its audacity; the US State Department was troubled and confused. 

“We are very concerned, deeply concerned,” claimed spokesman Mark Toner, “that Turkey conducted air strikes earlier today in northern Syria as well as northern Iraq without proper coordination with the United States or the broader global coalition to defeat IS.”[1]  Toner also explained that such strikes “were not approved by the coalition and led to the unfortunate loss of life of our partner forces in the fight against” Islamic State.

The Pentagon seemed less troubled, concerned more with logistical error and plain bungling among coalition members.

“We don’t want our partners hitting other partners,” came a statement from a senior US defence official.  “We’ve got to figure out exactly who got hit.  We don’t know yet. We do know where the strikes were, but we don’t know exactly who is dead.”[2]

Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan is very much on top of the world – his world, at least. On the home front, he continues a savage campaign against alleged coup plotters through mass detentions. He is beaming from the referendum results held this month that granted him new constitutional powers.

Refuting the suggestion that this latest round of belligerence was an act of introspective, isolated adventurism, he explained that,

“We shared this with the US and Russia and we are sharing it with Iraq as well. It is an operation that (Iraqi Kurdistan President Massoud) Barzani has been informed about.” Such an interpretation stretches the meaning of sharing, to say the least.

Image result for kurdish workers party

A statement from the Turkish military justified the strikes on a long grounded and orthodox basis: that the groups in question had links with the Kurdish Workers’ Party, or PKK, deemed by both Washington and Ankara as a terrorist group. The fighters in question had become targets as a preventative measure against the smuggling of weapons and munitions into Turkey that might end up being used by the PKK against the Turkish state. The agenda for liberation has no borders:

“To destroy these terror hubs which threaten the security, unity and integrity of our country and our nation and as part of our rights based on international law, air strikes have been carried out… and terrorist targets have been struck with success.”

The PKK presence in Sinjar was yet another consequence of violence and its bitter fruit, a response to the murderous efforts of Islamic State militants against the local Yazidi population that saw genocide and enslavement practiced against thousands. Erdoğan is less sentimental about the reaction to IS exploits, concerned that the PKK presence risks creating a “new Qandil” reminiscent of the organisation’s base bordering Turkey, Iraq and Iran.

The bloody melange looks all the more complicated for having the US-backed Popular Protection Units (YPG), being targeted by a NATO and US ally, a point that underscores Turkey’s ambivalent role in fighting various fundamentalist groups in the conflict. Turkey is keeping its enemies traditional. 

The YPG was in little doubt what the actions had done, expressing its anger in a Twitter post. 

“By this attack, Turkey is trying to undermine [the] Raqqa operation, give (IS) time to reorganize and put in danger live of thousands of” displaced persons.

For some months now, Ankara has been insisting that Washington adopt a different approach to their YPG allies, one of studied disentanglement from the Kurdish temptation. Preference, at least from the Turkish side of things, is given to closer cooperation with Syrian units, notably in efforts to remove Islamic State forces from Raqqa.

An even more stern tone has been directed at Baghdad, accused of dragging its feet on the issue of dealing with the Kurdish problem. A statement by spokesman Saad al-Hadithi ventured a condemnation, claiming that the raids were “a violation of international law and of Iraqi sovereignty.” Much of this will fall on deaf ears, given the porous, contingent nature of the current Iraqi and Syrian borders. Large powers trample and stomp, and the governments in question seem mere caretakers for the next hostile engagement.

The Ministry of Peshmerga Affairs in the Kurdish north had little time to lavish legitimacy on the Turkish assault, but it had a concession to make:

“PKK has been problematic for the people of the Kurdistan region and, despite broad calls to withdraw, refuses to leave Sinjar.”[3]

Accordingly, the “PKK must stop destabilising and escalating tensions in the area to allow life to return to the people of the area.” A frightful mess and one that Erdoğan has every intention of complicating.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He lectures at RMITUniversity, Melbourne. Email: [email protected]

Notes

[1] http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-39708909

[2] http://www.middleeasteye.net/news/turkey-bombs-kurdish-forces-northeast-syria-179841213

[3] https://www.wsj.com/articles/washington-protests-as-turkish-strikes-target-u-s-backed-fighters-1493158100

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Turkey’s Kurdish Agenda

Trump’s North Korean Obsession

April 27th, 2017 by Federico Pieraccini

Since Donald Trump‘s victory, tensions in the Korean Peninsula have reached almost unprecedented levels. This aggressive approach from the new administration has accentuated tensions with Pyongyang, leaving one to wonder whether another US war is in the making.

During the election campaign, Trump often took ambiguous and, in some respects, isolationist positions concerning hotspots around the world. The exception to this rule has often been North Korea. Business Insider cites the current US president speaking in January of 2016 about the DPRK with the following words about its nuclear program:

“We got to close it down, because he’s getting too close to doing something. Right now, he’s probably got the weapons, but he does not have the transportation system. Once he has the transportation system, he’s sick enough to use it. So we better get Involved.”

As soon as he became president, the words became even more threatening, clear and explicit, with this tweet becoming famous:

“North Korea just stated that it is in the final stages of developing a nuclear weapon capable of reaching parts of the US. It won’t happen!”

A few weeks later, words were turned into action: the United States and its allies (South Korea and Japan) carried out two enormous exercises between March and April 2017. The first, focusing on land and sea operations and named Foal Eagle, involved tens of thousands of US and South Korean soldiers and naval warships. A few weeks later the Max Thunder 17 exercise kicked in, with dozens of aircraft involved. In both exercises the goal is to focus on the DPRK, with simulations of an attack by the United States and its allies by land, sea and air.

From Pyongyang’s point of view, the deterioration of relations with the US, South Korea and Japan has risen beyond any tolerable limit with a vicious cycle of tensions on the Korean Peninsula, since Trump’s assumption of the presidency. The United States, the world’s premier military power, continually threatens to bomb and invade the DPRK with thousands of soldiers, or threatens to kill Kim Jong-un. As if this situation were not tense enough, the ongoing exercises by the US and her allies suggest a realistic possibility of invasion rather than a simple exercise (usually wars begin simultaneously with great maneuvers, since in such exercises forces are already deployed, operational, and ready to fight). Finally, to top off the madness coming from Washington, Trump repeatedly broached a change in the historical strategic balance reflected by MAD (mutually assured destruction), floating the idea of arming South Korea and even Japan with nuclear weapons.

Nuclear deterrence for peace

In light of all these historical provocations and threats, Kim Jong-un has in recent years had to accelerate his atomic program and demonstrate the consistency of DPRK’s nuclear capability and convincingly deter opponents. In order to asses the capacity of North Korea to hit the US with a WMD, one has to take into consideration two main factors: the ability to create a nuclear warhead, and the method of delivery.

The first, concerning the ability to detonate a domestically manufactured nuclear bomb, is already a fact acknowledged by the international community and demonstrated with five nuclear tests. The second question focuses on the means used to deliver the nuclear weapon. With the first question already a known fact (the DPRK has up to 30 nukes), this only leaves the assessment of missile range and reliability, which will be discussed later. For now, it is important to focus on the motives that may have driven the DPRK to develop an nuclear program. During American exercises, North Korean reservists from the countryside were often summoned from the countryside when they were most needed for harvesting and planting seasons, creating significant strains in the agricultural area so vital to the country’s economy.

Thanks to the nuclear deterrent, the amount of people recalled has been considerably reduced due to the reduction in the likelihood of an American attack on the peninsula.

Obviously nuclear deterrence plays a key part in North Korea’s defensive posture, but we can further consider the lesser known determinants of this strategic choice. First of all we can consider the reduction in military spending on conventional means of war by the possession of a nuclear deterrent. Pyongyang’s ability to almost market its nuclear deterrence with nuclear and missile tests is certainly more cost effective than building thousands of multiple-launch rocket systems (MLRS) and mortar rounds. This does not mean that in a military assessment of conflict, such equipment does not tip the balance of power; we will see that they do exactly this.

The DPRK’s deterrence policy is a much more complex matter than just its nuclear component. The common idea is that with a nuclear bomb Pyongyang is safe. That is true on the basis of the theory of MAD. But with missile defense systems in play, this could change the equation, or maybe not. What really makes the DPRK safe is conventional weapons and geography.

China Cannot Help Disarm Pyongyang

Regarding the considerations made by Pyongyang on nuclear disarmament, it is interesting to note that the North Korean leadership has often referred to the promises made by the west to Gaddafi regarding Libya’s nuclear disarmament, and the consequences of this choice seen in the subsequent attack on Libya and the killing of Gaddafi. Kim Jong-un has repeatedly made it clear that trusting Washington and its allies is simply impossible given these historical precedents.

Another important factor when talking about the Korean Peninsula is the common notion of Beijing’s influence on Pyongyang. Trump has on several occasions made it clear that China is the only actor capable of putting sufficient pressure on Kim in order to force him to disarm or stop missile tests. But this is a political position that leaves many questions and doubts and is based entirely on the notion that Beijing is assisting Pyongyang economically and so has the necessary leverage. This, for Washington, means that if Xi wanted to shut down the Korean economy and oblige DPRK’s leadership to dialogue, he could do so.

Reality, however, shows us that Beijing has little influence on the Korean leader, and a deeper analysis shows how the DPRK is forced to trade and talk to China more out of practical need than any desire to do so. Further evidence shows how the relationship between China and the DPRK is at the very least complicated.

Realistically, it is difficult to ignore the contribution of the former Soviet Union, and then Russia, to the DPRK’s conventional and possibly nuclear development. The last parade of arms on April 15, 2017 saw the DPRK parade hardware very similar to that of the Russian military, especially the large Topol-M. Of course Beijing has a longstanding interest in the DPRK and with the state’s survival. The DPRK ensures that there are no hostile forces on China’s southern border. Beijing has learned the lessons from the end of the Cold War, where, following various pledges to Russia not to extend NATO into Eastern Europe, NATO subsequently expanded right up to Russia’s borders, directly threatening the Russian Federation.

Beijing supports the DPRK to avoid a unified Korea under US guidance that would pose a real threat to the Chinese state. In this context, Beijing faces diplomatic consequences at an international level, facing criticism and threats of armed intervention in the DPRK if Beijing does not do something to stop the North Korean leader.

It is a very complicated situation for Beijing, which finds itself between a rock and a hard place, having little real ability to influence Kim’s choices. From the point of view of the DPRK, the best outcome would be an agreement with the United States and Japan to loosen sanctions and embargoes. The problem is what these nations ask for in return is complete disarmament. For the reasons cited above, this solution is virtually impossible because of the complete lack of trust by all actors.

From words to nothing

At this point it is good to go to the heart of the matter and to analyze the most interesting aspects. First of all, Trump’s actions in Syria, as well as the use of a MOAB in Afghanistan, sought to put pressure on Kim Jong-un to make him come to the negotiating table. This obviously did not work, it being utterly unrealistic to commence negotiating with Pyongyang on the basis of threats of war. The DPRK has been besieged for over 50 years, and 50 cruise missiles, or a ten-ton bomb, will hardly do anything to change their position or scare them. The DPRK is neither Syria nor Afghanistan.

The subtle line between deception and perception in the Korean nuclear affair is certainly of great interest. We should begin by saying what we know. The DPRK as a country is a tightly state monitored system from many point of view, in terms of information, the internet, computer systems. Any information we read in the mainstream media on the DPRK should therefore be treated as propaganda. Two aspects are to be considered, namely what the DPRK wants western military planners to believe, and what the western press wants public opinion to know and believe about the DPRK. Let us take a practical and vital example in this discussion by looking at the range of the missiles mentioned in previous paragraphs.

We start with a basic premise stated by Washington, namely that the United States will prevent the DPRK from developing a missile (ICBM) capable of reaching American territory with a nuclear warhead. The DPRK is in response developing an ICBM that can reach US soil in order to gain the ultimate deterrent weapon and so ensure its safety. In reality, we cannot know what the DPRK’s capabilities are until they test them. And with regard to that, the US administration has limited interest in publicizing possibile DPRK achievements and hinting that Pyongyang could hit the US with a nuclear warhead. That would then arise domestic pressures exerted throughout the press, politics, think-tanks, the military, the intelligence community, and external actors (Japan and Korea) to attack North Korea.

Likewise, the DPRK has no interest in eventually testing an ICBM already knowing well that the United States would have its back against a wall, leaving it with no choice but to attack.

Federico Pieraccini is an independent freelance writer specialized in international affairs, conflicts, politics and strategies.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump’s North Korean Obsession

Propaganda and the War on Science

April 27th, 2017 by Dr. Gary G. Kohls

Propaganda: “a message designed to persuade its intended audience to think and behave in a certain manner. Thus advertising is commercial propaganda. Or institutionalized and systematic spreading of information and/or disinformation, usually to promote a narrow political or religious (or commercial) viewpoint.” — from http://www.businessdictionary.com/

Mercenary: a person primary concerned with making money at the expense of ethics.

“The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, and our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of…It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind.”  — Edward L. Bernays, the Father of Propaganda in America and Sigmund Freud’s nephew, from his seminal book Propaganda (1928).

 “Entire populations, which were undisciplined or lacking in intellectual or definite moral principles, were vulnerable to unconscious influence and thus susceptible to wanting things that they do not need. This is achieved by manipulating desires on an unconscious level.” Edward Bernays, From the Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science (March 1947)

I recently heard a talk given by the author of a book whose theme was “the war on science”. The author happened to be on the national steering committee that helped to organize last weekend’s March for Science. The author was not a scientist, but he appeared to be fairly well read about some of the issues about which I was also concerned, such as global warming, resource depletion, pollution, over-population and other highly probable environmental catastrophes.

We were on the same page in opposing the Trump administration’s proposals to de-fund the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative and regulatory agencies such as the EPA. We also both opposed the Trump administration’s threats to cut funding for pro-science initiatives such as dealing with the remaining un-remediated SuperFund pollution sites that have been created by reckless and unregulated corporations, municipalities and the American military. (NOTE: Pentagon Inc is the biggest polluter on the planet.)

However, during the speech, I was disappointed to hear the author boldly state as fact a widely-propagated media, medical and pharmaceutical industry myth that falsely claims that vaccines (presumably including the 270 new experimental ones that are in Big Pharma’s pipeline) are totally safe and efficacious (when they are injected into the muscle tissue of tiny, even premature infants whose blood-brain barriers and immune systems are not yet developed enough to keep out the mercury, aluminum and live viruses).

Obviously, unbeknownst to this non-scientist author, his statement revealed that he was ignorant or otherwise unaware of the voluminous body of documented, peer-reviewed and unbiased neuroscientific evidence that refutes the oft-repeated claim – or perhaps it just revealed the success of the indoctrination process that he and so many others, including far too many health journalists, had heard again and again. One only needs to recall Goebbels dictum: “If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it as truth.”  

(For that evidence that refutes the lie about vaccine safety, go to: 

https://go2.thetruthaboutvaccines.com/docuseries/replay/;

www.nvic.org;  

http://vaxxedthemovie.com/;

www.vactruth.com

http://www.vaccinationinformationnetwork.com;

http://www.greatergoodmovie.org/learn-more/science/

The Fluoridation of America’s Water Supplies

The author also disappointed me when he repeated the American Dental Association-propagated (and fluoride industry) myth that the widespread fluoridation of municipal water supplies with the hazardous waste by-product of the fertilizer industry (fluoride) has no downsides (implying that fluoride supplementation is totally safe for the bodies and brains of children, notwithstanding the documented proof  that the ingestion of that neurotoxic mineral can cause lowered IQ levels, hypothyroidism and brain damage, as well as fluorosis of bones and teeth.

Image result for fluoride

The statement also ignored the fact that the fertilizer industry’s waste products contain an variable combination of fluorosilicic acid, sodium fluorosilicate and sodium fluoride, in addition to untested-for-contaminants like arsenic. It is important to note that fluoridation of water supplies is banned in most municipalities in Europe (on the basis of good, unbiased science), with no evidence of any increase in the incidence of dental caries in those non-fluoridated communities. (Explore www.fluoridealert.org for much more – and also read the warning on the next tube of fluoridated Crest toothpaste that you can find on the grocery store shelf.)

Edward Bernays, the Father of American Propaganda

Image result for edward bernaysEdward Bernays is considered the Father of American Propaganda. His writings on propaganda inspired Nazi Party leader Joseph Goebbels, Hitler’s Minister of Propaganda and Public Enlightenment to be really good at his job. One of Bernay’s most influential corporate “accomplishments” occurred in the mid- to late-1940s, when he was hired by ALCOA (the Aluminum Company of America) to orchestrate a public relations campaign to convince political leaders and the public that it would be good if ALCOA’s highly toxic by-product (fluoride salts) were added to the nation’s drinking water supplies under the guise of preventing tooth decay in children. (Google “Edward Bernays, the Father of American Propaganda” and “A Chronology of Forced Fluoridation in America” for more.)

Bernays’ propaganda campaign worked like a charm, with many state legislatures (including my state of Minnesota) passing laws that compelled reluctant municipalities to fluoridate their water supplies with the waste product that had up until then been responsible for so much poisoned air, water, soil, food, vegetation, livestock and other living things surrounding ALCOA’s aluminum smelting plants.

The aluminum industry, with the help of the American Dental Association (which is still in denial about the serious neurotoxicity of the mercury in its dental “amalgam” fillings), was enabled to sell its otherwise unmarketable and poisonous by-product – and they made a profit to boot! Win-win-lose.

Bernays’ and ALCOA’s fluoride caper was just another example of how cunning mercenary lobbyists that work for sociopathic corporations can convince non-scientist legislators to do their bidding, especially if the politicians also accept campaign contributions from those often criminal enterprises! (It should be noted, by the way, that, in recent years, most of the highly caustic fluoride powder that is purchased by American municipalities like Duluth comes from the toxic smokestacks of the phosphate fertilizer industry [rather than from the aluminum industry] and that the handlers of the fluoride powder need to wear hazmat suits.)

It is obvious to any close observer of what industry calls “science” is that there are at least two types of science:

1) the biased, Big Business kind of science that hires well-trained scientists to perform the necessary research in order to develop products that will make money for the company and its investors, and

2) the unbiased kind of science that is in it for altruistic reasons – with scientists that work for the advancement of pure knowledge, the advancement of society and the creation of a more humane and prosperous world for everybody – hoping, of course, to make a decent living at the same time.

The first kind of science – the one that has been dominant in American society for far too long – must be regarded with extreme suspicion, for it hires scientists that are expected do the will of the corporation’s non-scientist management and marketing teams that may be serial liars and manipulators of statistics. Far too often – because of the intense competition, corporations  find themselves unable to afford following ethical principles other than the so-called “business ethics” (an oxymoron) that they may have learned in the business administration course they once took in school.

Mercenaries, Whether Scientists or Soldiers, Can’t be Trusted to do the Honorable Thing

This type of corrupted corporate science that has been involved in the defense industries has always employed large numbers of mercenary scientists and other workers that have produced the most lethal weapons in the history of the world. It was clever German chemists that invented chlorine and mustard gas weapons of mass destruction in World War I, weapons that were rapidly replicated by Allied scientists on the other side of No Man’s Land – and then gleefully used.

It was physicists, mathematicians, chemists and assorted scientists that invented the infamous uranium and plutonium weapons of mass destruction that incinerated and mutilated hundreds of thousands of mostly innocent women and children in Hiroshima and Nagasaki in a war that was could have ended weeks earlier with negotiations.

And I recall reading that over half (perhaps 75%) of all American scientists during the Reagan years were employed by the nuclear weapons industries designing and building massive numbers of nuclear weapons of mass destruction, with the accumulation of 4 trillion dollars of national debt that is still unpaid and still paying massive amounts of interest to corporate and wealthy bond holders who are thankful for the war readiness agendas.

And it was very smart scientists that invented the homicidal and suicidal weapons of mass destruction called Agent Orange (thanks to DOW Chemical and Monsanto). And mercenary scientists invented the ecocidal and neurotoxic CFCs (thanks to General Motors and DuPont), carcinogenic herbicides like Round-up (thanks to Monsanto, DOW, BASF, Bayer, Syngenta, etc) all of which are longer-lasting in the environment that the serial liars in those industries are willing to admit.

That type of corrupted corporate science (as in Big Finance, Big Mining, Big Oil, Big Chemistry, Big Weapons, etc) has started wars in order to find cheap labor and extract valuable minerals and non-renewable resources from the earth and under the oceans, thus permanently scarring and polluting vast amounts of land and sea.

The Corrupted Science of Big Pharma

In my opinion, one of the most destructive examples of corrupted corporate science, is the multinational pharmaceutical industry that I call Big Pharma. That conglomeration of corporations produces inherently unsafe vaccines and addictive, potentially lethal and brain-altering/brain-destroying psychiatric drugs – and then has the hubris to claim that these drugs and vaccines are safe. Each and every one of their products is unaffordable and bankrupting to the families or systems that pay for them.

Related image

Full disclosure of the risks of prescription drugs is never done prior to the patient’s consenting to take the drug. It would take too much time for the prescriber to do what is required. And the only obligation for the corporations supplying the chemical is not to do what is best for the patient-consumers of the product, but to make money for their corporation and its investors.

That type of commercialized science is always at risk of being corrupted by unethical motivations that place profits ahead of patients, and so they let their covey of lawyers defend the drug deaths and disabilities in court, expecting to receive a wrist slap – rather than the death penalty – as the usual penalty for the use of their “unavoidably unsafe” products.

In our highly competitive, let the buyer beware, crony capitalist system, truth-telling about the dangers of a corporation’s products is regarded as something only losers do. And any scientist with a conscience – the potential whistle-blowing insider – need not apply for employment.

That type of corrupted science in Big Pharma is rampant in America, Britain, Australia, Canada and the European Union as well – wherever capitalism is unopposed by ethical regulatory agencies or social democratic leanings. Big Pharma has the big money to lavishly fund, design and manage its experimental studies, and it maintains tight control over those studies. Too often its scientists are asked to fudge the statistics so that the results will convince the FDA to grant approval for marketing the end-product.

As would be expected whenever billions of dollars of potential profits are involved and the lure of another block-buster drug is in view, bribery and other unethical activities politics inevitably happen.

The Way it Used to Be – or So I Thought

Back in the day when I was an idealistic medical student, we students believed in the sanctity of pure science and ethical medicine and doing what is best for the patient. We followed the Hippocratic Oath. Medicine, to us, was the type of honorable science that looked for the truth, no matter where the evidence led. Free debate about health issues was allowed and encouraged. We students were naïve enough to think that our professors were also idealists and not influenced by the Big Business of medicine. Of course we had no idea about what was going on behind the scenes, but I doubt that any of our professors were multimillionaires that were in bed with corporations.

But even then, there was the specter of Big Pharma influence on us lowly students. We were being groomed to be good prescription writers. Eli Lilly and other Big Pharma corporations gave us occasional free lunches, reflex hammers, stethoscopes and fake alligator leather doctor’s bags. Merck gave us Merck Manuals. Ciba-Geigy provided us with monographs of Frank Netter’s anatomic drawings. We got used to collecting the little corporate trinkets like pens, pizzas and post-it notes at the drug rep visits and medical conferences that we were invited to attend.

And, like all cunning public relations strategies, no obvious demands were made on us at the time, but we got the fuzzy feeling that Big Pharma was a friend that would, just like us idealists, first do no harm. And perhaps it was so back in those seemingly more innocent times, before there were so many toxic prescription drugs out there that made billionaires of pharmaceutical company CEOs and millionaires of academic physicians.

I suspect that other science-minded students of my era were also going into physics, chemistry, mathematics, biology, etc wanted to just do honest science. Most of us had no intention of becoming millionaires. We thought that science was supposed to be fair and unbiased but we didn’t appreciate the greed of the sociopathic pharmaceutical, medical insurance, medical device, medical communications, healthcare providers and other medical corporations that now rule the world.

The March for Science

Image result for march for science 2017Following the above-noted speech that I began this column talking about, I checked out the website of the March for Science organization that the speaker was involved in and found – after a lot of searching – a list of advisory board members. In that list were representatives of a number of corporations, including some giant multinational pharmaceutical corporations such as Pfizer, Merck and GlaxoSmithKline, the latter two being major makers of vaccines that – since 1986 – have been totally immune from lawsuits when their inherently neurotoxic vaccines kill or sicken babies, children or adults.

So I was somewhat ambivalent about participating in the March on Science last Saturday, not knowing if there would be a significant presence from the purveyors of the type of fraudulent science such as Big Pharma.

According to the media reports that I have seen about the event, big corporations seem to have exerted no undue influence on the march, although there may have been some covert muting of  potentially embarrassing exposures of Big Pharma’s nefarious agenda.

But there remain cunning, corrupted corporate science foxes in the pure science henhouse.

Dr Kohls is a retired physician from Duluth, MN, USA. He writes a weekly column for the Duluth Reader, the area’s alternative newsweekly magazine. His columns deal with the dangers of American fascism, corporatism, militarism, racism, malnutrition, Big Pharma’s psychiatric drugging and over-vaccination regimens, and other movements that threaten the environment, prosperity, democracy, civility and the health and longevity of the planet and the populace. To consult his writings click here. 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Propaganda and the War on Science

Korea Crisis: Threats Do Not Promote Human Rights

April 27th, 2017 by Caleb T. Maupin

While the international community has widely condemned the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) for its withdrawal from the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and proliferation of nuclear weapons, there are clearly differing attitudes about how to resolve the unfolding tensions in the region.

In addition to the dangerous talk of a unilateral military attack, the United States is also working to economically isolate the DPRK. Efforts are made by the United States to prevent the DPRK from purchasing the petroleum needed to operate its agricultural system and to prevent the country from selling its coal on the international markets. Pressure is increasingly put on China to cooperate with U.S. efforts to isolate the country, efforts which essentially consist of taking food from the mouths of Korean families, as retribution for nuclear proliferation.

At the same time as they are engaging in efforts to threaten and economically isolate the DPRK, U.S. leaders continue to invoke the concept of “human rights” in the process. Officials in the U.S. contend that the leaders of the DPRK are “violating the rights” of their people, and that their economic sanctions and military threats are justified because of this.

The USS Michigan nuclear-powered submarine arrives at port of Busan, South Korea, April 25, 2017. [Photo/Xinhua] 

When speaking about human rights in the DPRK, Western leader’s words are tainted by obvious hypocrisy. While human rights allegations against the DPRK are based on the unproven claims of defectors, there is no dispute about the crimes of the U.S.-aligned Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

Saudi Arabia is an absolute monarchy which beheads, tortures, flogs, and mutilates its citizens routinely. Saudis, both foreign guest workers and citizens, have been executed for crimes like “sorcery” or “insulting the King.” This does not stop the United States from remaining economically and militarily tied to this regime, even as it engages in war crimes against its neighbors in Yemen.

Furthermore, with their actions against the DPRK, U.S. leaders seem to forget that the conditions created by military threats and economic isolation are not conducive to human rights. In all societies it is recognized that the right to free assembly and freedom of speech can and must be put on hold in conditions of war. When facing a foreign foe, societies of all types become more authoritarian and militarized. Placing the DPRK into a situation where it anticipates foreign attacks or invasion is highly unlikely to result in democratic reforms. The same can be said for sabotaging the DPRK’s economy.

If anything, the road to human rights on the Korean Peninsula is not economic isolation, but economic integration. Human history demonstrates that if the level of prosperity and development increases in a country, the level of transparency and civil freedoms increases along with it.

If Western corporations were to reach an understanding with the DPRK, and create joint ventures and free economic zones, the likelihood of imminent war would immediately decrease. Western corporations and the DPRK’s leadership would both have a direct material interest in ensuring peace, so the economic cooperation could continue. If the DPRK were able to see its standard of living rise and military threats decrease, it would be far more open to scaling back the state of war and preparedness that has defined it since the 1950s, and escalated since the 1990s.

Xi Jinping‘s leadership of China and the “Belt and Road” policy are based on this fundamental understanding that peace and human rights are linked to economic stability. Franklin Delano Roosevelt, the former president of the United States, expressed similar sentiments saying:

“People who are hungry, people who are without jobs, are the stuff of which dictatorships are made.”

As tensions increase on the Korean peninsula and throughout the Pacific, leaders should carefully consider, not how punitive or crushing their actions can be, but rather, what will be their actual results. The peace, human rights, and expanding economic development — the shared goal of all rational human beings — are not being advanced by threats of war or economic isolation of the DPRK.

Caleb Maupin is a journalist and political analyst who resides in New York City focusing on U.S. foreign policy and the global system of monopoly capitalism and imperialism.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Korea Crisis: Threats Do Not Promote Human Rights

Macron won 23.75% of the votes, while his opponent Le Pen won 21.53%, according to official results. Republican Francois Fillon and independent left-candidate Jean-Luc Mélenchon won 19.91% and 19.64% respectively. While the former Socialist party candidate, Benouit Hamon has accrued just 6.35% of the vote. The remaining 8.82% of the votes were shared by the remaining 6 candidates for the French Presidency.

The collapse of traditional bipartisanism

What do the results show? First of all, an impressive collapse of traditional bipartism, of the two alternating parties which dominated the presidential power for decades. On the one hand, the center-right party, which originated from the formerly de Gaulle right, and in 2002 formed under the then president Jean Chirac the UMP (Union pour un mouvement populaire). After Sarkozy’s defeat to Hollande in 2012 presidential race and the spree that suffered the center-right thanks to this petit Napoléon – as Sarkozy liked to be characterized by the media and his friends, without perhaps knowing that it was Louis Bonaparte who used to be called with the same nickname by those who mocked him when he was self-proclaimed Emperor Napoleon the 3rd in 1852 – this party changed its name to Les Républicains (Republicans), in order to be rescued. But in vain. For the first time, since the time of De Gaulle, the center-right party could not even get into the second round of the presidential election.

On the other hand, the Socialist Party, which – let us not forget – had brought this grotesque figure, François Hollande, to the French Presidency in 2012, with 28.63% of the votes in the first round. In these presidential elections its candidate, Hamon, managed to collect only 6.35% of the votes. Less than Mélenchon, who in 2012 had again come fourth with 11.10% of the votes.

If this collapse of traditional bipartisanism will be verified by the parliamentary elections, which are also expected in two rounds on 11 and 18 June, then it is clear that France has entered a completely new and highly transitional political situation. And like in every transition, we see new successive correlations of power in both politics and society. The dividing lines are repositioned and redefined.

The EU has directly nominated its own candidate.

In these presidential elections, Macron won the first round. Who is Macron? An independent candidate out of nowhere. Without a structured party, or parties to support him. And this is something that happened for the first time in the political life of France after the war.

In fact, Macron, is the less independent candidate from all the contesters in these elections. He wasn’t supported by any party, because he was nominated directly and supported by the entire mechanism of the European Union, the banks and the financial markets, which control the lion’s share of the communication and media system in France. It’s the first time in an advanced European country that a candidate for the highest office was nominated by the cartel that governs the European Union. It’s a glimpse to the future of politics under EU yoke.

Tens of billions of euros were spent by the banking and Euro-Union cartel in order for their independent candidate to enter every French home. And Macron did not conceal that he is the European Union’s eminent. Nor did he conceal that he has the backing of Berlin. Besides, he made it clear when he chose to visit Mrs. Merkel in the Chancellery in the midst of pre-election campaign.

The mechanism of the EU and Berlin have reached the point of directly attacking the candidates who may have threatened their own. That was the case with the Fillon scandal, and the Le Pen scandal at the heart of the pre-election period.

The EU cartel literally ordered the French judicial and police authorities to intervene against the two candidates. This was done publicly against Fillon by the investigating authorities for something that could certainly be investigated without being publicized until the need for criminal prosecution arises. Which, noteworthy, we are still waiting. Especially in the case of a minor offense, such as the sinecure of his appointed spouse to public office.

The same was done with Le Pen, where, in addition to the charges launched by the EU authorities, we saw police raids at her offices. Why? Because, as Brussels said, she used EU money for her party’s internal political needs. Something that, literally, all the parties that are represented in the European Parliament do. Without exception. It is European Commission’s own practice, to finance any party event of those parties with a presence in the European Parliament, without considering whether it is for European issues or not. An official statement from the party is sufficient for EC and the fiddler falls without a second thought.

If there had been no EU intervention and no scandal atmosphere against Fillon and Le Pen by the controlled Media, it would have been highly improbable for Macron to reach the second round. This proves the extent of the EU-Berlin penetration within the state of affairs in France.

On the other hand, Le Pén chose to meet with Putin in the Kremlin – as a reaction to Macron’s move to meet with Merkel in order to get her official anointment. The EU media created a huge locomotion, saying that Putin was getting involved in the internal affairs of France and EU’s by meeting with Le Pen.

Reports filled all sorts of tabloids in the mainstream media concerning the direct involvement of Russia through hacking and financing, first and foremost, in favor of Le Pen. All this created a morbid atmosphere with a very dark purpose. It is the appropriate political climate for the official governing cartel to move officially against anyone that the mainstream media finger as a pawn of Putin. In this way the cartel can even annul – if deem it necessary – an election which is unfavorable to Brussels and Berlin. The official excuse already exists. The active involvement of a foreign power (Russia) into the interior affairs of France.

Obviously this is not the case for Mrs. Merkel, who so prominently supported Macron by every means necessary. The French state officially recognizes that Mrs. Merkel and Germany have every right to have a say and to get involved into the political affairs of the country. In the name of course of European integration. And that hasn’t been done to such a degree since the Vichy regime.

The nation-state has emerged as a dominant issue

Most importantly, the presidential elections in France have clearly highlighted the predominant issue of our time. Defending the nation-state, or destroying it in favor of a supranational Europe, in favor of a global government. Never again has this matter been put forward in such a direct and profound way since the New Order of the Nazis.

And this time the preservation or failure of the nation-state concerns all political systems. We saw it happen in Britain with the referendum on leaving the EU and we will definitely see it dominating the upcoming parliamentary elections. We saw it dominating even the last US presidential election. Donald Trump convinced a major section of the American public that he is a champion for the nation-state against globalization. That’s what brought him to the White House. And now, three months after taking office, he has the lowest popularity that has ever been for the President of the United States since 1945.

According to a Washington Post-ABC News poll, President Donald Trump has seen his 100-day White House acceptance score dropping to a record low of 42%. Twelve of his predecessors had an average of 61% for the same time period in the White House. This is interpreted not because of the policies Trump advocated in the pre-election period, but, on the contrary, because he was identified with the regime that he had previously denounced. The only increase of Trump’s popularity is observed in the controlled mainstream media, which, from being his sworn enemies, became his admirers. Especially after the open attack on Syria and Russia.

The presidential elections in France are the first to bring forward so clearly the dividing line between the sworn enemies of the nation-state and those who defend the need for it to exist, in order to have democracy for the people. Especially for France the key question is this: a new Vichy regime with a view to assimilate France into the EU or not? This basic question will be, from now on, the central issue of all the social and political events in France. And this will not only devour the political system of France, but will literally crush every party or political force that refuses to answer openly and clearly this basic question.

France thus definitively closes the historic circle of the so-called Fifth Republic, which was born through a parliamentary coup d’état by Charles de Gaulle with the issuing of the French Constitution of October 4th, 1958. And in this way the whole country returns back to the fundamental issues it did not solve, nor answered after the collapse of the old Vichy regime and its liberation from Nazism.

The European Union against the French nation

The slippage of official France first into a policy of appeasement with fascism and Nazism and then into co-operation with Nazi Germany was based on the demand for a United Europe. The policy of appeasement was primarily expressed by Aristide Briand‘s plan for a European Federation, which was first presented in a speech of September 5th, 1929 during the 10th General Assembly of the League of Nations in Geneva.

The French people, and especially the French workers as well as the poor farmers, responded with massive mobilizations, strikes and occupations of factories, to claim the unity not of Europe, but of the French Nation, on the basis of a social democracy according to revolutionary demands of 1789, 1848 and 1871. They wanted to get rid, once and for all, of the Third Republic, which was raised upon the ruins of Paris Commune and the corpses of tens of thousands of Communards executed in 1871.

Joseph Barthélemy, a prominent jurist and politician, wrote in 1924 that

“the democratic Constitution of 1875 was the product of a Monarchical Assembly,” which had created a state system with all the features of absolutism, where elections were merely a means of legitimizing arbitrariness of power. While the “people did not have anything to do” with the government, with the formulation and revision of Law and Constitution.

The sovereign was not the people, but the executive and the two legislative bodies, since, even when they violated the Constitution with laws and decisions, all that a citizen could do was to utterly obey. The Law above all, even if it completely contradicts the existing Constitution. (See Joseph Barthélemy, The Government of France, London: George Allen & Unwin, 1924, pp. 17-24)

Joseph Barthélemy himself fully justified the political philosophy of the Third Republic when he felt obliged to serve as the Minister of Justice in the Vichy regime. In the name of the continuity of the de facto French State and, of course, the preservation of Law and Order!

The Third Republic literally suffocated the masses of the people. They were considered as subjects and not as proper citizens. The Nation was represented by the institutions of power, the State and its Laws. So, when the official order sent the people to the World War I slaughterhouse to fight, and after the war condemned workers, peasants and middle businessmen to incredible poverty and debt, the masses said that’s enough. No more with such a Republic.

The winds of the great French Revolution began to blow again. The Nation is not the President and the government. Neither the legislature nor the institutions of power. The nation is us, the people. And consequently, the state and its bodies ought to serve the people and not the other way around. The Third Republic was facing a total collapse. The Briand Plan for a European Federation was a response to this terrifying perspective for the upper classes of the Third Republic. To the return to the revolutionary period of the French nation.

The 200 families that plundered France

In 1936, a slogan was shaking the workplaces and the poor rural provinces: “Long live the union of the French nation – against the 200 families that plundered France” (Daily Worker, 27 April 1936). This slogan became the battle cry of the Popular Front (Fronte Populaire, a political co-operation of communists, socialists and radicals) that brought it to the government.

Since its founding in 1806, the Bank of France (Banque de France) was under the control of a board elected by its 200 largest private shareholders. These shareholders, dominated by the renown Rothschild frères family and others of the same kind, were rightly targeted by the poor people, as responsible for their own disaster. Thus was created the “200 families controlling France” popular slogan. Since the poor people of the time knew by experience, what many party leaders, especially leftwing, deny to comprehend today. Whoever practically owns the central bank and issues the currency, he virtually controls the entire economy. And so the “200 families” personified for the simple people all the troubles that had been plagued upon them by the overwhelming debts and the long-term recession.

Image result for french popular front

The Popular Front prevalence in the May 3rd, 1936 elections, with 64% of the vote, deprived the “200 families,” the institutions that supported them, and the nationalist extreme right from the right to speak on behalf of the French Nation. The raison d’etat was not anymore with the “200 families,” but with the workers, the poor peasants and the small businessmen, who suffered under the yoke of the financial oligarchy and the arbitrary state of the Third Republic. The Nation demanded democracy, debt cancellation, bread, peace and work.

But since the Popular Front was a partnership among leaderships, without an independent organization within the people itself, it depended almost entirely on top-level compromises. The big strikes, the occupations of factories, the mobilization of the village, triggered by the rise of the Popular Front, have not only terrified the ruling class, but also the leadership of the Front parties. They had no confidence in the initiative and the dynamics of the masses, so they confined themselves to a policy of appeasement of both the masses – who, instinctively, knew very well that if they do not get rid of the “200 families” nothing would change essentially – and the ruling class. Thus the Front’s government allowed the oligarchy to keep the key positions it held in the system of power.

The “200 families” did not lose control of the Bank of France, so they drowned the Bloom government, the People’s Front government, into debts and inflationary money. The oligarchy knew that, while holding in its hands the creation of debt and money, even if all the means of production could have been nationalized or socialized – as the radical socialists preferred – this would have no practical meaning. True power would still be in its hands. Thus increases in wages, labor rights and other interventions of the Bloom government in favor of workers were swept away very quickly.

United Europe against people

Despite the ultimate failure and the collapse of the Popular Front, the terrifying feeling of the ruling class remained. In 1936, under the threat of the Popular Front, at a meeting of a French think-tank with great influence in the bourgeois circles in France, the Ligue of the Human Rights (Ligue des droits de l’ Homme), one of the participants described the following scenario:

Let us imagine the worst in the simplistic, even improbable, form of a single nation conquering all others. Let us imagine Europe conquered by Germany. Well, I suggest that a Germany extended thus over the whole of Europe would no longer be the Germany that we know…. This would be Europe under a different name: a unified Europe. Or rather, it would be neither the Europe of today, nor the Germany of today, but something else; the European confederation of the future (Quoted by M.L. Smith, Introduction: European Unity and the Second World War, M.L. Smith and Peter MR Stirk, eds., Making the New Europe: European Unity and the Second World War, (London and New York: Pinter Publishers, 1990), p. 16).

On this perspective, which came to dominate the official order of the Third Republic, the prospect of a United Europe – even under the military might of Hitlerism – created the foundation upon which was built up the collaboration with fascism and Nazism.

Thus the collaboration with the Axis in France between 1938 and 1945 focused on the conception of European unity. The ideologies of collaborators with the Axis, as well as their European visions, varied – from the radical left to the nationalist far right. All of them could be grouped into three broad categories: Europeanists, Nationalists and purebred Fascists.

Image result for united europeEuropeanist followers of collaboration with the Axis, as Marcel Deat, Jean Luchaire and Raymond De Becker, were usually former European federalists of socialism and felt that Hitler would create a transnational European New Order that would incorporate many of the pre-socialist ideals. The fact that the Axis was out to eradicate the national demarcation among nation-states in Europe – even in a barbaric way – for the benefit of a transnational Europe, constitutes for Europeanists, especially the leftwing, an objective leap forward. And, therefore, the Europeanists, even from the far left, had to work together to ensure the socialist transformation of tomorrow’s transnational New Order of Europe.

Nationalist collaborationists, as Marshal Petain, Alexander Gkalopin and Robert Poulet, considered that cooperation with Nazi Germany was in the national interest of France, in order to avoid the risk of upsetting the established order with the plebs demanding a democracy where the impersonal and class fragmented people would play the dominant role. For the nationalists, the New Order was only the European Union which jointly ensures each country the Law and Order, the State and its institutions, the only items that represent the Nation. Sometimes against people when they prove to be unruly, or source of unrest.

The fascist collaborationists, such as Jacques Doriot and Leon Degrelle, captured European unity in terms of racial solidarity among fascist and Nazi states.

These three trends, having in common the imposition of a supranational European Union, first prepared the ignominious defeat of France in the face of the lightning war of Nazi Germany, launched on May 10th, 1940. On June 22nd, the second armistice was signed in Compiègne between France and Germany, which led to the division of France. Germany occupied the North and West, Italy got control of a small occupation zone in southeastern France. While in the south, a free zone was set up, which was controlled by an officially neutral government in Vichy led by Marshal Philippe Pétain.

Henry de Montherlant, prominent figure of regime intellectuals of the Third Republic, and rather popular poet in official circles before and during the Vichy period, described the Nazi war for the imposition of a united Europe as a “heroic struggle of the new European civilization against the lower Europeans” and celebrated the conquest of France by Germany in his book Le solstice de Juin. The solstice of June, was the capitulation of France to Nazi Germans on June 1940. (See Philippe Burrin, France Under the Germans: Collaboration and Compromise, (New York: New Press, 1996), pp. 344-346.)

Characteristic features of the alliance among Europeanists, nationalists of the extreme right and hardcore fascists, based upon the common goal of creating a united Europe, were manifested in caricatures.

This caricature was published on December 20th, 1941 in the flagship of the French collaborationist magazine Je suis partout. The caricature shows France ready to join the European family, guarded by Fascist Italy and Nazi Germany and surrounded by a number of other European countries under occupation.

France wants to join the European family, but three dark and robust hands are grabbing her by the arm. The Jews, with the characteristic star of David. The Masons, with the opposing calipers and the Free French who were fighting the Nazis and the Vichy regime with the characteristic cross of the French national resistance.

The most profound product of this alliance for a United Europe was Euronazism, a trend that helped Nazis to form the divisions of Waffen SS with conscripts for France and all over occupied Europe. Their main battle cry was fighting for a United Europe. And, loyal to this motto, the French division of the Waffen SS, Charlemagne, fought to the last man defending Reichstag and Hitler’s bunker against the Red Army. At a time that even Wehrmacht had laid down its arms.

If we were in similar conditions like those during the Third Reich, rest assured that in the battle lines of the Waffen SS division from France you could easily find guys like mr. Macron. Besides, only thanks to the professional communicators provided by the EU bosses for the Macron’s campaign we saw in the audience French flags waving along with European Union flags. Macron himself would very much like to have only EU flags, but the average French voter is not yet ready to accept it. Thus he reluctantly repeated the night of results, Vive la France! With the same exact pronunciation as the others like him and before him were shouting the same slogan to acknowledge the collaborationist regime of Vichy. They meant what Macron means today. France owned totally by the EU cartel.

The Vichy regime reigns and conquers in France

French people fighting the good fight, the national resistance fight, swept away the plans of United Europe. The most immediate and lasting legacy of the Resistance for postwar France was the social and economic reform program agreed by the National Resistance Council (CNR) in March 1944. It was the explicit demand of the real French Nation, against the Nation of the collaborators.

This program, which became known as “Resistance Map” had the immediate purpose of intensifying the struggle for national independence and a long-term objective of maintaining the national independence of France after the war. To the plans for a united Europe, the CNR and the totality of resistance groups, political parties and trade unions that had rallied to it, responded with national independence and sovereignty of the French nation, which, by this time, all of them accepted it coincided with the French people.

National independence was determined not only in terms of conventional foreign policy but also in terms of domestic economic and social policies. Hence the state itself had to be freed from the economic and political monopolies, which were ruling the Third Republic. To this end, they should nationalize natural monopolies, such as energy and power, and the main sources of credit and insurance. Starting with the Bank of France.

Image result for vichy government

This would facilitate the expansion of domestic production, which would be elaborated through a plan in consultation with all those involved in the production process. Similarly, the woman had to stop being slave to work, society and politics, so the voting right was attributed to them for the first time. The social reforms included the guaranteed right to work and free time, a guaranteed minimum standard of living and the restoration of trade union freedoms that have been abolished by the Vichy government. Supported of course by a comprehensive social security system.

Workers in agriculture should enjoy the same rights and conditions of employment to those working in the industry. This was to be achieved mainly through a pricing policy based on the National Wheat Agency established by the government of the Popular Front in 1936.

Finally, all these political, economic and social rights were not only to be established in metropolitan France but in all countries and territories of the former French Empire. The fact that all shades of political forces, except the Vichy ones, signed this program made the map of CNR a unique document in French history. Unsurpassed even today.

The only problem was that it never meant to be applied. It stayed to remind the unfulfilled visions of democratic unity of the French nation, which was the result of war and national resistance not only against Nazism itself, but also against the plans for a united Europe.

Charles de Gaulle with his predominance in the French political scene, not only “forgot” all about the Charter of Resistance, which he had signed too, but also made every effort to preserve the spirit and the meaning of the Vichy regime. He endorsed nationalism of Marshal Petain, as the dominant ideology of his own government. The only difference from Petain’s nationalism was the imperial ideation of Charles de Gaulle himself. He believed that since his France was among the victors of the war, it was easier for him to dominate the plans for a United Europe. A United Europe that could not only expand de Gaulle’s colonial and political spheres of influence, but could also expand the domain of imperial prestige of his regime among the Europeans. Instead of crawling behind Germany, as Vichy did during the war.

Thus, Europeanist collaborationism of Vichy regime survived in the plans of Monnet and Schuman for a United Europe. The veritable cause of the second world war for the Nazis, the creation of a European Union against the nation-states of Europe, became the alibi for the new plans for European Union. And first of all for the new Franco-German axis.

Especially after the imposition of the Constitution of October 4th, 1958, where the French President as an institution garnered so many powers in its hands, as those that have allowed the elected President of the Republic, Louis Bonaparte, to proclaim himself Emperor back in 1852, dissolving the legislature. Hence the President declared to be l’ esprit de la nation (the spirit of the nation) and therefore every manifestation of absolutism and arbitrariness from his part is due to the preservation of the national spirit itself. It stems from the very existence of the nation, which once again got divorced from the French people.

Can the new Vichy regime be overturned?

Today the lie that the Fifth Republic was based on is at an end. The masks are dropped. The Europeanism no longer attempts to keep the spirit of Vichy clandestinely into the very fabric of the presidential regime under the guise of Gaullism or – its alter ego – Mitteranism. Nowadays, Europeanism is openly trying to revive the Vichy regime itself in France. With a similar bipartisan consensus between the traditional right and left. First and foremost with planted candidates like Macron, who, if elected as president by the bipartisan Europeanist consensus, will test to the utmost the coherence of the French nation. In a way that has not been tested before in its history.

Can Le Pen be an antidote to the new Vichy regime? Not even close. Not only because she is trying to turn the clock back to the era of de Gaulle. The Fifth Republic that produced the contemporary France is already dead and buried. Nobody can resurrect it. Except as a farce or tragedy for the French nation. Today the institutional and political remnants of it only help to obscure the real issues and provide the forces that want to see the French nation disappear into a European melting pot with a shroud reactionary mechanism. Like the one planned by the Nazis.

The official France has already capitulated to the banking cartel and the financial oligarchy of the country totally depends its business, profits and existence on the European Union. Characteristic of this is the following diagram on the net international investment position of France. Compared to Germany and Britain.

France is irrevocably transformed into a host for foreign capital. Especially after entering the eurozone. And this net inflow depends mainly upon Germany, which became a top export capital economy. Thanks mainly to the creation of the eurozone.

France has not even Britain’s qualifications in order to reverse this trend. Britain has one of the top global financial markets. Besides Britain’s own weight in the global economy because of the Commonwealth and its close relations with the US. That is why from 2014 we see a radical reversal of the trend in Britain. And from a net capital inflow economy, Britain in 2016 converted to a net capital outflow country. Something that is not irrelevant to the strengthening of the position among the Britain’s elite to leave EU.

This cannot be done in France, without a radical reconstruction of the state and the economy. The conversion of France to a net capital inflow country, first and foremost from Germany, has favored a terrible hyperinflation of debt, mostly private. Private debt to GDP ratio in France increased to 228.9% in 2015 from 225.5% in 2014. The private debt to GDP ratio in France averaged 193.1% during the period from 1995 to 2015, reaching a record high in 2015 from a record low 162.8% in 1995.

This means that French private economy cannot function without accumulating huge debts. And this in turn tremendously exaggerates the size of the financial sector in France. According to the most recent data from the European Banking Federation (EBF), the banking sector in France is the largest in the EU, without counting the UK. In 2016 the total bank assets in France amounted to more than 8.1 trillion euros. The GDP of France of the same year amounted in current prices a little more than 2.1 trillion euros.

In other words, the banking sector in France is four times greater than the aggregate annual product of the entire French economy. This means that the main “industry” of the French economy is the banking usury. To maintain this bank hyperinflation it is not enough to increase public and private debts. France should also be kept as a host country for funds from Germany and EU, as the euro area economy. EMU is absolutely necessary for such a parasitic economy based mainly on usury. Because no France can afford to rescue by itself such an expanded banking monstrosity.

That is why France cannot leave eurozone without letting the banking giants to fail, to go bankrupt without any compensation for investors and bankers. France cannot leave eurozone without deleting public and private debts. And what is the Le Pen’s proposition? Nothing. Zip. Not a word. Instead she says that the transition of France to the franc, will allow to strengthen the banks and pay off debts with the new national currency. Something which cannot be done without exposing France to morbid extortion by investors and bankers.

Le Pen’s proposal, that is to pay off debts and banks with the new franc, suggests to those who know the political economy of the whole problem, that FN isn’t serious about France living euro and EU. She is using the leaving the euro slogan as a bogeyman for Brussels and Berlin. Just like de Gaulle did, remembering the sovereignty of the French Nation every time he had a difficult time in the course of European integration. Len Pen believes that by waving the bogeyman slogan, she can bring the euro cartel to the table, in order to renegotiate a special relationship with the eurozone and the EU in favor of imperial France. Something that apparently the remnants of the old Gaullist regime and state are seeking. The problem is that this cannot happen today.

What does all this mean? Something extremely simple. The very survival of France, especially of the French nation and the people themselves, depends upon the return to the Charter of the Resistance. Within the maze of troubles resulting from the process of assimilation of a sovereign state like France into the European Union, only new political forces that will have as a starting point the Charter of the Resistance would have a future. They will be able, once they are united, to work primarily among the working people and the intelligentsia, in order to impose upon the financial oligarchy the terms of national independence and democracy in accordance with the revolutionary traditions of the French nation. This is the only way out for the simple working folk.

Dimitris Kazakis is general secretary of Greece’s Popular Unity Front EPAM.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on What Exactly Did the French Vote for? The European Union against the French Nation

Donald Trump’s Failing Presidency

April 27th, 2017 by Robert Parry

The 100-day mark may be an artificial measuring stick for a U.S. president. Obviously much can happen in the remaining 1,361 days of a four-year term. But Donald Trump’s decisions in his first three months in office have put him on an almost irreversible path to failure.

He now appears to be little more than a traditional Republican with more than a little dash of Kardashian sleaze in him, a boorish reality-TV star reading from a neocon script that could have been written for many of his GOP rivals, except he delivers his lines with worse grammar and a limited vocabulary, favoring imprecise words such as “beautiful” and “sad.”

Trump also has the look of a conman. He sold himself as a populist who would fight for the forgotten Americans, but is following domestic policies aimed at comforting his super-rich friends while afflicting his most loyal blue-collar supporters.

He promises a tax package that will give huge breaks to the already well-to-do; he backed a Republican health-care plan that would have left 24 million Americans without insurance but saved billions for billionaires; he shows no sign of delivering on his trillion-dollar infrastructure plan although he keeps pushing his “beautiful” wall across the entire border with Mexico; and his hectoring of U.S. companies to stop exporting jobs has been more show than substance.

On the foreign policy front, Trump has broken his vow to move away from endless war and needless confrontation – and avoid their extraordinary costs in blood and treasure. After months of getting newspaper-slapped by the mainstream media over Russia-gate, Trump has put his tail between his legs and become a housebroken dog to neocon dogma. He also licks the hand of Israel and Saudi Arabia as he and his team keep repeating the favorite Israeli-Saudi mantra that “Iran is the principal sponsor of terrorism.”

His administration also blames Iran – not Israel, Saudi Arabia and indeed the United States – for Middle Eastern instability. But it was President George W. Bush and his neocon advisers who devised the disastrous invasion of Iraq with Israeli backing; it was President Barack Obama and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton who pushed for “regime change” in Libya and Syria, another Israeli-Saudi priority; it was Saudi Arabia and its Gulf State allies that have armed Al Qaeda, Islamic State and other Sunni terrorist groups; it is Israel that has persecuted the indigenous Palestinian population for generations and invaded Lebanon among other neighbors.

For all its faults, Iran has mostly opposed these operations and is now contributing military forces to fight Islamic State and Al Qaeda militants in Iraq and Syria. Yet, Trump has now conformed to the upside-down view of the Middle East that all the “important people” of Official Washington know to be true, that it’s all Iran’s fault, except – of course – what can be pinned on Russia.

Trump as Sociopath

Under intense pressure from the Democratic and Republican establishments – and facing an intelligence-community-driven hysteria over vague links between some of his advisers and Moscow – Trump has further buckled on his pledge to improve relations with Russia, instead ratcheting up rhetoric and threats.

Trump earned Official Washington’s pat on the head for firing 59 Tomahawk missiles at Syria on April 6 before any careful evaluation of a chemical-weapons incident in northern Syria could be conducted, an action that Hillary Clinton and the neocon-dominated commentator class of Official Washington just loved.

President Donald Trump welcomes Chinese President Xi Jinping to a state dinner during their summit at Mar-a-Lago, Florida, on April 6, 2017. (Screen shot from whitehouse.gov)

Trump regaled Fox Business Network’s Maria Bartiromo with the tale of how he disclosed the missile strike to Chinese President Xi Jinping during a state visit to Trump’s estate at Mar-a-Lago, giving the impression that he might be similarly reckless in attacking North Korea. Trump said he delivered the news over “the most beautiful piece of chocolate cake that you’ve ever seen,” allowing him to gauge the shock on Xi’s face.

“I said, ‘Mr. President, let me explain something to you’ — this was during dessert — ‘we’ve just fired 59 missiles’ — all of which hit, by the way, unbelievable, from, you know, hundreds of miles away, all of which hit, amazing,” Trump said.

“And he [Xi] was eating his cake. And he was silent,” Trump continued, adding that the Chinese president paused for 10 seconds before asking his interpreter to repeat what Trump had said. Trump clearly was relishing the moment, although it appears that a number of the Tomahawk missiles missed the targeted Syrian airbase with some striking a nearby village, killing nine civilians including four children, Syrian media reported.

Though Trump insisted that Xi approved of the attack, Trump’s sociopathic behavior most likely confirmed to Xi that Trump really is as mindlessly dangerous as many critics have warned.

Trump seems to enjoy watching shocked looks on people’s faces. I’m told that he explained to an associate that one of his joys in grabbing women by “the pussy” is to see their stunned reaction, fitting with his boast to Billy Bush of “Access Hollywood” that women are powerless to object given his status as a star.

“When you’re a star, … you can do anything,” Trump said. “Grab ’em by the pussy. You can do anything.”

Trump is more respectful — and obedient — toward men with real money. His head was surely turned when Sheldon Adelson, one of Israel’s most devoted advocates who has publicly suggested dropping a nuclear bomb inside Iran to coerce its government to do what Israel wants, donated a record $5 million to Trump’s inaugural festivities.

Indeed, what we have learned about Trump in the first 100 days is that he is a thin-skinned, insecure narcissist who obsesses over sleights and relishes tangible signs of praise and approval. The Clinton campaign was right about one thing at least, that Trump’s fragile ego puts the future of mankind at risk given his control of the U.S. nuclear arsenal.

Further enhancing that danger is that Trump apparently thinks his erratic behavior is a plus, not realizing that there are limits to what a madman can get away with even if he has his twitchy finger on the nuclear button. At some point, one of Trump’s crazed bluffs will be called and then he will have little choice but to prove that he is, indeed, a madman.

Lost Hope

Not that these criticisms come as much surprise, but there was hope – after his surprise election – that this irascible and arrogant figure might at least have the backbone to stand up against Official Washington’s neoconservative foreign policy orthodoxies and challenge the Israeli-Saudi dominance of U.S. policies in the Middle East.

The thinking went that Trump was a self-centered sonuvabitch but that personality might help him resist the pressures from the Washington establishment and thus avert a new, dangerous and expensive Cold War with Russia. Cooperation with Russia also held out prospects for finally ending the endless wars of his immediate predecessors.

President Donald Trump and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at joint press conference on Feb. 15. 2017. (Screen shot from Whitehouse.gov)

Some Trump supporters told me that perhaps someone like Trump was the only hope to shatter the orthodoxies that had come to encase Official Washington’s thinking in concrete. These hopeful supporters saw him as an uncouth buffoon, yes, but maybe someone who wouldn’t care what was said about him on CNN or in The New York Times or at a Brookings Institution conference, someone who was unorthodox enough to sledgehammer cracks in the official group thinks, allowing some necessary light of fresh thinking to finally pour through.

But even if that were the case – if Trump were that person – he faced very difficult obstacles, including the reality that neocon groupthink had solidified deeply into the foundation of the U.S. establishment, expanding from its initial base in the Republican Party to effective control of the national Democrats as well, although Democrats prefer different labels such as liberal or humanitarian interventionist to neoconservative (more a semantic difference than substantial).

For Trump, Official Washington’s foreign-policy consensus meant there were few credentialed individuals who could help him break the mold – and win Senate confirmation. Trump would have to look for people outside the traditional establishment and such people would find themselves under an aggressive review process looking for any misstep to disqualify them. And the few who might survive that ordeal would find themselves in largely hostile bureaucracies – at the State Department, the Pentagon, the intelligence agencies, or the National Security Council – that would be determined to either bring the outsider to heel or destroy him or her with leaks and obstructions.

The ‘Deep State’

Despite denials from mainstream commentators about America having a “deep state,” one does exist in Washington, as should be obvious watching the cable news shows or reading the major newspapers. Indeed, there is arguably less diversity allowed in the vaunted “free press” of America than in some supposedly authoritarian states.

For instance, even people with solid professional credentials who disagree with the U.S. government’s interpretation of the evidence on the April 4 chemical incident in Syria are excluded from participation in the public debate. The major U.S. media even takes pride in that exclusion because these people are deemed “fringe” or responsible for “propaganda” or guilty of “fake news.” The tendency toward careerist “groupthink” is very powerful in Washington and the national media.

President Donald Trump announces the selection of Gen. H.R. McMaster as his new National Security Adviser on Feb. 20, 2017. (Screen shot from Whitehouse.gov)

So, Trump faced daunting challenges when he entered the presidency, requiring him to move quickly and decisively if he hoped to change the direction of the neocon endless-war bandwagon. He needed to put the establishment forces on the defensive by telling the truth about events where the Obama administration had kept the American people in the dark, such as the Syria-sarin case on Aug. 21, 2013, which was pinned on the Syrian government though evidence pointed toward anti-government rebels, and the Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 shoot-down over eastern Ukraine on July 17, 2014, which was blamed on Russia while key U.S. intelligence evidence was kept hidden. [See here and here.]

Trump also needed to show that he would not be the patsy of either Israel or the Saudi royal family. That would have required telling some unpleasant truths, such as the well-known fact inside the U.S. intelligence community that Saudi Arabia and its Gulf State allies have been state sponsors of terrorism for decades, making the fanatical killers from Al Qaeda and Islamic State possible, and that Israel has bent U.S. foreign policy in the region for generations.

If Trump really had the guts that he likes people to think he has, he could have frozen or seized Saudi assets as punishment for the kingdom’s state sponsorship of terrorism and for using Sunni extremists as a paramilitary force in its sectarian rivalry with Shiite-ruled countries like Iran. Or if he wanted to demonstrate his defiance of the hyped-up Russia-gate allegations, he could have immediately announced a summit with Russian President Vladimir Putin on how to bring the “war on terror” to a conclusion, rather than play a timid defense.

At the outset of his presidency, Trump could have really shaken things up. But instead he wasted his first days proving that he was the pumped-up fool that his detractors said he was. Rather than show some grace toward the defeated Democrats, he insisted absurdly that his inaugural crowd was bigger than President Obama’s (which it wasn’t). He failed to appreciate or defuse the anger from the Women’s March, which filled the streets of dozens of cities the day after his Inauguration (with women wearing pink pussy hats to chide Trump for his boasts about grabbing women in the crotch).

Trump also could have acknowledged that he lost the popular vote but note that he had won under the rules of the Constitution and intended to be President for all the people. Instead he put forth the absurd notion that he had won the popular vote, which he lost by almost three million ballots (and, no, there is no evidence of five million illegal votes for Clinton).

Phony Tough Guy

Over those crucial early days, Trump continued to tweet out silly comments, replete with bad spelling and sloppy grammar. His aides then had to defend his “alternative facts,” which played into the theme that Trump was a pathetic know-nothing who acted like a pompous know-it-all. All of that might have fit his image as a cad who cared nothing for what the powers-that-be thought about him, but it turned out that Trump was essentially a phony tough guy who could be brought to his knees if pounded sufficiently by the opinion leaders.

Under the daily barrage of Russia-gate headlines, Trump tossed aside his first national security adviser, retired Gen. Michael Flynn, (essentially for not remembering every detail of a phone conversation with Russian Ambassador Sergey Kisylak). Trump then had his foreign-policy team join in bashing Russia (to prove he wasn’t Putin’s “puppet,” as Hillary Clinton had called him).

Defense Secretary Jim Mattis welcomes Saudi Deputy Crown Prince and Defense Minister Mohammed bin Salman to the Pentagon, March 16, 2017. (DoD photo by Sgt. Amber I. Smith)

Trump’s policies toward Ukraine and Crimea became indistinguishable from those of President Obama’s. Trump also showed no curiosity regarding how the Obama administration had stoked the Ukraine crisis and, in 2014, had facilitated the violent putsch that overthrew elected President Viktor Yanukovych and provoked Crimea’s secession from Ukraine and the Ukrainian civil war.

In early April, after weeks of ignominious retreat under media fire, Trump hoisted his white flag of capitulation. He pleased the neocons and the liberal hawks with a rush to judgment on a mysterious chemical incident in an Al Qaeda-controlled area of northern Syria. Quickly blaming the Syrian government, Trump ordered the firing of 59 Tomahawk missiles at a Syrian airbase on April 6. He also suggested that the Russians shared in the Syrian government’s guilt.

And, just like Obama, Trump hid whatever evidence he had from the American people, insisting that they accept his “high confidence” in his White House assessment. Under Trump, Americans were still being treated like the proverbial mushrooms except Trump’s crude declarations had replaced Obama’s smooth disingenuousness. Indeed, except for Trump’s Kardashian personality and his limited vocabulary, Trump’s foreign policy reflects more continuity with Obama – and with Hillary Clinton’s hawkishness – than any genuine differences.

If anything, Trump is now shifting U.S. foreign policy more into line with what the neocons demand than Obama did. With Trump’s goal to work more cooperatively with Russia smashed by Russia-gate, he is now cementing a foreign policy that is almost indistinguishable from what Trump’s vanquished Republican rivals, such as neocon Senators Marco Rubio of Florida, or Lindsey Graham of South Carolina, would have espoused. Or, for that matter, Hillary Clinton.

As The Wall Street Journal reported on Monday,

“The Trump administration’s still-emerging foreign policy has come into sharper focus as Defense Secretary Jim Mattis continues a whistle-stop tour through the Middle East, quietly placing building blocks for resetting ties that had been strained under the Obama White House.

“Over the past week, Mr. Mattis visited leaders in Saudi Arabia, Egypt and Israel bearing the message that the Trump administration wants to realign with those nations and stressing that Washington and capitals in the region have shared interests, such as fighting terrorism. An animating feature of Mr. Mattis’s effort is to counter what he repeatedly has described as the malign influence of Iran.”

In other words, Trump is signaling that he is now in thrall to the influential Israeli-Saudi tandem and that means he will continue to deform U.S. foreign policy to meet Israeli-Saudi regional desires, which include a new bid for “regime change” in Syria and a heightened confrontation with Iran and Russia.

This strategy surrenders to the same falsehoods that brought George W. Bush’s presidency to disaster. It means the Saudis, the Qataris and other Sunni sheikdoms will again have a free hand to quietly slip U.S.-manufactured weaponry to Al Qaeda and its cohorts. It means the U.S. government will have to pile on evermore lies to conceal the sickening reality of a de facto U.S./Al Qaeda alliance from the American people.

The attendant tensions with Russia – and eventually with China – also could provoke a nuclear confrontation that Trump is psychologically unfit to manage. Playing madman – and counting on President Putin or President Xi to play the adult – is not as clever as it may sound. Putin and Xi have their own internal political pressures to consider – and they may feel compelled to call one of Trump’s bluffs.

Thus, Trump now appears on course to become a failed U.S. president, maybe one of the worst. But let’s all hope he is not the last.

Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his latest book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com).

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Donald Trump’s Failing Presidency

Debunking Trump’s Casus Belli

April 27th, 2017 by Philip Giraldi

Wars and rumors of wars have been dominating news cycles of late. No one should be surprised that there is a “former intelligence officer” subculture that is particularly noticeable in the Washington, DC, area. We stay in touch, communicate regularly, have lunches to discuss the “old days,” and sometimes organize to raise objections to some of the foreign follies pursued by the U.S. government. Though we often try to stay under the radar, making personal but discreet contact with sympathetic congressmen and journalists, we sometimes work together to get letters to the editor or articles placed in national publications. More rarely we appear on television or radio to discuss our own perspectives on current events.

There is an additional element that helps shape our perceptions—namely, that many of us are in contact with friends who are still in harness with the Intelligence Community or who are working as post-retirement contractors. Though current employees generally are highly cautious about what they are doing, and we are acutely aware that it is not a good idea to ask anything specific, frustration over specific governmental policies and actions is occasionally vented.

Recently, with the cruise missile attacks on a Syrian airfield, there has been a considerable loosening of the normal restraints that employees exercise regarding their duties. Even more than the invasion of Iraq, which was viewed skeptically by many in the community, the decision by President Trump to retaliate with force against Damascus has been met with dismay among many of those closest to the action in the Middle East.

Many officers have expressed frustration and anger over what has taken place—not to challenge national-security policy, which they leave up to the politicians, but because they are perceiving a tissue of lies, as in Iraq. They have expressed their concerns in very specific ways to former fellow officers and friends. For the first time, people on the inside of the process are really talking. And we have been listening, astonished at the level of anger.

The insiders note that no evidence has been produced to demonstrate convincingly that Syrian forces dropped a chemical bomb on a civilian area. U.S. monitors, who had been warned by the Russians that an attack was coming, believe they saw from satellite images something close to the Russian account of events, with a bomb hitting the targeted warehouse, which then produced a cloud of gas. They also note that Syria had absolutely no motive for staging a chemical attack. In fact, it was quite the contrary, as Washington had earlier that week backed off from the U.S. position that President Bashar al-Assad should be removed from office. The so-called rebels, however, had plenty of motive. Many intelligence officials have concluded that the White House is lying and concealing what it knows.

Some employees have even expressed a desire that a whistleblower might step forward to demolish the administration’s casus belli, though none has yet offered to do so. Most of all, those on the ground are alarmed over ongoing preparations for expanding the war, including seemingly active plans to establish no-fly zones and safe havens. The uncompromising demand that al-Assad must go will lead, in their opinion, to a rapid escalation of military activity that inevitably will result in conflict with Russia.

Philip Giraldi, a former CIA officer, is executive director of the Council for the National Interest.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Debunking Trump’s Casus Belli

Russia is committed to combat and defeat the scourge America, NATO, Turkey, Israel, Saudi Arabia and their rogue allies support.

According to its General Staff chief Gen. Valery Gerasimov, US-led Western countries ignore “our proposals to pool efforts in the struggle against international terrorism.” 

“Since 2015, Russia has been fighting radical Islamic groups in Syria, containing terrorism away from its borders and preventing its penetration into Russia and Europe.”

“The lack of tight cooperation and interaction between our countries in the struggle against terrorism creates favorable conditions for the Islamic State,” al-Qaeda, and likeminded groups.

No steps have been taken to improve Russian/Western relations, Gerasimov explained. US, EU and NATO leaders continue “conducting biased policies,” blaming Moscow “for all the world’s negative developments.”

Trump’s aggression against Syria’s Shayrat again airbase reveals America’s imperial intentions toward Syria – evident since Obama launched war in March 2011, escalated by Trump.

“Although there was no proof at all that the Syrian military used chemical weapons, the strike was supported by practically all European countries,” Gerasimov stressed.

US-led Western countries escalated hostility toward Russia, “tough(ening) (its) propaganda war.”

Examining “reports by European and US media outlets, one gets the impression that practically all negative events taking place in the world are the work of either Russia’s intelligences services or Russian hackers,” Gerasimov explained.

When nothing exists to blame Russia for, reasons are invented. Reckless bashing persists, heading inexorably toward military confrontation – a nightmarish scenario pitting the world’s dominant nuclear powers against each other.

Unthinkable nuclear war could erupt over Trump’s rage to act tough on Russia and other independent countries.

Tough talk is one thing. Rage to get his way threatens humanity’s survival.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Who Supports Terrorism? West Ignores Russia’s Proposals to Combat Terrorism

Trump’s $6 Trillion Corporate-Investor Tax Cut

April 27th, 2017 by Dr. Jack Rasmus

Today, April 26, 2017, Trump announced the outlines of his proposal for the latest trillion dollar business tax cuts that have been a hallmark of US neoliberal policies since 1978. Trump’s tax cuts are the policy centerpiece of his regime. They are what he and the entire US capitalist class have agreed on, unlike some of Trump’s ‘right wing populism’ proposals on which he ran during the 2016 elections. Those right wing populist proposals are now being swept off the table by Trump himself, as he retreats quickly during his first 100 days from those popular appeals. (Another article and analysis coming on that shortly).

The real essence of Trump policy is massive tax cuts, across the board deregulation, and renegotiating of free trade deals so US business gets a bigger cut from its global capitalist competitors as the global trade pie continues to grow more slowly and shrink in the period ahead. All the rest populist appeals–the wall, create jobs in the US, NATO, Russia, Syria, China, immigration, Obamacare repeal, etc. are secondary and will be removed as policy obstacles to enable the tax cuts, deregulation, and free trade deal renegotiations.

In terms of tax cutting, the Trump proposals are the initial down payment of his proposed $6 trillion more in tax reduction, almost all of which accrue to business, corporations and investors.

These proposals represent Trump as part of the Neoliberal tradition in the US going back to 1978-80.

Reagan proposed a $792 billion tax cut in 1982. More tax cuts followed in 1986. Clinton cut taxes in 1997-98. George W. Bush cut taxes by $3.4 trillion in his first term, 80% of which accrued to businesses and the wealthiest households. He added another $350 billion in tax cuts for multinational corporations and another $100 billion for energy companies in 2005-06, and another $180 billion in 2008.

Obama was an even bigger tax cutter than Bush. His 2009 fiscal stimulus bill provided $300 billion in tax cuts, which he increased by $800 billion in late 2010 as recovery faltered. He then extended Bush’s tax cuts by two more years, worth another $450 billion. Obama cut a deal with Republicans in late 2012 called the ‘fiscal cliff’ compromise, which extended the Bush tax cuts another 10 years at a cost of $5 trillion.

So Bush’s tax cuts amounted to more than $4 trillion and Obama’s more than $6 trillion. More than $10 trillion in tax cuts, in other words, under Bush and Obama alone, before Trump begins his latest round of tax giveaways to business, investors and corporations.

A good deal of the income inequality in America is due to the massive tax shifting for more than three decades. So is the rise of the US government debt from $4 trillion in 2000 to more than $19 trillion today. Studies show that collapsing tax revenue is responsible for 60% of the deficits and debt in the US. (For another detailed look at that, see my piece ‘The Eight Real Causes of Deficits and the Debt’, on this blog).

The Trump tax proposals are a repeat and acceleration of the Bush tax cuts, which Obama extended, but even more aggressive in handouts to the rich and their corporations than provided by Bush-Obama.

For my analysis of the Tax Shift before 2000 and Bush-Obama-Trump, see my website, where I’ve uploaded chapter 2 from my 2005 book,’The War at Home: The Corporate Offensive from Reagan to Bush’. It is available on the website at:

http://www.kyklosproductions.com/articles.html

The ‘War At Home’ book documents the various policies, including tax policies, by which $1 trillion a year, every year, up to 2005, was being shifted from working and middle class incomes to capital incomes–a centerpiece of Neoliberal policies since 1978. The book is available from this blog or the website for discount at $10, or on Amazon.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump’s $6 Trillion Corporate-Investor Tax Cut

Marine Le Pen is the only candidate for the French presidency who represents France. All the rest represent Washington and the EU. Why are the French people so slow to see the obvious facts? France died with Charles de Gaulle. He was the last French president.

Washington, of course, hated De Gaulle, because he would not let France be part of the American Empire. He kept France out of NATO. De Gaulle understood that NATO was unnecessary as a military alliance, as there was no threat of a Soviet invasion of Europe. NATO was Washington’s way of absorbing Europe into the American empire. Stalin himself had made it crystal clear that there would be no Soviet invasion when he eliminated the neoconservatives of his time who wanted to establish Soviet hegemony over the world. “Socialism in one country,” declared Stalin as he killed off the Soviet neoconservatives.

Today the entire French establishment reports to Washington and does Washington’s will, which is to keep Le Pen out of the presidency of France at all cost. French president Hollande, whose “socialist” party did not manage a sufficient showing to even be a contender for the presidency has asked the outgoing ministers of his government to do everything possible to ensure the defeat of Marine Le Pen on May 7.

The French government, like every government in Europe, long ago ceased to represent its own people. Instead the French government represents Washington’s interests. The entirety of elite society in Europe depends on Washington’s subsidies and good will, which is always the situation with vassals.

Marine Le Pen is saying that France needs to be an independent country, not a vassal of Washington. For the French elite this means a loss of status and income. For a French politician to represent France is a revolutionary act. Thus, the French establishment will protect its interests at the expense of France. Le Pen will be defeated, and if not, the CIA will assassinate her.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Macron, Fillon Represent Washington, Marine Le Pen Represents France

A new Morning Consult/POLITICO survey, published on 26 April, indicates that most American voters support the military-industrial complex more than they support any other recipient of U.S. federal government spending.

The military-industrial complex includes almost all federal contractors, the top ten of which, in the ranking of the “Top 100 Contractors of the U.S. federal government”, are all military suppliers:

.

1: Lockheed Martin.
2: Boeing.
3: General Dynamics.
4: Raytheon.
5: Northrop Grumman.
6: McKesson.
7: United Technologies.
8: L-3.
9: Bechtel.
10: BAE.

Those ten firms would be the likeliest main beneficiaries from today’s America’s extremely pro-military-industrial-complex public, which is clearly revealed in this poll.

2,032 American voters were asked in the poll a list of objectives that might be so important as to justify “the government must shut down.” Only one single objective was close to being supported by an absolute majority of the respondents, so that the government’s going to shut-down would, in those respondents’ view, be justified for Congress to do in order to achieve that given objective, which was stated as: 

“Increase funding for defense and homeland security.” 47% of respondents (just shy of an absolute majority, which is 50+%) chose that goal as being so drastically important; 39% chose instead the answer, “NOT important enough to prompt a shutdown.” 14% chose “Don’t Know / No Opinion.” In other words: 47% were in support of any member of Congress who refused to vote to fund the government unless the proposed legislation to keep the government going would “Increase funding for defense and homeland security” (increase funding that’s going mainly to those ten firms).

Increased spending on the military-industrial complex (which is incontestably the most corrupt portion of the U.S. federal government) is so extremely important to 47% of America’s voters, according to this poll. Those 47% are like a huge cheering section for those ten corporate stocks: they’re willing to shut down the federal government if the taxpayer-money going to those ten firms isn’t increased.

The second-highest-supported listed objective, “Continue to make cost-sharing payments to health insurance companies,” was supported by only 42% of respondents. Exactly the same percentage, 42%, chose “NOT important enough to prompt a shutdown.” So: only “Increase funding for defense and homeland security” was supported, in this poll, by more people than opposed it — and it was supported by 47% and opposed by only 39%; so, it was supported by 47/39, or 1.21 times as many respondents, as the number of respondents who opposed it. The proponents of increasing the military-industrial-complex don’t merely dominate; they clearly dominate.

The third-highest-supported objective, at 35%, was “Provide health care benefits to retired coal miners.” 44% said that that goal isn’t worth shutting down the government in order for it to be attained. I.e.: more think that those miners should be left to die than think that continuing to provide for their black-lung treatments (etc.) is essential.

The lowest support of all, at only 27%, was “Fund a wall along the Mexican border.” Donald Trump’s alleged support for that is shared by far fewer Americans than oppose it. 61% of respondents on that say it’s “NOT important enough to prompt a shutdown.”

In between was the 32% who wanted to shut down the government unless it would “Decrease funding for domestic programs.” By contrast, 48% said that that goal was “NOT important enough to prompt a shutdown.” In other words: congressmen who would vote to shut down the federal government unless the proposed budget reduces “funding for domestic programs” would be opposed by a very large majority (48% to 32%) of America’s voters: 50% more Americans oppose than support it.

Americans, according to this poll, very strongly, by a 47% to 39% margin, absolutely demand “Increase funding for defense and homeland security,” but by an even stronger 48% to 32% margin, they do NOT absolutely demand “Decrease funding for domestic programs.” (This poll did not inquire regarding whether there is more support for increasing domestic programs than for decreasing those programs.)

Retired U.S. Army Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, who, as the Chief of Staff to U.S. Secretary of State Colin Powell had been deceived into believing the military-industrial-complex’s hired allegations in 2002 about Saddam Hussein and “WMD,” became afterward an opponent of that very same operation which had deceived him, has since said (at 11:06- on the video here) about that operation which had deceived him:

It is a corporate complex that is growing and it surrounds everything else, including what I call fateful decision-making. … You are serving the ulterior purposes of the leadership of the country. … You are serving corporate and commercial interests, you are serving the interests of people who bureaucratically are seeking power within the structure, and you are serving the interests of what is basically an incompetent governing process. 

This latest poll makes very clear that the majority of the U.S. public are satisfied with that situation, or else don’t know that it’s even the case. Of course, if they don’t know the reality about this matter, then they’ve been deceived by the news media they’re being exposed to, and/or by whatever other sources have influenced them regarding it; but, otherwise, they really do love the military-industrial-complex, and they authentically demand that more and more of their tax-dollars go toward paying for it.

Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Poll: Americans Support The Military-Industrial Complex Above All Else

“Basic Income” and the Logic of Capitalism

April 27th, 2017 by David Bush

Should the Left and labour support a demand for a Basic Income (BI)? This simple question has provoked a fervent and confusing debate. The discussion over BI touches on real political and economic anxieties. The attack on the social welfare state, the depreciating power of organized labour and an economy producing increasingly low-wage precarious jobs have led many to search for alternative mechanisms and policies to address these problems. It is no wonder that BI with its promise of streamlined access to minimal economic security has attracted many adherents on the Left.

Discussing BI with clarity is made difficult because of the sweeping scope and abstractness of the issue. Debates over BI necessarily involve an analysis of capitalism, the state, the nature of automation and theories of social change.

Another added difficulty in debating BI is that the policy has many different variants. Proponents of BI have been able to deflect criticism by creating a division between good BI and bad BI. Instead of a concrete debate about the economic and political aspects of BI, it is discussed as an ideal separated from the messy business of material reality. The strategy of those advocating BI centres on crafting policies in a vacuum and hoping governments enact them.

This romantic idealism has stymied serious analysis of the policy from the Left. Taking a step back and looking at the economic and political logic of BI, I hope to show that however well-meaning the policy is, it is economically flawed and a politically dangerous demand for the Left to adopt.

Costing BI

The three major forms of BI are: targeted, universal (UBI), and negative income tax. All of these have numerous permutations in regards to coverage, relation to other programs and the designated amount of money going to individuals. The targeted form, which is what is being rolled out in Finland and being proposed in Ontario looks to give designated low-income earners a single monthly cheque instead of them accessing social welfare provisions. UBI aims to give everyone a single monthly cheque regardless of their income. The negative income tax model essentially ensures everyone under a designated income amount is raised to that through a dispersal of cheques.

The first question we should ask is, what are the basic costs of these models? Looking at Ontario, Michal Rozworski has pointed out the cost of the universal model, even when set at a low rate, is exorbitant.

“Giving every Ontarian even $15,000 annually would cost $207-billion, just over 25% of provincial GDP. Even limiting basic income to everyone over 15 years old would still come out to $172.5-billion. Increase the basic income amount and the cost rises in tandem. Even a $10,000 per person annual basic income would cost a bit more than what Ontario currently spends on everything else put together.

“To implement a $15,000 basic income, while getting rid of welfare, but keeping things like education, healthcare and higher education, would still mean raising an additional $200-billion in revenues. That’s more than double the $91-billion Ontario is able to raise in taxes today.”

Universal coverage, set at extremely low rates, even if other social welfare provisions are cut, still requires the raising of massive tax revenues. David MacDonald of the CCPA notes that even to universally distribute just a $1,000 cheque to Canadians per year, without cutting any social programs, would mean raising $29.2-billion a year in new revenue (roughly equivalent to 14 per cent of existing federal revenues), even after accounting for claw backs and tax backs of revenue. MacDonald notes this would achieve at best less than a 2 per cent reduction in the poverty rate in Canada, which he says would “be quite wasteful” when considering the amount of money spent.

The negative income tax model, which essentially is a targeted transfer of wealth to the poor, would also be highly expensive. To set the negative income line at $21,000 (if you are earning below that amount you would receive a cheque to boost you to that level), would require somewhere between $49-billion to $177-billion in new revenue depending on how many other social programs were left in place. But what if other social programs were cut, wouldn’t this allow rates to be set higher?

The CCPA study, “The Policy Makers Guide to Basic Income,” answers that question conclusively,

“broadly speaking, cancelling existing income transfer programs in favour of a single basic income results either in dramatically higher levels of poverty, or ethically and politically unsupportable compromises where seniors are pushed into poverty to lift up adults and children.”

The targeted model is more cost efficient, but the very nature of targeting small populations through means testing is little different than what already exists. More money in the hands of people who need social assistance, with less red tape, is undoubtedly a good thing. But the targeted BI model and small-scale experiments really do not make the case for wider adoption. There is no reason to think this is more efficient or politically possible than strengthening existing social programs.

The BI and the Logic of Capitalism

The goals for a left-wing version of BI are to eradicate or minimize poverty, to ensure consumer demand, redress inequality and to empower workers by providing a guaranteed minimum level of income for all citizens. The idea is to create a social policy, which allows workers to have the financial means to meet their basic needs without necessarily accessing the labour market. This would give workers more power and confidence to demand better pay and working conditions from employers. BI would ultimately give workers alternatives and autonomy, while also ensuring those, who for whatever reason are unable to work, can access the material means for a decent life.

Outside of the very real costing problem, the logic of BI falls short. Capitalism operates on the extraction of surplus labour from workers. Workers sell their potential to work on the labour market and employers put them to work, paying them a wage that is less than the value they produce with their labour. This surplus labour is ultimately the source of profits. Capitalism needs workers. Much of the history of capitalism centres around the creation of a working class that is more or less reliant on selling its labour power for a wage in order to live.

If workers in large enough numbers are able to sit outside of the labour market and sustain their basic needs, capitalism would cease to function. BI naively assumes that capitalists and the state would not respond politically and economically to the changing market condition of labour. The logic of capitalism would push capitalists to, at the very least, raise wages and increase prices on goods and services. The ultimate goal would be to compel workers back into the labour market, and make them dependent on selling their labour power in order to live. As Thom Workman and Geoffrey McCormack note:

“The fact that workers – even those who are fond of their jobs – sell their labour power to employers out of necessity is the bottom-line reality that must be preserved through social policy. The cultivation of genuine alternatives for working people, perhaps in the form of alternative communities tied to the land (history abounds with such experiments) or in the form of legislation guaranteeing annual incomes which permit families to live modestly but with greater dignity, would have the effect of undermining capitalism by undermining its coercive labour supply.”

Those advocating BI want to leave the basic mechanism and relationships of capitalism in place, but alter the dynamics of the labour market. Capitalists would still own business, property and control finance. The idea that capitalists or the state would simply allow workers to achieve BI at a rate that would meaningful alter the balance of class forces or mess with the central coercive function of the wage labour market is a fantasy.

More than simply costing too much, the economic vision of BI is incompatible with the logic of capitalism.

Politics and the State

The major political problem with BI is that it views that state as a neutral apparatus governing relations between workers and employers. The state is, when stripped down to its core essence, a reflection of the interests of the ruling class. The state relies on the smooth functioning of capitalism and its policies aim to achieve this (balancing the competing interests of capitalists and placating any possible rising working class movement). The state, its bureaucracy and the political class, have no real interest in upending capitalist social relations and the basic functioning of the labour market.

The capitalist state is used to push policies that facilitate the continual accumulation of profits by capitalists and foment stability (there are of course differences about how best to do this). A progressive version of BI runs counter to the basic objectives of the state.

Wages and the State

Faced with a period of systemic slow economic growth it is not hard to imagine that the state could adopt a version of BI that aims to subsidize low-wage work. Indeed, in places like the United States this is the de facto situation with Walmart workers surviving only by accessing food stamps. A modest BI, of say $10,000 (which would not be enough to empower workers to stay out of the labour market for long), would essentially be a top-up of wages for low-wage employers. It would be a weapon for employers to keep wages low, as they could argue there is no need to pay workers more because of BI. In this scenario why would employers not just pay the minimum wage if there was a BI top up?

BI as a wage subsidy for employers would have the effect of distancing workers’ labour from their wages. Instead of being paid directly for their work, part of the wage of workers would come from their own tax dollars in the form of BI. Workers are powerful because of their social location in relation to production. But having the state subsidize employers’ wages clouds the relationship between workers, employers and their profits. Instead of pushing against employers in relation to their profits, workers would have to formulate their demands in terms of a social wage. This would have the effect of obscuring class division, exploitation and capitalist social relations in society. A state subsidy of wages could easily disempower workers as a class relative to employers by blunting the class struggle and turning it into a technocratic argument over the level the state should subsidize employers’ wages.

Added to this very real possibility, is likelihood that the state would use BI to attack public sector unions. Workers who staff and administer social programs could easily loose their jobs if services were cut to make way for BI, which is why public sector unions like OPSEU oppose it. Other public sector workers would also face increasing pressure of concessions to wages and benefit as the state would scramble to minimize costs to pay for BI. Governments would likely pit public sector wages and benefits against BI for the public. If BI subsidized low-wage employers this would have the effect of putting added downward pressure on all unionized workers.

Political Struggle and BI

The debate over the social usefulness of BI is largely conducted in the realm of abstraction. Policy is dreamed up, calculated, and debated with next to no appreciation of how the political struggle could and would shape the proposed policy.

By subtracting the political from the equation of BI, its proponents treat the economy as a neutral object that can be simply rearranged. This approach engages in the worst kind of academic idealism that shuns any serious political analysis. As John Clarke notes:

“I’ve yet to see, quite bluntly, any serious attempt to assess what stands in the way of a progressive BI and what can be done to bring it into existence. It simply isn’t enough to explain how just and fair a given model would be if it could be adopted. In order to credibly advance BI as the solution, there are some questions that must be settled.”

As parts of the Left flirt with idyllic visions of BI, the right-wing is busy actually using the renewed interest to push their own political agenda. In Finland, the right-wing government is supporting BI, which is now in its testing phase, as a way to rollback the social welfare state and curb the power of trade unions.

In Ontario, the Liberal government is moving ahead with its BI pilot project. The pilot project would put a select group of low-income people on a BI. The Liberals have been using this idea to delay any meaningful action toward reducing poverty in the province. As Clarke argues:

“If the concept is being advanced in Ontario by the very provincial government that has led the way in program reduction and austerity, it is not because they want to reverse the undermining of income support, the proliferation of precarious employment and the privatizing of public services but for the very opposite reason. They are looking with great interest at the possibility of using Basic Income as a stalking horse for their regressive social agenda and it will be the version that Bay Street has in mind that will win out over notions of progressive redistribution.”

Rather than raising the rates for social assistance, increasing the minimum wage or spending more on social services the government is touting its BI experiment. The Liberal’s advocacy for BI also comes at the same time as the Changing Workplaces Review, a full-scale review of all labour law in the province. By propping up BI the Liberals are looking to stoke confusion and division amongst those pushing for paid sick days, a $15 minimum wage and stronger union rights. The Liberals are not alone in this effort.

In its effort to weaken labour laws, the Ontario Chamber of Commerce has made support for BI one of its key proposals in the Changing Workplace Review. This of course is not some noble gesture, BI in reality dovetails perfectly with its worldview.

BI is not just a left-wing idea, it has also long been advocated for by parts of the right-wing, such as Milton Friedman and Friedrich Hayek. The goal is to use BI to do away with the social welfare state. Instead of social programs, citizens are given minimum cheques by the state and then purchase their social needs on the market. BI will not be used to decommodify social relations, but used to desocialize state services.

Pushing Paper, Not Moving People

Many of BI’s Left proponents are not just failing to challenge the right-wing versions of the policy, they are getting in bed with them. Rather than treat them as attacks on labour and the social welfare state, they are treating them as tentative first steps toward a better BI. Earlier this year, Guy Standing one of the main academic boosters of the BI, went to the World Economic Forum in Davos Switzerland to sell the idea to the world’s elites. He is also pushing the extreme right-wing Modi government in India to institute UBI. It is no wonder that Tory politicians like Hugh Segal, who is leading Ontario’s Basic Income pilot project, have adopted Standing’s beyond left and right policy frame and analysis.

BI advocates are not aiming to build a social movement around these ideas, rather their goal is to persuade policy makers. The self-activity of workers in the process of achieving BI is at best reduced to voting for the issue during an election. BI is left to experts to calculate and implement. The problem is what is dreamed up in the laboratories of social policy is very far removed from the needs of workers. Instead of trying to create a political pole for the working class by empowering workers, unaccountable BI experts aim to substitute their visions for the voice of workers.

The version of BI that we are likely to get will reflect the balance of class forces. So when BI advocates focus on pushing policy papers rather than moving people it portends trouble. For this reason BI is not some sort of transitional demand which aims to push the envelope of what is possible under capitalism in order to build a working class movement to go further. Its wonkish approach to policy construction and appeal to experts fits seamlessly within the current political structures.

The very same forces that make it difficult to win improvements in current social programs, would not be magically abolished by the implementation of BI. In many ways BI presents more favourable conditions for employers and the government to attack social programs, as it is much easier to shape new social policy, than it is to rollback existing ones.

Beyond Basic Income

The political reality of BI is that the capitalist class will never support a version that will strengthen the hand of workers. All BI proposals imagine a capitalist class that will retain full control over businesses and property in society and not react when vast amounts of resources are given to workers.

Those BI supporters who acknowledge that existing proposals of BI are lackluster or even regressive, hold onto the idea a good BI is still worth fighting for. The problem with the division between real world BI proposals and ideal theories of a positive BI, is that the latter makes the former possible.

A progressive vision of BI speaks to the real desire to address the rise of precarious work, to make welfare less punitive, and to have justice for those who can never be part of the labour market.

We need to understand that BI is neither politically nor economically possible under capitalism. This is not to consign ourselves to defeat and inaction. Burying the idea of BI as a viable strategy to respond to inequalities and injustices of capitalism allows us to focus on strategies that can help us build the power we need to achieve economic justice and dignity for all.

David Bush is a Ph.D. student at York University. He is active with the Fight for $15 and Fairness club at York University. This article first published on the Hammer Hearts blog.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Basic Income” and the Logic of Capitalism

It is more obvious every day that with the accession of Donald Trump to the presidency of the United States—I refuse to use the word “election,” because I am convinced that Trump was designated for this position by the “deep state” and the controlled media—a major world disaster is not only likely but probably inevitable.

Before proceeding, I would like to say something about my own background. I spent 32 years as an analyst with the civilian side of the U.S. federal government. I worked for the U.S. Civil Service Commission, the Food and Drug Administration, the Jimmy Carter White House, the U.S. Office of Consumer Affairs, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury Department.

During those years I took part in many high-level policy initiatives under seven presidential administrations, from Richard Nixon to George W. Bush. This included a massive conversion to electronic funds transfer for U.S. Treasury Department financial transactions, amounting to a multi-trillion dollar cash flow annually. After 9/11, my work included being part of a committee that developed a long-range plan for Treasury as part of the so-called “War on Terror.”  

I can assure you that apart from what may have been the case in the distant past, today the government of the United States is not controlled by any elected official. Rather it is managed by a deeply entrenched bureaucracy reporting behind the scenes to powerful figures from the world of international politics and finance—some in the U.S., others not.

Image result

Since I retired in 2007, I have published several books and dozens of articles on public policy matters. One of my books, Challenger Revealed, was the definitive account of the space shuttle Challenger disaster, exposing multiple layers of cover-up by NASA, the Reagan Administration, and the Presidential Commission that was convened to examine it. Most of my articles have been published on the Global Research website out of Canada,

My next book was on monetary policy and titled, We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform. This book consisted of a history of the U.S. monetary system and an explanation of why that system should be changed radically to avert further disasters.

In the book I predicted the financial collapse of 2008. Of course the changes I prescribed have not been made, and in the nine years since then the situation has become much worse. In fact, we likely have passed the point of no return.

As I make clear in this article, a major world disaster is probably inevitable, growing not only out of the condition of the U.S. economy, the largest in the world, but the Western financial system itself of which ours is a part. This disaster would be global in nature, affecting every aspect of life and all the people living on the planet. Some may survive; many probably not.

A full treatment of this topic would require a lengthy book, but for now this article will have to suffice. A book may or may not come later. All I ask is that you spend a few minutes and read what I have to say. I cannot predict your reaction, and I cannot tell you what to do. That is for each of us to decide individually and through whatever social, political, religious, or economic groupings in which we participate. But the big picture is not likely to change.

It is obvious that over the past two centuries, which is a small fraction of the time that humanity has thus far lived on earth, economic activity has increased exponentially. This has been due to the growth in technology due to the industrial revolution, including its current phase involving computer processing.

This growth has been made possible by the use of non-renewable fuel sources, mainly fossil fuels. Even the miraculous data processing systems of today are inert unless they are plugged into an electricity source. The global need for energy is massive and growing.

Additionally, every movement of energy within the system involves an exchange in value managed by the financial system through accounting networks and the exchange of money. The growth of purchasing power, while seemingly without natural limits, has in fact approached a threshold that is defined through the system by the amount of credit in circulation.

Credit, of course, results from debt that is introduced and managed by the Western banking system. Layered on top of the financial transactions required to operate the producing economy is an overlay known collectively as “derivatives,” essentially a massive insurance scheme supposedly to mitigate risk.

Very few people understand how the Western banking system really works and how it differs from that which operates in such countries as Russia, China, and a few others, with partly controlled systems that still derive from their formerly communistic economies. Those who do understand are based in the world’s financial centers such as London, New York, Paris, Frankfurt, Milan, Basle, etc.

Image result for imfThese are the owners and operators of the largest banks. Representatives of these privately-owned banks are assigned to manage national central banks, like the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve, and international quasi-public institutions like the International Monetary Fund.

One of my projects at the U.S. Treasury Department was to develop and teach training courses on the history of U.S. government finance. My research showed that in American history, the type of financial system based on central banking controlled by private interests used to be known as the “Jewish system.” I did not employ this term in teaching my classes because of the sensitivities involved. But to use it would not have been “anti-Semitic” as much as a statement of historical fact.

Image result for rothschild

The Western financial system based on bank-issued debt as the dominant means of introducing money into circulation was created by medieval money-changers in Europe. Over time this method was used to lend to governments for fighting the never-ending European wars.

One of their projects over the past century has been the creation and strengthening of the nation of Israel. Again, these are statements of fact.

The present-day financial system could not have existed during much of Western history going back to the time of Christ. This is because it is based on usury—the charging of interest for the use of money lent by banks to governments, businesses, and individuals. The medieval Catholic Church recognized usury as being contrary to the teachings of Christ.

By the time of the Renaissance, modern banking had begun to take form. It was tolerated by the Church because the profits from banking can be used in a public-minded way, as with the Medici bank in Florence. But the system goes bad very quickly when used to serve human greed and violence as it does when it finances war.

There was also the assumption that if lending were backed by gold and silver held in the vaults of banking institutions that real value could always be counted on if promissory notes were called in.

But there are deeper structural problems. The inevitable consequence of any economy based on usury, depending of course on whether interest is simple or compound and also on the prevailing rate of interest, is that the wealth of that economy will gradually pass into the hands of the financial controllers. This fact has been known and understood since the system first appeared in ancient Babylon, as documented by Dr. Michael Hudson. Dr. Hudson even cites an ancient legend that the system was invented by the Devil to enslave human beings.

A usury-based system sucks the purchasing power out of the producing economy. This places every institution and individual within that economy under pressure to constantly generate an ever-increasing level of economic activity to stave off bankruptcy, ruin, and even starvation.

Historically, the system took a major step toward chaos when banks were allowed, by law, to lend more than they had on reserve. “Fractional reserve banking” was a natural outgrowth of the practice banks were permitted to engage in under the assumption that not everyone would want to redeem their paper notes with gold and silver at the same time.

Unfortunately, the more mature an economy becomes, the more the economic growth rate slows and the greater the stress involved in the simple act of living. Many cannot keep pace as the ranks of the poor grow. The ancient Hebrews recognized the peril of the system by mandating a periodic “Jubilee” when debts were forgiven.

In today’s economy, there is never a Jubilee. So in order to pay off debt, the economy must constantly grow. In order to make it grow, everything else must be sacrificed. When human values conflict, they must be pushed aside to serve growth. Ask any politician—economic growth must be constant; non-growth is disastrous.

This is one reason “consumerism” is rampant. Turnover of perishable goods is needed to keep the economic wheels turning. Planned obsolescence is employed to assure constant surplusing of property as the out-of-date stuff is carted to landfills to be added to the growing mountains of trash.

Every person must accumulate vast amounts of disposable objects and, if possible, own a big house on a large piece of land to contain it all in order to feel complete. Yet for an individual or a family, even to miss a single paycheck or be laid off work can be catastrophic.

Further, without regulation, companies are motivated to cut costs by wanton pollution, reducing wages, and overusing public infrastructure like highways without paying their fair share of taxes.

This is where Western society has arrived today. People and firms must constantly increase the rate of economic activity just to pay their debts, leading to increased resource consumption, brutal competition among individuals and nations, price inflation, war, crime, and breakdowns in health and social order. The idol of Mammon is voracious in demanding its blood tribute.

Because machines are increasingly better able to produce goods and services than people, technological unemployment is soaring even as human beings lose the income needed to purchase what must be produced. Vast numbers are increasingly left out of the economy, leading to human exploitation that in some parts of the world even includes a resurgence of human slavery.

Thus an economy that is incredibly productive on the one hand creates increasing misery on the other. Such an economy is unsustainable. The fault lies chiefly with the usury-based financial system.

It is not that alternatives are not available. Different methods have been used at various times in history to introduce money into circulation apart from debt-based private banking.

An example was the Civil War “greenbacks” that the Union government spent directly into circulation to support the war effort. The greenbacks nevertheless could be redeemed in gold or silver from the Treasury Department’s vaults.

Another example of non-debt money was the periodic gold rushes that created new wealth for those lucky enough to cash in. Another is citizens’ dividends like the Alaska Permanent Fund, derived from resource royalties. Another is public banks as advocated by Ellen Brown and the Public Banking Institute. Another is the growing worldwide movement for a basic guaranteed income for all people.

Image result for rockefellerThe last shred of integrity was removed from the system when gold/silver backing of paper money for international payments was eliminated in the early 1970s by the Nixon administration. At that point currency became purely fiat money. This was done at a time when Henry Kissinger, then and now an agent of the Rockefeller financial empire, was Nixon’s national security adviser.

Fortunes now could be lost at the stroke of a pen. Yet such fictitious money continued to be “legal tender,” so banks could create it out of absolutely nothing and they and their borrowers could purchase with it anything they pleased.

Economists fail to recognize—actually they are not allowed to recognize—what a tragedy fiat money is. The money supply today is devoid of real value. It was during the early 1970s when these changes occurred that today’s financial troubles began. It is staggering that these facts are completely unknown to the political leaders who are sleepwalking to the undoing of us all.

When I worked at the Carter White House in 1980, I convened a small group of experts to study alternative financial systems. In November 1980, however, President Jimmy Carter was voted out of office, and the “Reagan Revolution” began. This was actually a right-wing coup aided by the Federal Reserve’s crashing of the U.S. economy through radically increasing interest rates and the manipulation by Reagan’s supporters of the Iranian hostage crisis.

The “Reagan Revolution” consisted chiefly of completing the long-planned turnover of the U.S. producing economy to the banks and Wall Street, with factory jobs being outsourced to third-world countries. Privatization of public enterprises such as municipal water systems accelerated.

The changes were planned by academics from Harvard, the University of Chicago, and other elite universities. Attempts were made to apply the same logic around the world, including Russia during the 1990s, after the collapse of the Soviet Union. This trend in Russia has since been modified or even reversed.

But within the U.S., the process was completed under President Bill Clinton with NAFTA and the repeal of Glass-Steagall, a law that had prevented the merger of investment and commercial banking. Hence the rise to power of predatory firms like Goldman Sachs and the Carlyle Group.

These firms specialize in methods based on usury that are used to buy up whole companies, fire the employees, sell the domestic assets, and ship the remaining jobs overseas. It was all done by design under presidents who were mouthpieces for behind-the-scenes power.

Without sufficient domestic jobs combined with production that no one can afford to buy the bankers have kept the system afloat through bubbles and government bailouts. There was the dot.com bubble, the housing bubble, and, under President Obama, the Treasury bond bubble, along with what became known in Federal Reserve jargon as “Quantitative Easing” (QE); i.e., a stab at a zero-interest rate economy.

Paradoxically, QE contains a tacit admission of the evils of usury. But it has only been used in transactions between central banks and commercial banks, so has not benefitted the general population. Ordinary borrowers still have to pay interest on loans while they earn next to none on their own bank deposits.

Meanwhile, housing continues as the chief source of private wealth in out economy. But this is entirely an artificial construct. Banks lend people value-less money to build houses, but the houses are nonproductive “assets” used only to secure mortgage debt. They depreciate rapidly while producing nothing of real worth.

Today there is scarcely a single major figure in public life, including the so-called “progressives” and reformers, who is actively promoting the use of other methods besides usury for money-creation. An exception is Rep. Dennis Kucinich, who was maneuvered out of his seat in the U.S. House of Representatives by gerrymandering. Kucinich promoted a plan developed by the American Monetary Institute of creating money by federal spending for infrastructure.

It is amazing how locked-in people are to their habitual ways of thinking about life’s problems and how fearful they are of “thinking outside the box.” People love their chains because they are used to them. They kiss the whip that scourges them. Through the “Stockholm Syndrome” they suck up to their captors to curry favor.

So it is with trying to help people see how simple it would be in concept to get rid of the debt-based financial system. But they can’t. They won’t.

Meanwhile bank CEOs become multimillionaires by dealing in hollow currency. They could just as easily be put on trial for counterfeiting and fraud.

People would rather destroy the planet and themselves through support of endless wars based on “regime change”, gobbling up other nations, man-made climate change, chemical pollution, alcohol and drug addiction, criminalization of government and law enforcement, resource depletion, etc., than confront the controllers of the financial system who rule society and say, “Enough is enough.”

These controllers are in charge of all Western governments and of the military-industrial-intelligence-media complex, and they have shown themselves capable of killing anyone who gets out of line, as they did to JFK, perpetrating false flag events to stampede the populace into obedience, as they did with 9-11, or destroying whole nations as they did with Yugoslavia, Iraq, Libya, and now Syria.

They can take away your job, spy on your computer, audit your taxes, throw you in prison, murder you, or send you off to fight their wars. All to keep a corrupt system in place.

When I worked at the U.S. Treasury Department, as part of post-9/11 security, they designated the entire U.S. financial system as “critical infrastructure.” No one questioned what the implications were. What it meant in practice was that the police power and military might of the nation were committed to defending what ethically is indefensible.

Thus the U.S. military, acting as global enforcer, has forces stationed in a majority of nations and on all the seven seas to ensure that money keeps flowing in to feed the debt monster. If any other nation wishes to even think about challenging this hegemony, that nation and its leaders are castigated and demonized and threatened with nuclear annihilation. The senior civilian and military leadership are adept at assuring such “adversaries” that “no options are off the table” in order to protect the blessings of “freedom” and “democracy” for one and all.

Unfortunately for it, the U.S. military is a paper tiger. Despite its size, its infrastructure is aging and is sapped further by the fact that the government’s priority is to assure profits to the corporations that manufacture expensive but much too complex weapon systems. As a ground fighting force, the U.S. military has not been truly been tested since its failures in Vietnam.

The viability of the military machine is also weakened by the fact that it relies on constantly increasing government debt for funding. This jeopardizes the future strength of the military more than anyone is willing to admit. Time is definitely on the side of those nations the political blowhards name as potential adversaries, chiefly China.

But even the planet itself now has had enough. It won’t be too many more decades before rising sea levels from global warming make coastal cities unlivable or temperature increases and GMOs decimate the food supply. The controllers’ answer is to build remote residential complexes for themselves and the police forces needed to protect them, while the rest of the human family perishes.

All this is happening now, and it is only going to get worse. You can’t have an out-of-control freight train roaring down the tracks without working brakes and expect nothing to happen. As the Challenger disaster proved, the government can’t overrule the laws of nature by decree.

Let me also say in conclusion that after I studied the Challenger disaster in detail, then wrote a book on it, I have viewed that event as a warning and a harbinger of what lay ahead. The Challenger disaster can rightly be viewed as the responsibility of the Reagan administration.

Ever since Reagan was elected and the banks took over the economy, with the corrupt American military taking a quantum leap in size and arrogance in order to protect financial privilege everywhere, there has been no chance at all that the world would escape unscathed.

So it would now appear, unless the powers-that-be walk back the past half century in repentance, that a major disaster must be played out before life on earth can change. No one knows, of course, if the climax will come through world war, economic depression, global environmental collapse, or even technological meltdown from solar activity or an asteroid strike. I certainly don’t know myself.

But I do know that every human being on earth is being profoundly challenged by world conditions and their extreme potential for chaos. On an individual level, even if we can’t escape the common human fate, we can certainly pray for insight into something more benign right now for our neighbor and ourselves. We are not alone in the universe, and we can seek the inner help we need to resist the temptations to respond negatively. Then we can commit ourselves to making whatever improvements we are able.

It is also pointless to blame anyone. Those who work for change in the world should reduce the level of hatred, not add to it. As Jesus said of his own tormentors, “Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do.” Odd as it may seem, greed and selfishness, as well as pride and hatred, appear perfectly normal to those in their throes.

But to think and act positively requires us first to take off the blinders and see what is happening. This includes confessing our own escapist strategies and asking inwardly for forgiveness. We must then acknowledge our own responsibility for helping prepare a better future, a future that is unlikely to look anything like what we see today.

Copyright 2017 by Richard C. Cook. He may be contacted at [email protected].

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Usury Based System. Towards A Worldwide Financial Disaster?

Dear Friends,

As you know, it is a crucial time in Dr. Hassan Diab’s case. Two French investigative judges have ordered Hassan’s release on bail for the sixth time because of “consistent evidence” that Hassan was in Lebanon at the time of the 1980 bombing. This encouraging news has not turned into getting Hassan back to Canada, not even out on bail. All previous release orders have been appealed by the French prosecutor and overturned by the Court of Appeal because of the political climate in France. The hearing of the new appeal is this Friday afternoon.

We are holding a press conference on Parliament Hill in Ottawa today, Thursday April 27, at 11:00 am Eastern, regarding the continued detention of Hassan Diab. You can watch a live-stream of the press conference on the International Civil Liberties Monitoring Group (ICLMG) Facebook page: https://www.facebook.com /iclmg.csilc

We have an URGENT REQUEST!

We feel that enormous pressure needs be put on the Canadian Government to urge them to take action and bring Hassan home.

Therefore, please, can you send a message to the Canadian Ministers of Justice and Foreign Affairs?

It might be that you wrote already; however, another reminder will only underline the urgency of your message. Your letter does not have to be long! What counts is the number of letters from Canadians who show that they are concerned about the continued detention of an innocent man, and who want the Government to ACT.

Our message is clear:  We urge the Ministers to raise Hassan’s case with the French authorities. Hassan must be released from prison as soon as possible and allowed to return to his home and family in Canada.

At the very least, Hassan must be released on bail as the French investigative judges have ordered.

If you want to touch on one or two facts/issues, please see the sample letter:

Please, send your letter to the following persons:

Finally, if you have not yet done so, please sign our Parliamentary e-petition to urge the Canadian Government to intervene to bring Hassan home: https://petitions.parl.g c.ca/en/Petition/Details?Petit ion=e-833

With much appreciation and warm regards,

Hassan Diab Support Committee
Email: [email protected]
Web: http://www.justiceforhass andiab.org
Facebook: https://www.facebook .com/groups/justiceforhassandi ab
Twitter: https://twitter.com/j usticeforhdiab

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Fake Terrorist Accusations against University of Ottawa Prof. Hassan Diab. Bring Him Back to Canada

Washington created and supports ISIS, along with other anti-government terrorists in Syria and elsewhere.

NATO, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and other regional rogue states supply them with weapons and other material support.

So does Israel. In June 2015, the Times of Israel quoted former Israeli defense minister Moshe Ya’alon, saying

“(w)e’ve assisted (anti-government terrorist groups in Syria on) two conditions. That they don’t get too close to (Israel’s) border, and…don’t touch the Druze.”

Israel provides hospital treatment for hundreds, maybe thousands, of terrorist fighters, calling it “humanitarian assistance,” according to Ya’alon, adding it’s “not in their interest” to publicize Israeli aid – including weapons and munitions supplied, along with Israeli air strikes, he failed to explain.

On April 24, FARS News reported increased US/UK/Israeli aid to al-Nusra terrorists – aiming “to create an autonomous region in Southern Syria, but the plan is confronted by Iran and Russia’s intensified intelligence and military operations.”

At the same time, Washington supports Kurdish fighters and terrorist groups in northern Syria. “Israel is (providing) logistical, intelligence and medical support for terrorist groups, and the Israel-West-Jordan operations room is supervising (their) activities.”

Russia, Damascus and Tehran oppose the establishment of autonomous regions in southern and northern Syria, supporting the country’s sovereignty and territorial integrity.

On April 24, the American Herald Tribune said

“Ya’alon has admitted to a tacit (Israeli) alliance with ISIS.”

On Israeli television, he said

“(w)ithin Syria there are many factions: the regime, Iran, the Russians, and even al-Qaeda and ISIS.”  

“In such circumstances, one must develop a responsible, carefully-balanced policy by which you protect your own interests on the one hand, and on the other hand you don’t intervene.”  

“Because if Israel does intervene on behalf of one side, it will serve the interests of the other; which is why we’ve established red lines.”  

“Anyone who violates our sovereignty will immediately feel the full weight of our power. On most occasions, firing comes from regions under the control of the regime.”  

“But once the firing came from ISIS positions, and it immediately apologized.”

Israel has a longstanding alliance of convenience with regional terrorist groups and rogue states – including Saudi Arabia, Qatar, other Gulf states, Jordan and Egypt.

In December 2014, The Jerusalem Post said a

“UN Disengagement Observer Force (UNDOF) (report) reveals that Israel has been working closely with Syrian rebels in the Golan Heights and have kept close contact over the past 18 months. The report was submitted to the UN Security Council at the beginning of the month.”

Fact: All so-called anti-Assad rebel groups are terrorists. No moderates exist. All commit gruesome atrocities, including CW attacks – toxins supplied by Turkey and Saudi Arabia. 

Fact: Pentagon contractors train terrorists in use of CWs. They make some on their own.

Western media suppress what’s most important to know about ongoing war in Syria. The country was invaded. Conflict isn’t civil. All anti-government forces are terrorists. No moderate rebels exist. 

Washington, Israel and their rogue allies want regime change, Syrian sovereignty destroyed. Peace talks since 2012 accomplished nothing because Washington and Israel want another imperial trophy, Iran isolated ahead of plans to oust its government.

Russia is the only major power standing in the way of achieving these disturbing objectives. Putin is on the right side of history, resisting imperial lawlessness.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Alliance of Convenience: Israel Supports Syria’s ISIS Terror Group

The Syrian Republican Guard has repelled another ISIS offensive in Deir Ezzor. The fighting took place near the Deir Ezzor Airbase, the Tamin Brigade base and in the cemetery area. Earlier this month, ISIS allegedly transferred its self-proclaimed capital from Raqqah to Deir Ezzor amid the continued US-backed advance on Raqqah. If true, the terrorist group will increase attempts to capture the government-held area in the city.

On April 25, Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) and its allies launched a counter-attack in northern Hama, aiming government forces in Masasanah and near Zilaqiat. In Masasanah, militants used a vehicle-borne improvised explosive device to break Syrian army defenses and entered the village. In Zilaqiat, HTS-led forces engaged government troops in a series of firefights. By April 26, government forces have re-entered Zilaqiat and repelled militant advance in Masasanah, according to pro-government sources. However, clashes are still ongoing in the area and will continue until HTS-led forces don’t burn their tactical reserves in the area once again. This is expected soon.

On April 25, the Turkish Air Force bombed the Kurdish People’s Protection Units (YPG) General Command HQ in the Mount Karachok near the town of Al-Malikiyah, according to a statement released by the YPG General Command. Airstrikes also hit “a media center, a local radio station [Voice of Rojava FM], communication headquarters and some military institutions.” The YPG Central Command also confirmed causalities among YPG members and civilians. According to pro-Kurdish sources, about 20 persons were killed in the airstrikes. The YPG is a core of the US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces operating in Syria.

In turn, the Turkish military released a statement saying that Turkish warplanes had bombed members of the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK) in northern Syria and in northern Iraq. Ankara sees the YPG as a branch of the PKK in Syria and describes it as a terrorist group. According to the statement, some 70 PKK members were killed in the air raids [30 – in Syria, 40 – in Iraq] and the targets were hit to prevent the PKK from sending “terrorists, arms, ammunition and explosives to Turkey.” The Turkish statement clearly dismissed speculations that Ankara forces hit US-backed fighters in Syria by mistake.

Turkish President Recep Erdogan said the US and Russia were informed of the attacks. However, the Pentagon said,

“These airstrikes were not approved by the Counter ISIS Coalition and led to the unfortunate loss of life of our partner forces.”

In the same statement, Erdogan argued that Moscow is softening support for the Assad government referring to an alleged conversation with Russian President Vladimir Putin.

Meanwhile, the Turkish artillery started shelling of YPG/SDF positions near Tell Rifat in northern Aleppo.

Former Israeli Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon has accidentally acknowledged that Israel has an open communications channel with the ISIS terrorist group, or at least its part operating in the Syrian Golan Heights. Speaking about Israel’s neutrality in the Syrian war on Satuday, Ya’alon said that the terrorist group apologized for opening fire on Israeli Defense Forces soldiers in the occupied Golan Heights.

“There was one case recently where Daesh [ISIS] opened fire and apologized,” the Times of Israel quoted Ya’alon as saying.

The statement was likely a reference to a clash that took place near the Syrian border last November, in which IDF troops exchanged fire with ISIS members.

If you’re able, and if you like our content and approach, please support the project. Our work wouldn’t be possible without your help: PayPal: [email protected] or via: http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: Turkey Bombing US-Backed Forces in Syria, Israel Supports ISIS

“Se o governo dos Estados Unidos realmente quisesse acabar com o terrorismo, atacaria os terroristas brancos de direita dentro dos Estados Unidos, e imporia um maior controle sobre quem pode obter armas”, Marjorie Cohn, jurista norte-americana entrevistada para esta reportagem.

“O Ocidente gosta de se criar inimigos para justificar suas políticas agressivas. Os muçulmanos são, somente, as últimas vítimas. O establishment norte-americano é um circo, e Trump é o perfeito palhaço”, Catherine Shakdam, analista política do sítio de notícias norte-americano Mint Press, e diretora-adjunta do Beirut Center for Middle Eastern Studies, entrevistada para esta reportagem.

Donald Trump venceu as eleições presidenciais dos Estados Unidos em 8 de novembro do ano passado com 81 por cento dos votos entre os cidadãos brancos-evangélicos. Logo após a divulgação definitiva dos resultados do pleito, era comum observar por todo o território norte-americano cartazes com dizeres relacionando a vitória do candidato republicano à obra e graça de Deus: “Obrigado, Senhor, por Trump”, era, então, a mensagem mais visualizada nas ruas do País ao norte do Rio Bravo. Ao apoio a Trump, incluem-se líderes evangélicos de extrema-direita. Por outro lado, o novo ocupante da Casa Branca tem sido demonizado pela grande mídia local pelo conteúdo dos discursos e pelas medidas tomadas nestes poucos meses desde que assumiu o cargo: tal fato se configura, certamente, uma grande surpresa em se tratando do histórico e dos próprios interesses, bem sabidos, que envolvem o “Pentágono midiático”.

Durante a campanha, na qual defendia a utilização de métodos de tortura, especialmente afogamento simulado para que suspeitos confessem supostas práticas terroristas, e prometia ainda a manutenção ilegal da prisão de Guantánamo em território cubano, Trump foi apoiado também pela liderança da organização terrorista norte-americana Ku Klux Klan, protestante e extremamente reacionária que, há mais de século e meio, prega entre outras coisas a supremacia branca e a anti-imigração prestando-se a assassinar negros e imigrantes em nome da purificação da raça, considerada superior e predestinada por Deus para salvar o planeta. Àquela época constantemente desafiado a se pronunciar sobre o que pensava da Ku Klux Klan, Trump sempre se negou a fazê-lo. Assim, a agressiva “Guerra Santa” norte-americana já começa em casa, e remonta ao século XIX. No que diz respeito à deportação de imigrantes indocumentados, o que muito pouco se diz na mídia internacional é que Barack Obama foi o presidente que mais deportou imigrantes na história dos Estados Unidos: um total de três milhões – e projeto de sua administração era chegar a 11 milhões. Mas nada disso, jamais, perturbou a mídia predominante.

Pois logo que assumiu a Presidência o magnata republicano cumpriu as promessas de campanha em relação aos imigrantes indocumentados e muçulmanos, além de levar adiante a ideia de construir um muro que separe os Estados Unidos do México, com tudo isso superando, na agressividade, até (pasmem) George W. Bush e seu sucessor, o mais belicista da história dos Estados Unidos, exatamente Barack Obama o “Nobel da Paz”. Desta maneira, Trump indica levar às últimas consequências a doutrina religiosa extremista do pastor evangélico William Branham (1909-1965): precisamente que os Estados Unidos libertem a humanidade do “mal” pela espada, isto é, que se valha se necessário até da força para impor os valores estadunidenses ao mundo. O mandatário estadunidense aprovou, em 27 de janeiro, a Ordem Executiva 13769, intitulada Protegendo a Nação da Entrada de Terroristas Estrangeiros aos Estados Unidos, através da qual proibia a entrada de cidadãos muçulmanos oriundos de sete países de maioria islamita: Iêmen, Irã, Iraque, Líbia, Síria, Somália e Sudão por 90 dias. Além disso, suspendia a entrada de refugiados de qualquer local do planeta por 120 dias, e no caso de refugiados sírios, por tempo indeterminado gerando, com isso tudo, fortes e massivos protestos por todos os Estados Unidos.

Logo revogada por juízes federais, ao invés de entrar com recurso que levaria algum tempo para ser julgado, em 6 de março o Poder Executivo norte-americano, profundamente indignado, acabou revisando a nova Lei de Imigração que proíbe a entrada de islamitas dos sete países já mencionados por outra, bastante semelhante que apenas exclui cidadãos iraquianos da lista, e não suspende mais os refugiados sírios por tempo indeterminado, igualando-os aos demais. “Esta ordem é parte de nossos esforços para eliminar as vulnerabilidades”, disse no mesmo dia o secretário de Estado Rex Tillerson, em entrevista coletiva. Procuradas por esta reportagem, as renomadas juristas estadunidenses Azadeh Shahshahani, ativista pelos direitos humanos além de diretora do Projeto de Segurança Nacional/Direitos dos Imigrantes para a renomada organização União Americana de Liberdades Civis (ACLU, na sigla em inglês), e Marjorie Cohn, analista política e autora de diversos livros no campo jurídico, é professora emérita na Thomas Jefferson School of Law, são categóricas ao afirmar que a Ordem Executiva de Trump é inconstitucional, ao fazer uma interpretação da Primeira Emenda constitucional norte-americana. “Essas medidas são inconstitucionais conforme já foi determinado pelos tribunais, incluindo o 9 º Tribunal no Âmbito de Apelações, o qual concluiu que a proibição viola os direitos do devido processo de indivíduos sujeitos à proibição. A proibição. indiscutivelmente, também viola a Cláusula de Estabelecimento (na Primeira Emenda) da Constituição dos Estados Unidos, que sustenta que o governo não pode estabelecer uma religião oficial, nem favorecer uma religião sobre outra”, explica Azadeh. Tal Emenda diz que o Estado norte-americano está impedido de proibir o livre exercício da religião, e que deve haver separação total entre Estado e Igreja.

A administração de Trump tem protestado contra a decisão da Justiça, reclamando fortemente que a Suprema Corte dos Estados Unidos está ferindo o poder presidencial de tomar determinadas decisões, e neste caso específico, é responsável por submeter os cidadãos estadunidenses ao risco de sofrer ataques terroristas dentro de casa, cujas alegações ambas as juristas refutam frontalmente. “O presidente tem o dever de proteger a segurança nacional dos Estados Unidos, mas ele não pode tomar ações ilegais”, afirma Marjorie ao mesmo tempo que observa que Trump desconsidera que há separação de poderes nos Estados Unidos. “O Poder Judiciário tem autonomia para revisar qualquer ação do presidente, para se certificar de que não há violação da Constituição”.Também procurado por Caros Amigos, John Kiriakou, ex-consultor sobre terrorismo da rede de notícias ABC News dos Estados Unidos e ex-agente da CIA que renunciou ao cargo em dezembro de 2007 por negar, pessoalmente, tomar parte nas torturas da CIA contra suspeitos de práticas terroristas, mantido preso por dois anos pelas denúncias de que a administração de Bush era a mandante daquelas práticas, afirma que a Ordem Executiva de Trump não levará mais segurança ao seu país. “Não há terroristas entrando nos Estados Unidos como refugiados”.

Marjorie lembra que não houve, nunca, ataques terroristas nos Estados Unidos por pessoas dos sete países listados. “Excluídos da Ordem Executiva estão Arábia Saudita, Paquistão, Egito, países com os quais Trump, aparentemente, mantém negócios”. A essas observações da jurista vale acrescentar que a Arábia Saudita, berço do extremismo religioso e uma das maiores violadoras dos direitos humanos em todo o mundo, é aliada histórica dos Estados Unidos como é, aliás, o caso dos próprios Emirados Árabes, e que 19 dos 15 supostos sequestradores do 11 de Setembro eram sauditas, enquanto os outros quatro eram egípcios. Além disso, levantamento do FBI que incluiu o período que se estendeu de 1980 a 2005, evidenciou que os islamitas se colocaram entre os últimos praticantes de atos terroristas dentro dos Estados Unidos da lista com 6 por cento, à frente apenas de comunistas (5 por cento), e atrás de, por exemplo, judeus extremistas, com 7%. “Outros” na lista do FBI dos atos de terror no período de tempo pesquisado incluem cidadãos estadunidenses, brancos e protestantes: estes cometeram nada menos que 16 por cento dos crimes à época (o documento Terrorism 2002-2005, pode ser encontrado na Internet). Esses números significam que atos de terror não-muçulmanos em território norte-americano superaram os 90 por cento entre 1980 e 2005, e de lá para cá o cenário não se alterou no que diz respeito aos islamitas, enquanto o terror branco-evangélico, sim, apenas cresceu.

Sobre a deportação de imigrantes indocumentados, Marjorie Cohn comenta indignada: “Os imigrantes cometem menos crimes e utilizam-se de menos benefícios sociais que os cidadãos dos Estados Unidos, e eles contribuem muito para a economia do País. A decisão do governo norte-americano de deportar muito mais imigrantes indocumentados, mesmo que eles não tenham cometido crimes, não se baseia em considerações de segurança nacional. É uma tentativa racista de tornar a América mais branca, e menos diversificada.”. A jurista possui total base no que diz: Steve Rattner, conselheiro de Barack Obama em 2009 para a Força Tarefa da Indústria Automobilística, publicou um estudo em 28 de fevereiro no sítio norte-americano de pesquisas Pew Research, revelando que “enquanto 25 por cento dos nativos de 16 anos de idade estiveram envolvidos em pelo menos um crime no ano passado, entre os recém-chegados o número esteve em cerca de 16 por cento”. E em todas as outras faixas etárias, segundo mostra o gráfico elaborado por Rattner, cidadãos norte-americanos cometem mais crimes que imigrantes.

“Todo mundo nos Estados Unidos, exceto os nativos norte-americanos, vieram ao País como um imigrantes. As leis de imigração dos Estados Unidos preveem asilo e legalização”, lembra Marjorie, afirmando que o novo ocupante da Casa Branca, ao ordenar que seus funcionários deportem mais imigrantes indocumentados ao invés de legalizá-los, está dividindo famílias e mandando embora cidadãos que contribuíram para a sociedade de seu país através de importante trabalho e do pagamento de impostos. “Essa política, aparentemente, vem do estrategista-chefe do presidente Trump, Steve Bannon, quem acredita firmemente na supremacia branca. Se o governo dos Estados Unidos realmente quisesse acabar com o terrorismo, atacaria os terroristas brancos de direita dentro dos Estados Unidos, e imporia um maior controle sobre quem pode obter armas”. Enquanto isso, crescem os ataques brancos e protestantes contra todas as minorias por todos os Estados Unidos. Para Hatem Abudayyeh, cidadão norte-americano filho de palestinos, líder de comunidade árabe em Chicago que, em 2010, foi injustamente tratado como terrorista, perseguido e reprimido pelo FBI, segundo ele pela origem árabe e por sua defesa da Causa Palestina, o motivo dessa escalada da violência racista dentro dos Estados Unidos é uma só: “Enquanto Trump normalizou o racismo contra negros, latinos, árabes, muçulmanos e tantos outros, os supremacistas brancos perpetraram crimes racistas de ódio contra todas essas comunidades”.

A respeito da aprovação aberta de Trump dos métodos de tortura, principalmente o afogamento simulado contra prisioneiros arbitrariamente considerados suspeitos e detidos sem prévia ordem judicial, sempre que os donos do poder de Washington assim sentenciem, Kiriakou garante que são totalmente ineficazes e que a CIA está, simplesmente, parada no tempo. “Nossos métodos de inteligência estão exatamente da mesma maneira”, isto é, baseados no uso excessivo da força, e sem nenhum amparo legal. Frontalmente contrária às práticas de tortura e da manutenção de Guantánamo, Marjorie aponta que Trump, tanto quanto seus dois últimos antecessores na Casa Branca, esquece-se de se amparar em princípios legais: “Afogamento simulado é tortura, e tortura é ilegal segundo a lei dos Estados Unidos e de acordo com a lei internacional. A Convenção contra a Tortura e Outros Tratamentos ou Penas Cruéis, Desumanos ou Degradantes, assim como o Pacto Internacional de Direitos Civis e Políticos, proíbe tortura e tratamentos cruéis. A partir do momento que os Estados Unidos ratificaram estes dois tratados, eles fazem parte da lei do País sob a Cláusula de Supremacia da Constituição dos Estados Unidos. O governo norte-americano deve fechar a prisão e devolver Guantánamo ao seu legítimo proprietário, que é Cuba”.

Antes de adotar tais medidas extremistas, desde que fora eleito Trump já gerava profundo entusiasmo nos setores brancos-evangélicos do país ao nominar diversos extremistas cristãos, com discurso e histórico altamente reacionários para os mais importantes cargos de sua administração tais como a secretária de Educação Betsy DeVos, e Ben Carson para a Secretaria de Habitação e Desenvolvimento Urbano. O juiz ultraconservador Neil Gorsuch, considerado por cristãos conservadores de confiança por discriminar judicialmente a comunidade LGBT em nome da “liberdade religiosa”, foi designado para o Supremo Tribunal. O próprio vice-presidente Mike Pence é um político ultraconservador e neoliberal: como congressista (2001-2013) e governador de Indiana (2013-2017), foi marcado pela intolerância religiosa e pela defesa de projetos econômicos elitistas. Assim, a administração de Trump “está cheia de seguidores de Cristo”, conforme se jubilou Ronnie Floyd, pastor de uma megaigreja batista de Arkansas, ao jornal The Washington Post, ressoando a euforia dos cristãos fundamentalistas por toda a parte dos Estados Unidos hoje.

Hatem Abudayyeh afirma que embora não haja diferença hoje entre democratas e republicanos, Trump apresenta diferenças perigosas – mas as que a elite norte-americana sempre carregou, claramente, dentro de si, aflorando-se nos piores momentos de sua história. “Trump e os outros racistas e supremacistas brancos no seu governo são extremamente perigosos, não só para árabes e muçulmanos, mas também para os imigrantes em geral, negros, trabalhadores, mulheres e todas as outras comunidades marginalizadas e oprimidas nos Estados Unidos”. O líder árabe parafraseia o lema de campanha de Trump, “Fazer a América grande de novo”, dizendo que isso significa “Fazer a América branca de novo”. “Trump está claramente aliciando com o pior racismo na sociedade dos Estados Unidos, colocando os supremacistas brancos declarados em seu governo e atacando imigrantes, negros e trabalhadores com todas as ordens executivas que assina”.

Conforme apontado no início, é de se gerar no mínimo muita curiosidade a acintosa postura midiática contra Trump agora, a mesma que sempre se calou diante do Estado policialesco, do racismo branco-evangélico e da histeria contra imigrantes que fazem parte da história dos Estados Unidos; o mesmo setor da mídia que tem se prestado a alimentar a criminosa “Guerra ao Terror” desde o início, e em demonizar os muçulmanos – incluindo a indústria do cinema – como justificativa para que Washington espalhe mais bases militares pelo mundo, especialmente no Oriente Médio, região mais rica em petróleo do planeta. Catherine Shakdam, analista política do sítio de notícias norte-americano Mint Press, e diretora-adjunta do Beirut Center for Middle Eastern Studies foi ouvida por Caros Amigos, e é contundente ao observar a hipocrisia das “críticas” sistemáticas da mídia norte-americana à nova administração do país. “Ser muçulmano na América não tem sido fácil desde que as Torres Gêmeas ruíram (em 11 de setembro de 2001). Os muçulmanos têm sido demonizados, humilhados, ofendidos e ostracizados pela elite política e por seus muitos instrumentos de eco, através da mídia corporativa”. Para ela, a mídia nunca tolerou Trump e, agora, usa os muçulmanos, uma vez mais, como bola da vez para atingir fins políticos.”Falamos sobre os direitos civis dos muçulmanos estarem no paredão diante de Trump como se as administrações anteriores os protegessem. Esquecemos as muitas e graves violações dos direitos humanos e civis contra cidadãos norte-americanos por conta da sua fé desde o 11 de Setembro? Era culpa do senhor Trump tudo aquilo?”.

Hatem denuncia o mesmo, indicando que a opressão antecede aos atentados do 11 de Setembro, e que ela se dá contra árabes em geral, transformados em potenciais terroristas nos Estados Unidos: “Os árabes nos Estados Unidos enfrentaram a opressão nacional e o racismo por muitas décadas, desde muito antes dos ataques do 11 de Setembro, e agora com Trump, os desafios estão muito mais agudos”. Para ele, que denuncia as constantes intimidações contra árabes em geral ao longo da última década e meia, o 11/9 apenas acirrou uma situação que se estendia há muito. “As políticas pós-11 de setembro de 2001 criminalizaram árabes e muçulmanos de tal forma, que estamos vivendo em constante medo de detenção, deportação, vigilância e repressão geral”. Para ele, a mídia também tem desempenhado papel fundamental nesta estigmatização de árabes, independente da profissão religiosa.

A analista nascida em Londres condena abertamente os ditos e feitos de Trump, mas afirma que ele é subproduto da mesma mídia que alardeia a “democracia” dos Estados Unidos, o sufrágio universal, segundo Catherine, elegeu o mais perfeito “palhaço” dentro de um “circo”, que é o sistema estadunidense. “Eu diria que o establishment, a estrutura do Estado da América tem muito a responder quando se trata de marginalizar os muçulmanos e outras minorias religiosas em relação a esse assunto. Há décadas, os Estados Unidos têm subsistido sobre um Estado de oposição e de rejeição a determinados grupos: comunistas, muçulmanos… Em cada etapa histórica, a América tinha que ter seus demônios para odiar e assustar seu público. Será que o senhor Trump é o novo bicho-papão?”. Para a jornalista londrina, a demonização do Islã pelo regime de Washington está enraizada no sistema capitalista em seu atual estágio, o do neocolonialismo e do neo-imperialismo. “O Ocidente gosta de se criar inimigos para justificar suas políticas agressivas. Os muçulmanos são, somente, as últimas vítimas”.

Diante dos argumentos de Catherine, é importante enfatizar que Donald Trump nada mais é que o seguimento exacerbado de uma “política” que tem sido construída ao longo das décadas nos Estados Unidos, atendendo aos anseios de suas classes dominantes, e da classe média branca e protestante, tudo isso, como já foi dito, sempre alimentado pela grande mídia. Baby Bush assinou a Lei da Cerca Segura (Secure Fence Act), a qual deu início, sem ter chamado a atenção da mídia predominante, à construção – levada adiante por Obama – de uma grande e longa cerca que separa seu país da nação vizinha, ao sul (o qual teve o território anexado em 50 por cento pelos Estados Unidos).

O regime de Obama também foi altamente cruel com imigrantes, não apenas deportando alguns milhões deles sumariamente como também no caso que valeu condenação das Nações Unidas em 2014, quando 57 mil crianças, filhas de imigrantes na maior parte dos casos mexicanos, guatemaltecos, salvadorenhos e hondurenhos (países oprimidos, vítimas do imperialismo e dos golpes à democracia patrocinados pela CIA décadas atrás) encontravam-se “depositadas” em campos de concentração, e de lá deportadas sem direito a um advogado, devendo defender-se a si mesmas diante dos tribunais de “Justiça” dos Estados Unidos – o impiedoso Império considerando como excedente, “produtos descartáveis” de seu sistema excludente por natureza até crianças, sem nenhuma indignação midiática. Parte das crianças enclausuradas naqueles centros de detenção provisórios ingressaram aos Estados Unidos através do tráfico de menores denunciado dentro do país, que envolve inclusive agentes federais locais – mais um crime internacional made in USA completamente ignorado por Washington e por seus porta-vozes da mídia. Além da ONU, diversos organismos por direitos humanos, locais e internacionais protestaram, por muito tempo, contra o autoritário regime de Obama por isso, através de intensa pressão também junto ao Departamento de Justiça do país.

O que explica a fúria midiática contra Trump pode, muito provavelmente, resumir-se em três pontos: as manifestações desde a campanha eleitoral do republicano em manter relações diplomáticas com Moscou, as críticas à elite norte-americana como geradora de desigualdades sociais, e à globalização prometendo desfazer a participação dos Estados Unidos em blocos econômicos profundamente elitistas, tais como o Acordo Trans-Pacífico (TPP, na sigla em inglês), e o Acordo em Comércio de Serviços (TISA, na sigla em inglês).

O multimilionário pastor pentecostal Pat Robertson, famoso lobista da política norte-americana e um dos mais extremistas à direita entre os evangélicos no país, quem inclusive foi acusado de possuir vínculos com o ditador da Libéria Charles Taylor em troca de permissão para explorar uma mina de diamantes no país africano utilizando-se, para isso, de meios destinados à caridade, também saiu à defesa de Trump após os massivos protestos que tomam conta das ruas de todo o país: segundo Robertson, as pessoas que se opõem a Trump estão, na verdade, se revoltando contra Deus. Diante dessa velha apelação patriótica-religiosa, matéria-prima de regimes fascistas e totalitários , Marjorie Cohn lamenta: “Deportar imigrantes e proibir a entrada de muçulmanos em nosso território, enviará um sinal ao mundo de que os Estados Unidos são um país mesquinho, que não valoriza a diversidade”. John Kiriakou concorda, e vai além na contundência: “Temos uma democracia profundamente fracassada”. Parece que a grande mídia de desinformação em massa abriu mão, repentinamente, da velha subserviência incondicional diante de Washington, descobriu estas “grandes novidades” apontadas por Marjorie e Kiriakou apenas agora, e vive, assim, sua Primavera libertária. Será?

Edu Montesanti

  • Posted in Português
  • Comments Off on Trump e Facismo. Exacerbação da Intolerância Racial e Religiosa Prenuncia Novas Tragédias

Bowing to pressure from the H.R. McMaster, Dina Powell, Gary Cohn coalition, President Donald Trump’s first overseas trip is scheduled to be in Saudi Arabia, multiple sources confirmed after Steve Holland of Reuters first reported rumors of the trip. This decision has split Trump’s base, which views the Saudis as the largest state sponsor of Islamic terrorism.

During the visit Trump will discuss a proposed arms package for the Saudis, which would include a massive missile defense system as well as civilian nuclear technology. Behind the scenes McMaster will be seeking Saudi support for a ground war in Syria, which Mike Cernovich first reported in an article whose reporting was confirmed by Eli Lake of Bloomberg.

The Justice Against Sponsors of Terrorism Act will also be on the agenda. McMaster is lobbying Trump to give Saudi Arabia an exemption from JASTA. Under JASTA, the Saudis can be sued for the terrorism they sponsor. A pivot on JASTA would be in line with former President Barack Obama’s foreign policy.

“Trump doesn’t want to go,” one person with knowledge of the trip said, “but Powell and Cohn are making him.”

When asked how Powell and Cohn could force President Trump do to anything, the source replied,

“It’s complicated. Basically McMaster, Powell, and Cohn are controlling foreign policy right now.”

Trump was visibly grossed out by the Saudis during an earlier visit. Saudi Arabia, which funds Islamic terrorism and refuses to accept refugees from war-torn neighbors, beheaded more people in 2015 than ISIS.

Saudi Prince Alwaleed Bin Talal, who has ties to terrorists, once called President Trump a “disgrace to all America.”

Dina Powell has worked to get into the good graces of Bin Talal’s wife.

Goldman Sachs, where Cohn and Powell previously worked before taking high level positions in the Administration, stands to profit handsomely from a Saudi arms deal, as would former CIA director David Petraeus.

Mike Cernovich is the journalist who broke the Susan Rice unmasking story and exposed H.R. McMaster’s plan for a massive ground war in Syria. His books are here.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump has Major Trip to Saudi Arabia Planned, will Discuss Massive Weapons Deal for Saudis

Russia turned the heat up on its counter efforts to tame U.S. influence in the region, especially to the north-ward of Afghanistan. The counteractions from Moscow went apace after 2014 when Russia came to the sense that U.S attempts to perpetuate and enlarge presence.

In the last two years, the ISIS’s expansion in Afghanistan which is mainly pointed to Russia was not so subtle. The rise of ISIS in parts of Afghanistan coupled with Afghan government’s apparently no all-out crackdown on burgeoning militant hotspots rest assured Russia to act unilaterally or align itself with heavyweight regional powers.

At long last, Russians discovered that Taliban and other belligerent groups in Afghanistan and Pakistan are projects endless in sight. Mostly under new Afghan government, Islamic State, in particular, started to encroach into Afghan borders with Central Asian countries.

In January, Moscow hosted a trilateral peace conference on Afghanistan with Pakistan and China and brushed aside the Afghan government. Afghan officials blasted the Moscow-led Afghan talks and described it inconclusive without involvement of Afghanistan.

Image result for pakistan russia and china on afghan

To appease Afghanistan for exclusion in the first talks, Moscow called Afghanistan along with India and Iran on the top of pre-conference participants to its February peace negotiation on Afghanistan. Russia’s initiative seems to be a striking tit for tat approach for the last year’s U.S-led Quadrilateral talks on Afghanistan where Afghanistan, Pakistan and China were on board.

Involvement of Afghanistan in Russia’s February conference suggested it is in no row with Afghan government, nor it counts on it because Moscow has found out that the Afghan government has stoked insurgency and facilitated floods of rebels into where that poses a direct security menace to Russia.

Moscow is heavily engaged in conflicts, largely in Syria and it has a profound idea that waging a single war comes too costly. Admittedly, Russia backs down to avoid clash, but it doesn’t mean it is unwilling to stand up to gauntlets thrown by its nemesis. To build up defensive capability amid ISIS’s arrival into northern Afghanistan provinces, Russian president Vladimir Putin in a meeting with his Tajik counterpart the other day declared that it would send reinforcement to Tajik border with Afghanistan.

Russia feels bullied by intensifying insurgency in Afghanistan and allows itself to build own regional coalition as a display of power to the U.S. It is quite surprising that Moscow warmed to Pakistan, an all-weather U.S. ally, in an attempt to hold ISIS back. Last year, Moscow and Islamabad came together to stage military drills, even as Russia is conscious of Pakistan’s support of Jihadists against Soviet forces in Afghanistan.

In so doing, Moscow work out to get a fairly large foothold in terrorism-related talks and plans and subdue part of the U.S-led movement bearing down on Russia. While it embraces the fact it may not win the entire game in its favor, it is a dominant voice in the world and able to turn many potential powers into its bloc in the war against the U.S.

Russia could dazzle powerful countries in the region by being one of the largest manufacturer of military arms and hardware and this characteristic is enabling it to have important actors around it. It is open to become an alternative source for those who turn back to United States. As part of this bid, Moscow might have tabled some offers to the states involved in the latest Moscow talks on Afghanistan. Any such development by Russia could purposefully or spontaneously question the hegemony and over-dominance of the U.S. in the great region.

Getting in touch and negotiation with the Taliban and the United State’s closest ally Pakistan was among top items of Moscow’s agenda in an effort to show up potential of wresting its proxies in the region and take lead of a similar rebel force against its strongholds in Afghanistan.

The U.S. has demonstrated it over time that it is tough on sharing power and prefers confrontation. If the current Russia-U.S. diplomatic efforts and cold war derails into hot war and the use of arms, Afghanistan may really become another Syria and this is probably when the ongoing Russia’s non-U.S. and U.S.’s non-Russia counterbalance and the so-called “Afghan peace” dialogue go from bad to worse and to a tipping point where a direct or proxy war is on the cards.

Russia is emboldened to say that if the United States comes along great distance with hyped “fears of being threatened by terrorism in Afghanistan”, so does Russia feel unsafe.

Image result for afghan ISIS

Russia’s posture towards the Afghan government has appeared as though it regards it a player into the hands of U.S. It may not be in pursuit of subverting the Afghan government, but it takes the failure of Afghan government and the U.S. seriously in fighting ISIS affiliates influx into northern Afghan provinces.

Russia is strongly unwilling to step military in Afghanistan, not just out of bitter defeat and exit in 1989, but mostly to avoid sparking another fire.

Russia saw a barrage of criticism in Afghanistan over outright support of Taliban against ISIS’s surge. It was quite impetuous to reveal its relationship with Taliban which made room for Western media to take after “Russia’s support of terrorists”.

It is not a war of Taliban or ISIS; it is rather confrontation of powers and superpowers in Afghanistan in the cover of extremists. Whenever a warring side plans to give a kick to the other, it channels it through radical groups. Afghan war is not just fought between Russia and the U.S., it is as well flared up by Pakistan-India hostilities and occasionally by Saudi-Iran feud.

Moreover, the United States’ interests are not just running counter to Russia’s; it also clashes with Britain’s stakes in Afghanistan. The starkest example of this conflict of interest is the latest deployment of U.S. marines in southern Helmand province.

Why Helmand? Isn’t it for what the province is globally famous? Yes, drug and the rare earth elements (REEs).

In the United States’ viewpoint, the Britain has had enough of drug trafficked out of Afghanistan and now it can’t take it anymore. Helmand province is still under heavy fire despite being massively stationed by British forces in more than one-and-a- half decade long war. The U.S. marine’s deployment amid no promising security developments suggests it seeks to shrink British military’s engagement and run over part of that lucrative territory.

Vladimir Putin’s special envoy for South Asia, Zamir Kabulov in an interview with Turkey’s Anadolu agency in January voiced concern over the number of United States military bases and continued presence in Afghanistan. He added that if Russia does the same in Mexico, it would be disturbing for America. In a more rhetoric part of interview, he said

“Come on, you are not talking to stupid people, we know the reasons [for the ongoing U.S. military presence in Afghanistan]. Russia will never tolerate this”.

His remarks give away the ground realities behind U.S. military bases which are primarily aimed to Russia. The rare verbal attack reveals that the tension between duos still runs high. From a Russian perspective, the U.S. keeps riding its operations in Afghanistan in a nonchalant way.

Referring to U.S.-Afghan Bilateral Security Agreement, he said he warned Afghans from the very beginning that it may have implications for our bilateral relations if the U.S. uses this infrastructure against our national interest.

“They [Afghan government] said the Americans had promised. Well, we know the value of American promises”, he added. “Such a move would not be an invasion in terms of a U.S.-Afghanistan bilateral security agreement”.

What he meant here was that the U.S. legalized its invasion and is closely intertwined with the government of Afghanistan.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The ISIS Expansion in Afghanistan Is Pointed at Russia

It was just recently that the United States deployed its GBU-43/B Massive Ordnance Air Blast (MOAB) weapon against alleged tunnels belonging to the Islamic State terrorist organization in Afghanistan. The strike was meant to project US strength amid an increasingly challenged and contracting “international order.”

However, striking a terrorist organization’s tunnel complex in a country the organization did not even exist in until after the US established a presence there over 16 years ago, does not seem to project “strength” at all, but rather weakness, or perhaps even conspiracy.

The growing complexity of the Afghan conflict and America’s mired presence there also fails to project the sort of “strength” Washington appears intent on demonstrating worldwide.

And if the use of a GBU-43/B weapon was meant to project “strength” to America’s enemies, the message failed to reach Afghanistan’s Taliban, who has consistently challenged, confounded and even reversed American objectives in the Central Asian state for over a decade and a half.

Over 100 Afghan soldiers have recently perished in an attack allegedly carried out by the Taliban, following the wake of the GBU-43/B’s deployment. The BBC in an article titled, “Afghan casualties in Taliban Mazar-e Sharif attack pass 100,” would report:

More than 100 Afghan soldiers were killed or wounded in a Taliban attack on an army base on Friday, the defence ministry has confirmed. 

Fighting lasted for several hours near the city of Mazar-e Sharif in northern Balkh province.

The BBC would also report that:

The raid shows the Taliban can plan and carry out complex attacks. The militants said four of the attackers had served as soldiers for a long time and had knowledge of every corner of the base.

The BBC would also note that the Taliban have made much more significant gains elsewhere, including taking back an entire district:

Also in March the Taliban said they had captured the crucial south Afghan district of Sangin after a year-long battle.

The attack along with other activities of the Taliban, then, bears the hallmarks of a deeply rooted resistance against both the US occupation and the US-backed regime and the military forces propped up to protect it both in Kabul and across the country. That the base targeted by the recent attack also reportedly garrisoned German troops is also significant. The prospect of ending such attacks or securing any sort of “victory” over the Taliban and the local tribes allied to it is as unlikely now as a US victory was in Vietnam during the 1970’s.

Efforts to “rebuild” Afghanistan have suffered from a lack of genuine participation and shared vision from among the Afghans working with foreign contractors. In turn, foreign contractors seek to fulfill their contracts and spend their money back home, clearly indifferent to whether or not their efforts “transform” Afghanistan into the ideal client state Washington envisions. Corruption both among local Afghans participating in the US-backed regime, and the contractors charged with working beside them has grown to a pandemic. Record amounts of money have been lost with little “on the ground” to show for it.

With the very heart of US efforts undermined by America’s own self-serving drive for power and wealth, and with the Taliban weathering America’s longest war in its history and still carrying out “complex attacks” and taking back entire districts, America and its client regime face what is clearly an insurmountable battle against a determined, indigenous enemy.

Compounding this is the fact that Afghanistan’s neighbors (those nations actually sharing a border with Afghanistan, unlike the US), are determined to broker peace deals within the country between various groups for the sake of internal and regional stability. By doing so, the Taliban have been able to work toward achieving a certain degree of political legitimacy both within Afghanistan, and more importantly, beyond its borders, securing them bases of support beyond America’s and its client regime’s ability to strike, all but ensuring perpetual resistance.

The real question is; how many lives more will be spent, both among Afghanistan’s US-trained security forces and the US-led coalition forces supporting them, and the civilian population subjected to attacks from US drones, Western warplanes and the largest non-nuclear weapon in America’s arsenal until the US accepts it is once again fighting (and losing) another “Vietnam War?”

Also worth asking is; why the so-called “international community,” and in particular, the United Nations, remains indifferent to America’s occupation of Afghanistan and its 16 years of warfare there, or the US coalition devastation of Yemen, and instead, so focused on obstructing Syria’s efforts to restore order and security within its borders?

The US-led “international order” is suffering serious setbacks, increasing resistance from alternative centers of global power and appears increasingly unstable. But an “international order” indifferent to both human life and global stability most likely should be undermined and dismantled, and with all possible expediency.

Ulson Gunnar, a New York-based geopolitical analyst and writer especially for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook”.    

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Afghanistan Mazar-e Sharif Attack: US-Backed Regime Suffers Another Setback

The Atlantic Council -Syria “White Helmets” Needed

April 26th, 2017 by J. Michael Springmann

On April 24, 2017, the Atlantic Council hosted a program promoting the White Helmets, the supposed Syrian Civil Defense force. The event, held in conjunction with its Rafik Hariri Center for the Middle East, was titled “Ending the War On Civilians: A Discussion With Syria’s While Helmets.” The Council, an allegedly non-partisan Washington, D.C. think tank, asserts that it “shapes policy choices and strategies to create a more secure and prosperous world.”

The group, which had previously awarded the White Helmets its Freedom Award June 5, 2016, definitely wanted to shape policy choices. Like a previous event at Georgetown University in November 2016 (Global Research November 17, 2016:  NATO’s “White Helmets” Are Syria’s “Black Hats” and Georgetown University Supports Them), the occasion was aimed at reinforcing American misconceptions of the legitimate Syrian government.

Throughout the 90 minute event, Jehad Mahamed, Liaison Officer, Syria Civil Defense; Manal Abazeed, Volunteer, Syria Civil Defense; their interpreter, Kenan Rahmani, Policy Advisor at the Syria Campaign; and Faysal Itani, Senior Fellow, Rafik Hariri Center pushed the idea that the Syrian government was making war only on civilians. They urged the audience of some 20-30 people to pressure the American government to stop the Syrian war and bring peace to the country. According to the glib, seemingly well-rehearsed panelists, the White Helmets couldn’t help the innocent casualties if the Syrian government and the Russians were bombarding them.

The group recounted the problems Syria faced as the result of Bashar al-Assad‘s war:  no jobs, no security, no schools, no education. Six years of conflict has traumatized the country’s children, they said. According to the White Helmets, Iran and Hezbollah aid and plus their militias greatly exacerbate the situation. Those fighters, they claimed, were embedded in the Syrian army. In a surprising twist, the panelists noted that they were sending casualties they had rescued (3,000 from Deraa alone) to Israel and Jordan for treatment. Israel, the representatives asserted, had the most open borders in the region.

In response to a question from the Hariri Center’s Faysal Itani, Jehad Mohamed claimed that President Donald J. Trump‘s Tomahawk strike had brought them new hope. Prior to that, Mohamed opined that the situation was desperate  because of barrel bombs and “well-documented”  poison gas attacks. No one could stand up to the Syrian government he contended. Manal Abazeed argued that Trump’s strike ended their despair. She thought that someone will finally stop the killing and terminate the hostilities. Apparently arguing for more American attacks, Abazeed said that one strike was not enough. She alleged that air bases, other than the one Trump bombed, were still launching air raids on civilians.

The panelists insisted that they were apolitical, seeking only an end to war. They just wanted the United States to build a movement to stop the conflict. Amazingly, despite subsisting on funds and monies from other countries such as Japan, they said they don’t need outside support or finances. They only wanted to reach the American people and obtain needed funds for Syrian families. Additionally, they went on to say they helped anyone who needed their aid and did not ask if they were for or against the Syrian government.

A member of the audience, Alex Abouhuessein, spoke up and said that Washington, D.C. needs people to tell the real story about Syria. Continuing, she held that few people here really know what is going on in that country. Another, Mohammed Ghanem, from the Syrian American Council, thanked the panelists and all the White Helmets for their heroic work. He maintained that anyone questioning the “Syrian Civil Defense” was a conspiracy theorist.

When several audience members probed the White Helmets’ ties to NATO’s intelligence services and their funding or the Helmets’ links to terrorists, such as Jabhat al-Nusra, the only response given was a smirk. That included a question on their belief that the United States really cares about Syria. However, when one woman asked them about their vague concept of “safe zones”, they happily launched into an explication of how all the countries of the region needed to create them and establish “no fly zones” as well. The podium members quickly backtracked when the interlocutor quizzed them about Israel’s participation and would it end its aerial attacks on Syrian installations. The speedily revised story was that Israel was bombing THEIR army, Syria’s army. The panelists wanted all bombing to stop, including that by the Russians and the Israelis.

The White Helmets added that there were not enough sanctions on Syria and the present ones were ineffective. The existing measures, such as limiting travel by government bureaucrats, did not prevent Syria from buying oil from ISIS or Iran, they noted. Failure to pressure the regime kept it running. This made it hard, as Abazeed said, for them to teach others their rescue techniques, including, astonishingly, their new-found ability to defuse land mines and disarm unexploded munitions. The White Helmet volunteer added they could lend their expertise to other countries, such as those devastated by earthquakes.

The Atlantic Council is, obviously, an arm of the neocon Establishment. Its policies, such as promoting the White Helmet extremists, come directly from its deplorable Directors, people such as:  Richard L. Armitage, former Deputy Secretary of State; Dennis Blair, former United States Director of National Intelligence; Wesley K. Clark, retired General and former Supreme Allied Commander, Europe for NATO; Stuart E. Eizenstat, previous holder of high level positions at the Commerce, State, Treasury Departments as well as the White House;  and David H. Petraeus, retired General, 10th head, US Central Command, and one-time CIA Director.

To find sources of fake news, misinformation, disinformation, and blatant propaganda, you needn’t go any further than Washington, D.C. think tanks.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Atlantic Council -Syria “White Helmets” Needed

Syria’s President, Bashar al-Assad, is not a brutal dictator. He is a soft-spoken, trilingual, ophthalmologist, elected by the Syrian people.

The West’s sectarian terrorists are brutal dictators. When they occupy Syrian towns, they impose Sharia law, and force compliance on residents. Those who openly support the government, or belong to minority groups are often murdered. Women are subjugated, dissent is not allowed, and manifold coercive strategies including starvation and torture are commonplace.

Dr. Bashar al-Assad is not a tyrant. Prior to NATO’s government-change/dirty war on Syria, Syria was a “post-colonial” success story. Syrians, regardless of their age, or sex, or ethnic, or religious affiliations, had free education and healthcare in the context of a pluralist society led by a secular government. Churches and mosques stood, and still stand, side by side, and Syrians self-identified first and foremost as Syrians, and not by religious or ethnic identities.

NATO sponsored terrorists, and their NATO leaders, are tyrants. Their proxies impose a barbaric ideology on Syrians as they loot, plunder, destroy, and conquer. The Western imperialists seek to destroy the Syrian civilization and its secular identity.

President al-Assad does not gas his own people. The 2013 chemical weapons attacks were perpetrated by NATO terrorists with a view to providing a false pretext for an expansion of NATO war aggression on Syria.

More recently, the alleged chemical attack at Khan Shaykhun has also proven to be a false flag incident. Dr. Theodore Postol recently noted in “Important Correction: The Nerve Agent Attack that did Not Occur, Khan Sheikhoun, Syria” that

(t)he facts are now very clear – there is very substantial evidence that the President and his staff took decisions without any intelligence, or far more likely ignored intelligence from the professional community that they were given, to execute an attack in the Middle East that had the danger of creating an inadvertent military confrontation with Russia.

Professor Tim Anderson explains details of the false flag attack in the following graph:

The Syrian government does not willfully kill its own people. The “Caesar” torture/death pictures — purporting to be evidence that Assad tortures and kills his own people — have long-since been proven fraudulent, one of the first of a long line of staged events, used to create false pretexts for illegal warfare based on “humanitarian” grounds.

In fact, the Syria government provides amnesty to indigenous terrorists –knowing full well that some were coerced into joining the ranks of terrorists — and it provides “humanitarian corridors” out of occupied areas, all with a view to limiting the number of casualties.

NATO terrorists willfully murder innocent Syria civilians as part of their modus operandi. The entire pre-planned military operation against Syria is designed to kill Syrians. Illegal sanctions kill with intent, as do terrorist proxies. Gas canister bombs filled with explosives and nails etc. are repeatedly launched into civilian areas, and the terrorists are kept well-armed by their NATO et al. benefactors.

The false narratives fed every day to mainstream media consumers is in fact tightly-controlled, criminal propaganda, which serves as an appendage of anti-democratic dark state agendas globally.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Syria: Evidence-Based Analysis Versus Mainstream Propaganda Narratives

Mauricio Macri became president of Argentina on November 22, 2015 when he defeated his opponent, Daniel Scioli, by capturing 51.4% of the vote in the second-round runoff election.  He will make his first official visit to the White House on April 27th.

Macri was born into a very wealthy and elite family that owns one of Argentina’s most important corporate conglomerates, Sociedad Macri (Socma)[1], which dominates the country’s construction, automobile, postage and food industries. Socma benefited greatly from the military dictatorship that ruled the country from March 24, 1976 to December 10, 1983 on account of a close relationship between Francisco Macri (Mauricio’s father) and Jorge Rafael Videla[2] (1925-2013), who headed the junta for most of that period.Prior to the military coup that seized power, Socma owned only 7 enterprises; by the time the dictatorship had ended, this figure increased to 46 enterprises, many of which operated in Argentina’s the most important sectors.

Prior to becoming president of Argentina, Macri was made general manager of Socma in 1985 and president of Sevel Argentina in 1992; the latter is a branch of Socma that manufactured Chevrolet, Fiat and Peugeot automobiles for the Argentine market. From 1995 to 2007, he served as president of Boca Juniors, Argentina’s most popular soccer club. Subsequently, he was elected Mayor of Buenos Aires in 2007 and held the position until 2015. During that time, Argentina’s capital city accrued large debts and Marci was accused of mismanaging public funds by using them for his presidential election campaign in 2015.

During the election campaign, Macri clearly expressed his devotion to neo-liberal orthodoxy and extreme conservativism. Since being elected in December 2015, he followed through on his campaign rhetoric and implemented a variety of severe neo-liberal economic policies that run contrary to the Keynesian approach adhered to by the Néstor and Cristina Kirchner governments that preceded him.The austerity measures already implemented by the Macri administration include cuts to social spending, wage reductions, eliminating jobs in the public sector, devaluing the Argentinean peso (ARS), and privatizing the national airline, oil company and pension funds.

He also reduced subsidies on services, cancelled a series of electric and gas subsidies, lowered taxes for the wealthy, and eliminated tariffs and trade regulations.

To be more precise, some of the policies that Marci enacted shortly after being elected include the removal of exchange restrictions and the liberalization of the foreign exchange market, which produced a40% currency devaluation and a significant rise in inflation. Marci’s neo-liberal policies also resulted in a 50% rise in gas prices, and a combined increase of nearly 400% in the prices of electricity, water and public transportation. The National Institute of Statistics and Census of Argentina (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Censos de Argentina (INDEC)) further reveals that Argentina’s inflation rate, which stood at about 14.3% in 2015, increased significantly in every month since Macri was elected, reaching 40.5% in April 2016. INDEC statistics demonstrate that inflation has been significantly higher during Macri’s rule relative to the periods when Néstor and Cristina Kirchner governed the country.

The large increases in general prices have led to a significant reduction in GDP per capita (adjusted by Purchasing Power Parity (PPP))since Macri was elected president of Argentina. According to INDEC, PPP-adjusted GDP per capita declined by approximately €2,452 from 2015 to 2016.Additionally, INDEC forecasts suggest that the prices of all goods will continue to rise while the purchasing power of Argentines will decline even further during the remainder of Macri’s presidential term, which expires in 2019.

These recenteconomic indicators demonstrate that president Macri’s policies and outcomes contradict his presidential campaign’s slogan of“zero poverty”. In 2017, the Catholic University of Argentina (UCA) published a study revealing that,since December 2015, president Macri’s neo-liberal policies haveresulted in the significant impoverishment of 1.5 million people. In just one year, the poverty rate in Argentina increased from 29% to 34.9%, which means more than one-third of Argentina’s population earns less than US$1.90 a day based onthe World Bank’s criteria.

The Gini index provides additional evidence to show that president Macri’s neo-liberal policies have been destroying much of the progress achieved in Argentina under the two successive Kirchner administrations. The Gini coefficient, which measures income inequality, indicates that the wealthiest 10% of the population earned 23.2 times more than the bottom 10% of Argentine society in 2016, a significant increase from the magnitude of 18.7 just one year earlier. Even Macri could not deny that his policies have increased the gap between the rich and poor as he was forced to admit that one in three Argentines lived in poverty in early 2017.

Since 2015, unemployment has also increased significantly in Argentina. In July 2015, the unemployment rate stood at 5.9%, the lowest on record in the country’s entire history. After only one year, Macri’s austerity policies caused the unemployment rate to reach 9.3%, with his mass firing of public servants likely playing a key role in this increase. It has since fallen to around 8%; however, INDEC forecasts the unemployment rate to reach 10.2% by the end of 2017.

According to INDEC statistics, President Macri’s neo-liberal policies have also dramatically increased Argentina’s external debt to US$192,461.67 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, the highest in the country’s history.If this trend continues, Argentina will likely have forgo its economic sovereignty to international financial institutions that will make fiscal and monetary policy decisions that favour Argentina’s creditors at the expense of its citizens.

INDEC studies have found that, as of February 2017[3], Argentina’s money supply has also reached a record level of ARS 2,049,239 million. This increase in money supply was a key factor in the rapid expansion of inflation that has taken hold in the country since the end of 2015.

The Argentine peso has been losing value since Macri’s election and is currently regarded as the world’s most volatile currency. In fact, Argentina’s peso experienced the most significant loss in value among all currencies in 2016, as its exchange rate depreciated 60% against the US dollar from ARS 9.6 per US dollar in November 2015 to ARS 15.4 per US dollar March 2016.

In just 15 months, Macri’s presidency has produced some of the most turbulent times in Argentina’s contemporary social, political and economic history. His regressive measures and devotion to neo-liberal policies have resulted in the elimination of subsidies, the reduction of social services, a devalued national currency, a rapid expansion of inflation, and mass layoffs of public employees in addition to other job cuts.This has generated a great deal of economic instability, increased poverty, and created a difficult situation for Argentina’s working class. Since Macri took office, various unions, small business owners and social organizations[4] have been protesting his policies and demanded better working conditions and wage increases to compensate for the purchasing power they have lost.

Macri’s neo-liberal orthodoxy has the potential to engender a social and economic crisis reminiscent of the one that Argentina endured in 2001-02, when the unemployment rate exceeded 20% and many people in the provinces experienced extreme poverty. In fact, Cristina Fernández de Kirchner warned that Macri’s election would jeopardize all of the progress that had been made since that low point in the country’s recent history. Contrary to Macri, both Néstor and Cristina Kirchner consistently supported the protection of social and civil rights, and the provision of social security programs. Furthermore, their adherence to Keynesian economic policies was able to return the economy to prosperity after the implementation of neo-liberal economic policies in the 1990s plunged the country into the most severe economic crisis in Argentina’s history in the early 2000s. The social and economic policies implemented by the successive Kirchner administrations generated higher growth rates, reduced the poverty rate by approximately 80%, and lowered the unemployment rate from an all-time high of 20% in 2002 to a record low of 5.9% in 2015.

Unlike president Macri, Néstor and Cristina Kirchner consistently defended Argentina’s independence from international financial organizations and imperialismin all its forms. Argentina’s diplomatic relationship with the U.S. became very tense during the successive Kirchner governments (2003-2015), who distanced themselves from American foreign policy and developed closer regional ties with the leftist governments of Bolivia (Evo Morales), Brazil (Lula da Silva and Dilma Rouseff), Ecuador (Rafael Correa), and Venezuela (Hugo Chávez and Nicolás Maduro).

President Macri’s loyalty to Washington was never in doubt.A recent WikiLeaks cable publicly disclosed that Macri’s close relationship with the United States government predates his election in 2015[5]. WikiLeaks published a conversation between candidate Macri and the former U.S. ambassador to Argentina that took place in January 2010, when he was still mayor of Buenos Aires. Over the course of their conversation, Macri criticised the U.S. government for being “too soft” on Argentina’s ruling government and requested U.S. assistance in promoting an anti-Kirchner campaign.

Currently, Argentina’s foreign policy is closely aligned with US interests in the region. For example, after being elected president, Macri accused the Maduro government of being undemocratic and publicly announced his intention to suspend Venezuela from MERCOSUR, South America’s sub-regional trading bloc. Although Macri’s discourse against Venezuela may please his masters in Washington, they could be damaging for his own country’s interests. Argentina’s economy is heavily dependent on trade with the countries that comprise MERCOSUR, namely Brazil, Venezuela, Uruguay and Paraguay. In fact, over 30% of Argentina’s total trade is dependent on the members (Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay) and associate states (Chile, Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador and Peru) of MERCOSUR. By comparison, the US accounts for only 6% of Argentina’s exports and 13% of its imports.

If president Macri continues this devotion to American imperialism in Latin America, he could isolate Argentina from its neighbours in the region. Macri’s deteriorating relationship with Venezuela has the potential to damage Argentina’s trade and diplomatic relations with Brazil, Uruguay and Paraguay, all of which have rejected president Macri’s proposal to suspend Venezuela from MERCOSUR.

It has already been announced that presidents Macri and Trump will discuss the situation in Venezuela at their Thursday meeting, which might include conversations about intervening in Venezuela’s domestic affairs or even the removal of the Maduro government. Their meeting will also cover the expansion of the American military installations in Argentina. Buenos Aires and Washington have already agreed on the establishment of a U.S. military base to conduct scientific research in Ushuaia in May 2016. Ushuaia, commonly regarded as the southernmost city in the world, is very rich in mineral deposits and is situated near the largest freshwater reserve in the world.Previous proposals on the part of Washington to establish US military bases in Argentina were rejected by both Kirchner governments, which sided with popular movements opposing the creation of such installations. However, president Macri is much more accommodating when it comes to surrendering national sovereignty[6] to the US.

The American military supports the economic and financial interests of the United States. To do so, it has approximately 800 military bases in locations that have been specifically chosen for their geo-strategic value. In some instances, that geo-strategic importance is related to the installation’s proximity to key natural resources. For example, securing access to fresh water supplies is a key priority for Americans in light of potential water shortages that are expected to impact certain areas of the world in the coming years.In fact, Washington aims to open another military installation in the Triple Frontier (Argentina, Brazil and Paraguay), which is in the vicinity of the Guarani Aquifer, the largest freshwater reserve in the world that could supply the entire planet with fresh drinking water for the next 200 years. That is to say, there is a compelling case that primary motive for establishing a U.S. military base in Ushuaia is not to conduct scientific research.

Following his visit with president Trump on April 27th, it is likely that president Macri will continue to serve American interests in the region by implementing more neo-liberal policies, continuing with the planned American military installation in Ushuaia, and further straining diplomatic relations with Venezuela, which the U.S. government regards as undemocratic and uncooperative in the fight against terrorism.Instead of asserting Argentina’s political and economic independence and working in the interests of the working class, Macri is expected to place his country firmly in ‘America’s backyard’ in line with principles of the Monroe Doctrine.

Notes

[1] Recently, president Macri was accused of a conflict of interests in an Argentinean court after his administration forgave US$296 Million in debt owed by his family’s company, Sociedad Macri (Socma), which was left toPresident Macri and his two siblings by their father, Francisco Macri in 2007. President Macri ended up leaving his share to his three children when he was elected mayor of Buenos Aires in 2007. A recent corruption scandal at Socma has contributed to a significant decline in president Macri’s popularity.

[2] Videla was one of 3 military commanders leading the coup-d’état, along with Admiral Emilio Eduardo Massera (1925-2010) and Orlando Ramón Agosti (1924-1997). Two days after the coup, which succeeded in overthrowing the government of Isabel Perón on March 24, 1976, Videla formally assumed the post of president. He created a state of terror and committed countless human rights violation between March 24, 1976 and December 10, 1983. His presidency ended on March 29, 1981, a couple of years before civilian rule (representative democracy) was restored, when he relinquished power to Roberto Viola.

[3] http://www.tradingeconomics.com/argentina/money-supply-m3

[4] Macri is facing a well-organized working class that gained significant strength under the center-left governments of Néstor Kirchner from 2003 to 2007 and his wife Cristina Fernández de Kirchner from 2007 to 2015.

[5] https://search.wikileaks.org/plusd/cables/10BUENOSAIRES81_a.html

[6] In 2009 and 2010, Washington signed Military Cooperation Agreements to expand its military presence in Colombia, Brazil and Peru. 

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on President Mauricio Macri’s Neo-Liberal Orthodoxy: Keeping Argentina Firmly in America’s Backyard

Indigenous Peoples of the Amazon Share Message with the World

April 26th, 2017 by Forest Peoples Programme

We, the traditional authorities and elected leaders of the Uitoto, Muinane, Andoque and Nonuya peoples of the Middle Rio Caquetá region of the Colombian Amazon are in Bogotá between the 25th and 28th of April to represent our peoples and our Traditional Association of Indigenous Authorities – the Regional Indigenous Council of Middle Amazonas (CRIMA) in meetings with different State institutions and international agencies. We self-identify ourselves as the “People of the Centre” and heirs of the Green Territory of Life in the Amazon rainforest.

We are here to demand guarantees for our rights and to share concerns regarding forest, climate change and biodiversity projects that affect our territory, including the National Parks Department’s Heart of the Amazon Project supported by the World Bank and Global Environment Facility, and the Vision Amazonia Programme funded by the UK, Germany and Norway. We wish to express concerns that these programmes are undermining our principles of consent and participation and are applying processes that are not appropriate for our way of thinking and decision making.

Asserting our rights: Under our Law of Origin, and in accordance with our uses and customs, we have maintained a respectful relationship with our territory and the natural world. Before colonisation, our ancestors lived well. More than a century ago the cauchería came to exploit, enslave and displace our peoples, and almost exterminated us. We are the survivors of that genocide. We have since been reconstructing our society by building our malocas (ceremonial houses) and practising our ritual dances using the Word of Life and the wisdom of our elders. Since the 1970’s, our Cabildos (Councils) and Traditional Association of Indigenous Authorities have undertaken collective actions to legally securing our territory and to claim our rights.

Messages of the People of the Centre

To the Colombian government: We are not here to ask for projects. We want the national government to fully recognise our autonomy and our rights to govern our territory. We wish to see our applications for the extension of Reserves of Monochoa, Puerto Sábalo-Los Monos and Aduche properly processed and titled in favour of our communities to consolidate the Territory of Life belonging to the People of the Centre. In addition, we seek the formation and legal registration of an Indigenous Territorial Entity under our full jurisdiction in order to manage, administer and preserve our traditional territory and forests and maintain our way of life.

To international institutions: We inform the World Bank, the Global Environment Facility, donor governments and cooperation agencies of Germany, the United Kingdom and Norway, that they must reach agreements directly with us, as our ancestors did. They did not talk to outsiders by means of third parties. We don’t want to have the interference of intermediaries such as NGOs and environmental funds: we seek a direct relationship between programmes, international donors and our traditional authorities. We demand that we are recognised and respected as environmental authorities in our own territory, with our own indigenous system of territorial ordering. We demand that the agencies respect our rights to own, manage and control our territory. To this end, we seek formal steps to develop and implement a Safeguard Plan for our peoples.

To the world: These demands are not just our concerns. Many other peoples in the Amazon and the world have similar claims and proposals for protecting peoples’ rights and sustaining the forests. When we say that we manage our territory and have our own government we are not talking about nature as an object or natural resource, but rather as a space with natural beings with whom we relate guided by our Word of Life and mutual respect. We want to let the world know what “territory” means to us. This week we will share the teachings of the Muinane people about our care of territory. The Uitoto, Andoque and Nonuya peoples have been working in the same direction in documenting our ways of managing and preserving the rainforests. We want to invite all the Peoples of the Centre, America and other parts of the world to join us in this effort to defend life and territory.

Contacts:
Hernando Castro, Regional Indigenous Council of Middle Amazonas: [email protected]
Tom Griffiths, FPP: [email protected]
Camilla Capasso, FPP: [email protected]

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Indigenous Peoples of the Amazon Share Message with the World

A few hour ago the Turkish airforce hit Kurdish and Yezidi positons on both sides of the Singal mountains in east-Syria and west-Iraq. Near Derik in east-Syria more than 20 bombs destroyed a YPG headquarter, a radio station and a media center. At least nine YPK fighters were killed. The YPG is the Syrian sister organization of the Kurdish PKK in Turkey. The PKK is a designated terrorist organization. Within Syria U.S. special forces are embedded with the YPG and are coordinating YPG moves against the Islamic State in Raqqa. YPK and PKK follow the anarcho-marxist theories of their leader Abdullah Öcalan who is in isolation detention in Turkey.

The Turkish airstrike in Iraq hit YPG and Peshmerga positions near Shingal where they protect a displaced person camp of Yezidis. The Yezidis are an ancient religious minority. The Peshmerga are the main Kurdish militia in Iraq. They are controlled by Kurdish regional government. At least five Peshmerga fighters, all followers of Barzani clan, were killed and several more wounded. The Barzani family holds all important position in Iraq’s Kurdistan – president, premier, intelligence chief and several others. Its election mandate has long run out but it simply ignores the regional parliament and rules through force and bribes. The Barzani clan is allied with Turkey and the U.S. It allows the Turkish army to operate several bases within its area. The U.S. is operating from Erbil airport in the Iraqi-Kurdish area. The oil pumped from wells in the Kurdish area is sold by the Barzanis to Turkey. The Turkish hit on Barzani fighters is deeply embarrassing for them and may incite new protest against the Barzani’ quasi dictatorship.

The YPK is training Yezidi self defense forces. This is against the Barzanis’ interest who sees their monopoly force in the area endangered.

Turkey is a U.S. ally and the U.S. has several bases in Turkey which it uses to fight the Islamic State. The U.S. is also allied and operates with the YPG in Syria and the Peshmerga of the Barzani clan in Iraq. The airspace in east Syria and north-west Iraq supposedly under U.S. control. There will be some serious explaining to do why the U.S. did not prevent one of its allies from bombing its other allies. Did it agree to this Turkish attack? Either way U.S. operation in the area will experience new difficulties.

Turkey has also threatened to invade the Kurdish held areas in east-Syria at Tal Abjad to move onto Raqqa and thereby split the Kurdish held areas.

Map by Winep – see bigger picture here

The primary winner of these Turkish operations is the Islamic State.

The YPK is now likely to divert forces from the U.S. led attack on the Islamic State in Raqqa to protect against further Turkish adventures. The PKK within Turkey may restart its guerrilla campaign against the Turkish military. The Barzani clan will come under renewed pressure by Kurdish people in Iraq as well as by the Iraqi government to loosen its ties with Turkey. All sides will blame the U.S. and its operations against Syria and the Islamic State.

The whole mess in Syria and Iraq thus becomes even more complicate than it already was.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Turkish Airstrikes On Kurds Complicate U.S. Operations In Iraq And Syria

25 April, 2017, Ottawa – Yesterday, two French anti-terrorism investigative judges ordered again the release of Dr.    to France in November 2014. The French judges found that there is “consistent evidence” that Dr. Diab was in Lebanon at the time of the 1980 Paris bombing. This is the sixth release order for Dr. Diab since last May, and the second release order within three weeks. The French Court of Appeal overturned all previous release orders. The prosecutor is appealing this latest release order.

William Bourdon, Apolline Cagnat and Amélie Lefebvre, Hassan’s lawyers in France, noted that

“even though two weeks ago, the Court of Appeal overturned for the fifth time the decision to release Hassan Diab, the investigating judges have refused to renew Hassan’s expiring detention warrant. As the investigation progressed, the elements for charge that were already very weak to begin with have shrunk and are now close to nothing, while the elements for discharging Hassan are multiplying and are extremely convincing. The investigating judges are firm on the fact that it is not possible in a state of law to continue to detain Hassan.”

Don Bayne, Dr. Diab’s Canadian lawyer, stated that

“the French investigative judges have repeatedly ordered Dr. Diab’s release because of “consistent evidence” that he was studying for and writing exams in Lebanon and was not even in France at the time of the 1980 bombing – and thus is completely innocent. Dr. Diab’s continued incarceration is wholly and manifestly unjust. It is past time for this government to come to the aid of a Canadian citizen, to end this travesty of justice, to bring him home. ‘Prime Minister Trudeau, Minister Freeland, where are you when an innocent Canadian needs you?’ ”

When Dr. Diab was ordered released by the judge of freedom and detention in May 2016, he spent ten days out on bail in Paris without incident, before his release order was overturned by the same panel of Court of Appeal judges which has repeatedly denied him bail.

Dr. Hassan Diab was extradited from Canada to France in November 2014. The Canadian extradition judge described the evidence against Dr. Diab as “illogical”, “very problematic”, and “convoluted”. However, the Canadian judge stated that the low threshold for evidence under Canada’s extradition law left him no choice but to commit Dr. Diab to extradition.

Roger Clark, the former Secretary General of Amnesty International Canada, remarked that

“this travesty of justice continues solely for political reasons, there being no legal basis for Dr. Diab’s continuing imprisonment. Rather than acknowledge that an egregious error has been perpetrated, French authorities insist on maintaining their cruel charade against a background of widespread islamophobia and a fear of appearing weak on terrorism. Canada must immediately convey to the French Government the urgency of preventing further distortion of justice and of ensuring Hassan Diab’s speedy return to his home and family.”

Supporters of Dr. Diab have launched a Parliamentary petition calling upon the Government of Canada to work towards the immediate granting of bail to Hassan and securing his urgent return to his family and home in Canada.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Hassan Diab, the Canadian Academic Extradited to France on Fake Terrorist Charges

Finance Capital and Neo-Fascism: The French Elections Mirror the Crises of Western States

By Abayomi Azikiwe, April 26, 2017

A runoff between National Front leader Marine Le Pen and the 39-year-old banker and former Minister of Finance Emmanuel Macron’s En Marche (Onwards) is slated for May 7.

These two candidates represent the dominant sectors within the French ruling class being the aggressive anti-immigrant and neo-fascist electorate and the pro-European Union (EU) elements who view the status quo as sufficient to guarantee the continuation of capitalism and Paris’ role in the international division of economic power and labor. Neither party nor movement, in the situation of Macron’s En Marche, represents any clear vision of a prosperous future for the people of France.

Short Choices: The French Presidential Elections

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, April 26, 2017

The terror for pollsters and the establishment now is whether Marine Le Pen will realise her anti-Euro project and drag the French nation kicking and moaning into a new, even more fractious order. In her way will be the pro-European Union figure of Emmanuel Macron.

Evidence Consistent with the Possibility of a Poison Gas Release from an Attack on an Ammunition Depot in Khan Sheikhoun

By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 26, 2017

This is not proof that the Russian explanation for a mass poisoning is correct, but given that there is no evidence to support the American alternative explanation of a sarin release from an airdropped munition at a site identified by the White House Intelligence Report, this additional data does provide some information that is relevant to the ongoing discussions on this matter.

Trump, Public Imagination, and Islamophobia

By Chandra Muzaffar, April 26, 2017

Donald Trump’s crafty manipulation of Islamophobia, we are told, was one of the factors that propelled him to the presidency of the United States of America. He was very much aware of the prevalence of negative sentiments towards Islam and Muslims within segments of the American electorate. Because Islamophobia was part of the public imagination, he had no scruples about exploiting it for political gain.

Tell Us Why We’re At War, President Trump

By Peter Van Buren, April 26, 2017

The reason we’re fighting all of these places and more can’t still be “terrorism,” can it? That has sort of been the reason for the past 16 years so you’d think we would have settled that. Regime change? A lot of that has also happened, without much end game, and nobody seems to know if that does or ever did apply in Syria to begin with. America can’t be under threat after all these years, right? I mean, world’s most powerful military and all that.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Islamophobia, Trump’s War and the French Elections

Dear Madam Ambassador:

We were deeply disappointed by your response to our report, Israeli Practices Toward the Palestinian People and the Question of Apartheid, and particularly your dismissal of it as “anti-Israeli propaganda” within hours of its release.

The UN Economic and Social Commission for West Asia (ESCWA) invited us to undertake a fully researched scholarly study. Its principal purpose was to ascertain whether Israeli policies and practices imposed on the Palestinian people fall within the scope of the international-law definition of apartheid. We did our best to conduct the study with the care and rigor that is morally incumbent in such an important undertaking, and of course we welcome constructive criticism of the report’s method or analysis (which we also sought from several eminent scholars before its release). So far we have not received any information identifying the flaws you have found in the report or how it may have failed to comply with scholarly standards of rigor.

Instead, you have felt free to castigate the UN for commissioning the report and us for authoring it. You have launched defamatory attacks on all involved, designed to discredit and malign the messengers rather than clarify your criticisms of the message. Ad hominem attacks are usually the tactics of those so seized with political fervor as to abhor rational discussion. We suppose that you would not normally wish to give this impression of yourself and your staff, or to represent US diplomacy in such a light to the world. Yet your statements about our study, as reported in the media, certainly give this impression.

We were especially troubled by the extraordinary pressure your office exerted on the UN secretary general, António Guterres, apparently inducing him first to order the report’s removal from the ESCWA website and then to accept the resignation of ESCWA’s distinguished and highly respected executive secretary, Rima Khalaf, which she submitted on principle rather than repudiate a report that she believed fulfilled scholarly standards, upheld the principles of the United Nations Charter and international law, and produced findings and recommendations vital for UN proceedings.

Instead of using this global forum to call for the critical debate about the report, you used the weight of your office to quash it. These strident denunciations convey a strong appearance of upholding an uncritical posture by the US government toward Israel, automatically and unconditionally sheltering Israel’s government from any criticism at the UN, whether deserved or not, from the perspective of international law. Such a posture diminishes the US’s reputation as a nation that upholds the values of truth, freedom, law, and justice, and that serves the world community as a regional and global leader. It also shifts the conversation away from crucial substantive concerns.

It may have been that the word “apartheid” alone was enough to trigger your response, a reaction undoubtedly abetted by Israel’s instantaneous denunciation of our report. In following Israel’s public lead, however, you fail to consider that Israeli leaders have themselves grasped and warned of the apartheid features of their policies for decades. The widely admired Yitzhak Rabin, twice Israel’s prime minister, once confided to a TV journalist,

“I don’t think it’s possible to contain over a long term, if we don’t want to get to apartheid, a million and a half [more] Arabs inside a Jewish state.”

Prime ministers Ehud Olmert and Ehud Barak both warned publicly that Israel was at risk of becoming an apartheid state and cautioned their constituencies about what would happen to Israel if the Palestinians realized this and launched an anti-apartheid struggle. Former Israeli attorney general Michael Ben-Yair has stated flatly,

“we established an apartheid regime in the occupied territories.”

These prominent Israelis were clear-headed observers of their own country’s policies as well as patriots, and it was their cautions, as much as any other source, that inspired ESCWA member states to consider that the possibility of an apartheid regime existing in this setting must be taken seriously and so commissioned the report now under attack.

It is therefore wholly inappropriate and wrong for you to charge that, simply by accepting this commission, we as authors were motivated by anti-Semitism. The reverse is true. To clarify this claim, we call your attention to two features of the report that we hope will lead you to reconsider your response.

Firstly, the report carefully confines its working definition of apartheid to those provided in the 1973 Convention on the Suppression and Punishment of the International Crime of Apartheid and the 2002 Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court. It does not rely on definitions developed in polemics about the conflict or taken casually from online sources. As the 1973 Convention and the Rome Statute are part of the same body of law that protects Jews, as well as all people in the world, from discrimination, this authoritative definition should not be set aside. Any responsible critique must therefore engage with these legal definitions, and the larger body of international human-rights jurisprudence in which they are situated, so as to address the report for what it actually says rather than concocting a straw man that can be easily dismissed. We hope you will reconsider the report in this light.

Secondly, the member states of ESCWA requested that a study be commissioned to examine whether Israel’s apartheid policies encompassed the Palestinian people as a whole. This meant that, as authors, we were asked to consider Palestinians living in four geographic regions within four legal categories or “domains”: those living in the occupied territories, those resident in Jerusalem, those living as citizens within Israel, and those living in refugee camps or involuntary exile. For each domain, we found that Israeli policies and practices are, by law, internally discriminatory. But more importantly, we found that all four operate as one comprehensive system that is designed to dominate and oppress Palestinians in order to preserve Israel as a Jewish state.

It is this whole system of domination, too long misinterpreted by treating Palestinians as situated in unrelated categories, that generates the regime of domination that conforms to the definition of apartheid in international law. Moreover, it is this system that has undermined, and will continue to undermine, the two-state solution to which the United States has committed its diplomatic prestige over the course of several prior presidencies. Appraising the viability of this diplomatic posture in light of findings in this report would, we propose, be crucial for the credibility of US foreign policy and should not be blocked by political considerations.

Finally, we find it deeply troubling that your objections to our report have extended to criticism of the UN itself, partly on grounds that the UN devotes excessive attention to the question of Palestine. For one thing, this reasoning rests on a “false fact”: The UN, and ESCWA, engages with a vast range of issues, with Israel constituting only a small fraction of the whole. For another, denying that the UN has a special role here ignores the unique responsibility of the UN in relation to this conflict. Immediately after World War II, a war-weary Britain, then the Mandatory authority in Palestine as a result of arrangements following World War I, turned over the future of Palestine to the UN for resolution. The UN was therefore, from the outset of its existence, given a responsibility for finding a solution to the conflict in Palestine. This was unlike any comparable responsibility the UN possesses anywhere else in the world. Seven decades of human suffering and insecurity have resulted from the UN’s failure to discharge this obligation—not because it has paid too much attention to Israel but because it was not able to bring its influence sufficiently to bear so as to produce a sustainable and just peace. For observers able to view the conflict with impartiality, it has become clear that what has happened in Palestine can only be resolved when the rights and security of both Israelis and Palestinians are taken into account. The UN continues to have a vital role in that mission, and it is crucial that its member states, including the United States, endorse this role and do its best to enhance its effectiveness.

We hoped our report would give rise to discussion of all these issues. Especially, we hope that its findings will inspire a review of this question by authoritative legal bodies such as the International Court of Justice. We did not seek a shouting match. We therefore now respectfully ask, against this background, that our report be read in the spirit in which it was written, aiming for the safety, security, and peace of everyone who lives in territory currently under Israel’s control. As the report’s authors, this was our moral framework all along, and we still retain the hope that the serious questions at stake will not be buried beneath an avalanche of diversionary abuse of our motives and character. Charges of crimes against humanity should not be swept to one side out of deference to political bonds that tie the United States and Israel closely together, or for reasons of political expediency. Such machinations can only weaken international law and endanger us all.

Sincerely,

Richard Falk,
Professor of International Law Emeritus, Princeton University

Virginia Tilley,
Professor of Political Science, Southern Illinois University

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Our Report on The Question of Apartheid in Israel. Open Letter to UN Ambassador Nikki Haley

The attorney general suggested that “mostly Mexicans” could see their taxes investigated as a source of funding for Trump’s border wall.

The administration of U.S. President Donald Trump continued to pursue its menacing stance toward undocumented Mexican immigrants in the United States as Attorney General Jeff Sessions suggested that if Mexico doesn’t pay for a proposed border wall, individual Mexicans residing in the U.S. could be targeted and forced to pay a part of the cost.

Speaking to ABC’s This Week Sunday, the 70-year-old former Alabama senator — recognized as one of the most aggressively anti-immigrant figures in Trump’s Cabinet — seemed to suggest that a potential source of funding could be found in tax credits given to taxpayers who don’t qualify.

The remark comes as the White House threatens a shutdown of the U.S. government if Congress doesn’t accede to Trump’s demands to fund the construction of the 1,250-mile wall. The Trump administration has been desperate to score a big win during its first 100 days in office, a period characterized by multiple broken campaign promises, abrupt reversals and failed policy moves.

“I know there’s US$4 billion a year in excess payments, according to the Department of the Treasury’s own inspector general several years ago, that are going to payments to people — tax credits that they shouldn’t get,” Sessions said.

“Now, these are mostly Mexicans, and those kinds of things add up,” he asserted. “US$4 billion a year for 10 years is US$40 billion. There are a lot of ways we can find money to help pay for this.”

Sessions appeared to be citing a July 2011 report by the U.S. Treasury Department that detailed how workers lacking social security numbers received US$4.2 billion in refundable tax credits, a benefit overwhelmingly received by the parents of U.S. citizens.

The report — seized upon by Trump during an election campaign that leaned heavily on immigrant scapegoating — failed to specify the nationality of tax credit recipients.

Additionally, while undocumented immigrants make up less than 3 percent of the U.S. population, they also account for 8 percent of local and state tax revenue, according to a report last year by the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy.

In a characteristically equivocal and confusing tweet, the U.S. head of state suggested Sunday that “Eventually, but at a later date so we can get started early, Mexico will be paying, in some form, for the badly needed border wall.”

Trump has made repeated claims that Mexico will repay the United States for the wall if Congress funds it first. Nevertheless, the government of Mexico has strongly rejected Trump’s suggestion that it would finance the wall while the former real estate mogul has failed to lay out a convincing plan for such a repayment.

The “wall” is expected to cost as much as US$21.6 billion, based on a U.S. Department of Homeland Security internal report.

During a visit last week to El Paso, Texas, Sessions resorted to xenophobic hyperbole when describing the U.S.-Mexico border as “ground zero” and “the front lines” in a fight against criminal networks, human traffickers and drug cartels, drawing criticism from border leaders and migrant justice advocates.

“Unfortunately, our nation’s chief law enforcement officer thinks xenophobic, racist rhetoric that paints a false picture of our border and dehumanizes migrants will continue to pay cheap political dividends in the service of a narrow agenda to block justice for immigrants,” Dylann Corbett of the Hope Border Institute said in a statement following Sessions’ border appearance, adding that his repeated threats against migrant communities constitute a “shameful political charade.”

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on If Mexico Doesn’t Pay for Wall, US Undocumented Will: US Attorney General Sessions

Trump Talks Tough on North Korea

April 26th, 2017 by Stephen Lendman

On Monday, he called on Security Council members to impose “stronger sanctions” on North Korea, heightening tensions by claiming the DPRK “is a real threat to the world …and it’s a problem that we have to finally solve.”

Pyongyang called the USS Carl Vinson carrier strike group deployed off the Korean peninsula “an extremely dangerous act by those who plan a nuclear war to invade.”

China’s President Xi Jinping called for all sides to show “restraint, and avoid doing anything to worsen the tense situation on the peninsula.”

On Wednesday afternoon, Trump will hold a briefing for all 100 senators on North Korea. Reportedly a similar session is planned for House members – both meetings to be held in a “sensitive compartmented information facility” in the Eisenhower Executive Office Building.

Secretary of Defense Mattis, Joint Chiefs Chairman Dunford, Director of National Intelligence Dan Coates, and Secretary of State Tillerson will conduct the briefing.

On April 25, marking the anniversary of the founding of its army, North Korea held live-fire drills, involving hundreds of artillery pieces – instead of a sixth nuclear test some observers expected.

According to China Foundation for International and Strategic Studies Foreign Policy director Zhang Tuosheng, pressure from China, Washington, South Korea and Japan got Pyongyang to show restraint – whether short or longer-term remains to be seen.

“Beijing sent a clear message to Kim Jong-un that a nuclear test would lead to an impasse,” Tuosheng explained.

Its Foreign Ministry spokesman Geng Shuang said

“(w)e hope that all parties, including Japan, can work with China to promote an early peaceful resolution of the issue…”

Knowfar Institute for Strategic and Defense Studies Zhou Chenming believes Pyongyang will delay another nuclear test at least until after South Korea’s May 9 presidential election, hoping to discourage voters from choosing a hardline leader.

In a US show of force, the guided-missile nuclear submarine USS Michigan arrived in Busan, South Korea – the same day Pyongyang’s People’s Army celebrated its 85th anniversary.

On Tuesday, China’s Global Times, representing Beijing’s position, stressed

“(s)ticks alone are not enough to prompt North Korea to stop its nuclear and missile activities. The international community should acknowledge the importance of the carrot.”

Pyongyang understands “the consequences if it continues to act recklessly. What it is uncertain about, though, is what benefit it will get if it stops nuclear and missile activities.”

Washington broke earlier promises to its government, undermining trust, making resolution of the current crisis much harder.

Pyongyang justifiably believes America wants its government toppled, knowing it’s vulnerable if it abandons its nuclear and ballistic missile deterrents.

Trump’s rage for war heightens concerns. Waging it on the Korean peninsula risks possible nuclear confrontation – what all regional nations want avoided above all else.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump Talks Tough on North Korea

Despite the lack of information from the Pentagon about President Donald Trump‘s deployment on April 13 of the “Mother of All Bombs” in Afghanistan—or its aftermath—close to 70 percent of American voters say they “strongly” or “somewhat” support the bombing, according to a new poll.

Defense Secretary James Mattis said Thursday that

“he does not intend to discuss damage estimates from last week’s use of the military’s most powerful non-nuclear bomb on an Islamic State stronghold in Afghanistan,” the Associated Press reported.

An Afghan official said this week that the bombing killed 96 Islamic State [ISIS] militants, though

“the official provided no proof of the deaths or information on how officials reached the number of 96,” as the New York Times notes. There have been no confirmed reports of civilian casualties.

The Times further reported on Tuesday:

It was unclear whether any Afghan or coalition forces have made it to the bombing site five days after the attack. The senior Afghan security official said the day after the bombing that Afghan commandos had done so and, after clearing the site, had handed it over to American military forensic teams.

[Zabihullah] Zmarai, the provincial council member, said local officials in Achin told him that neither Afghan nor American forces had arrived at the site.

A spokesman for the Afghan commandos, Jawid Salim, agreed. “It is not true that the members of U.S. forensic are at the scene of bombing—no one is there,” he said. “We are in the area and we see everything.”

According to Agence France-Presse on Wednesday, security forces are blocking both journalists and local residents from accessing the site. The outlet reported:

The blast triggered shockwaves which residents said they felt miles away. It was said by the Afghan defence ministry to have killed at least 95 militants, including some IS commanders and foreign fighters, but no civilians.

The statement could not be independently verified, with reporters including AFP correspondents turned away from the site again Wednesday even though there was no sign of fighting in the immediate area.

Ahmad Jan, a resident of Achin who fled IS fighting and moved with his family to the provincial capital Jalalabad long before the bomb was dropped, told AFP he had no idea whether his house or relatives survived the attack.

“No one can go there, they have completely blocked the area. I don’t know if my house is destroyed. They have not even shown any dead bodies to anyone,” he said.

Ali M. Latifi, a writer based in Kabul, Afghanistan, offered this first-hand account in Thursday’s New York Times:

Two hills obstructed view of the bombed area. American helicopters flew overhead. Three hours passed but we weren’t allowed to proceed further. Officials spoke cheerfully of resounding success and precision of the operation.

Yet every time we sought permission to visit the bombed area, they found excuses to keep us away: “The operation is ongoing!” “There are still Daesh”— Islamic State—”fighters on the loose!” “There are land mines!” and finally, “The area is being cleared!” “No civilians were hurt!”

“In the end, ‘Madar-e Bamb-Ha’ [the Dari translation for ‘Mother of All Bombs’] became the star of a grotesque reality television show,” she wrote. “We know how much it weighs, what it costs, its impact, its model number, and its code name. We know nothing about the people it killed except they are supposed to be nameless, faceless, cave-dwelling Islamic State fighters. It was a loud blast, followed by a loud silence. It is yet another bomb to fall on Afghan soil, and the future of my homeland remains as uncertain as ever.”

But that uncertainty is not reflected in the United States, where respondents to a Politico/Morning Consult survey seem to have been swayed by Trump and the military’s latest display of “shock and awe.”

“As you may know, the United States recently dropped the military’s largest non-nuclear bomb on a cave complex suspected to be controlled by ISIS, in Afghanistan, according to the U.S. Department of Defense,” the 1,992 registered voters were asked. “Knowing this, do you support or oppose the military dropping the largest non-nuclear bomb on an ISIS cave complex in Afghanistan?”

Forty-three percent said they strongly supported the action, while 26 percent said they were “somewhat” behind the bombing. Just eight percent said they strongly opposed it.

The results lend credence to author and analyst Phyllis Bennis‘ call, published this week,

“to integrate opposition to these wars into the very core of the movements already rising so powerfully against racism, for women’s and LGBTQ rights, for climate and economic justice, for Native rights, for immigrant rights and refugee protections, for Palestinian rights, and much more.”

“We’ll need new strategies, new tactics,” she wrote, “but we continue to stand on the shoulders of those who have gone before us. Our country is waging war against peoples across the globe, indeed waging war against the earth itself. But we are still here, challenging those wars alongside those who guard the earth, who protect the water, who defend the rights of those most at risk.”

Indeed, wrote Seelai Popal, Ali A. Olomi, and Laila Rashidie on Thursday, it is time

“for people of conscience in the U.S. to step forward and demand an end to the murder of the Afghan people and the poisoning of our land. The terrorism waged by the U.S. and its allies in the name of the ‘war on terror’ far outstrips the violence of those they claim to fight. It is time for the global community to demand that all militaries stop using our people and our lands as the testing grounds for war and weaponry. It is time to end the occupation of Afghanistan.”

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on What’s Worse? Trump Dropping ‘Mother of All Bombs’ or That 70% of Americans Approve

The Pax Britannica is so firmly established that the idea of overt rebellion is always distant from our minds, even in a remote State like Bastar. – B. P. Standen, Chief Secretary to the Chief Commissioner, Central Provinces, 1910

In February of 1910 the tribal population of the princely state of Bastar in eastern India rose in rebellion against a small British force stationed within the kingdom. This event, referred to as bhumkal (earthquake), established Bastar as a major battleground for tribal (adivasi) revolt during the colonial period. Almost exactly 100 years later, in one of the deadliest Naxal attacks in recent times, hundreds of Maoists ambushed and massacred at least 25 CRPF personnel in Chhattisgarh’s Sukma district, South Bastar region and escaped with their AK-47 assault rifles. The puzzling fact about Bastar, however, is that unlike so many other regions of India beset by tribal conflict, it never came under the direct control of the British during the colonial period.

The former Bastar kingdom is located in the state of Chhattisgarh. During the British period Bastar was over 13,000 square miles, or roughly the size of Belgium. It had a population, in 1901, of 306,501. Adivasis constituted the largest segment of the population, and Gonds were the major tribe inhabiting the area. The state was governed by a lineage of Hindu kings who were not adivasis themselves but Rajputs. The founders of the Bastar state were, according to legend, driven from their former home in Warangal by Muslim invaders in the fourteenth century. They then settled in Bastar and became high priests of the goddess Danteshwari, whom the tribes of Bastar worshipped. The princely state was known for its unique celebration of the Dasera festival. The raja is ‘abducted’ by tribals on the eleventh day of Dasera and then returned to the throne the next day, a ritual that symbolizes the close linkage between the adivasis and their king.

During the pre-colonial period, Bastar had been incorporated as part of the Mughal and then Maratha Empire. Due to its rough terrain and geographical inaccessibility, however, it always retained a certain level of isolation—Deputy Commissioner of the Central Provinces and Berar Wilfrid Grigson remarked that Bastar was a ‘backwater in Indian history’. The entire region is one of the most heavily forested areas in India (it is the site of the Dandakaranya forest), and colonial officials often referred to Bastar as one of a number of ‘jungle kingdoms’.

When the British finally broke Maratha power in central India in 1818 they subsequently began to enter into a political relationship with Bastar (a former tributary state of the Marathas), and in 1853 the kingdom officially came under the system of British indirect rule. Bastar State was included as part of the Central Provinces administration.

The British immediately began to interfere in Bastar’s administration in three ways:

  1. by implementing new forest policies,
  2. displacing tribals from their land,
  3. and heavily interfering in succession to the throne—that is, removing rajas and replacing them with compliant officials.

At first, this interference in the state came under the pretext of preventing human sacrifice. An official inquiry in 1855, however, showed that human sacrifice was not a local tradition. The reporting officer wrote that it was

pleasing to find that there did not exist . . . a tradition of human sacrifices. In the low country it was said that these hill tribes never sacrificed human beings and for once the account was strictly true.

A more likely cause of intervention was the fact that Bastar had extremely large iron ore deposits, as well as other precious minerals, timber, and forest produce. Over time, British influence in Bastar increased—beginning first with forest administration—due to efforts to appropriate its natural resources, and by 1876 colonial administrators effectively governed the state, the raja ruling in name only.

Colonial influence bred rebellion in Bastar. The state experienced two important tribal revolts during colonialism, in 1876 and 1910. The cause of the first rebellion was trivial enough—the arrival of the Prince of Wales to India. The diwan of Bastar attempted to arrange a meeting between the prince and the raja. The adivasis, however, interpreted this as an attempt by the British to abduct the raja, and within hours they mobilized in large numbers and prevented him from leaving the state. Though traditionally referred to as a rebellion, the conflict in reality was relatively minor and featured little bloodshed. W. B. Jones, chief commissioner of the Central Provinces, summarized the incident in a confidential report from 1883:

In March of 1876 a disturbance broke out at Jugdalpur, the origin of which has never been quite satisfactorily explained. The immediate occasion of the outbreak was the Raja’s setting out for Bombay to meet . . . The Prince of Wales. The people assembled in large numbers and compelled him to return to Jugdalpur. Their ostensible demand was not that he should not go, but that he should not leave behind the then Diwan Gopinath Kapurdar (a Dhungar, shepherd by caste) and one Munshi Adit Pershad (a Kayeth in charge of the Raja’s Criminal Court), whom the people charged with oppression . . . They simply demanded that the two men mentioned above should be sent away.

Were the adivasis rebelling against the raja? The British themselves were skeptical. An officer sent to investigate disconfirmed the idea, noting that

Relations between Raja and subjects generally [were] good, very good.’ Commissioner Jones also noted that ‘the insurgents committed no violence and professed affection for the Raja’.

At worst, the adivasis were upset with the raja’s choice of appointees. But another central cause of the disturbance was creeping British influence in the state—for example, Jones made sure to note that the adivasis earlier in the year had reacted very negatively to new Christian missionaries who had arrived in the kingdom. A number of new colonial policies combined to create a rising sense of embitterment among the tribal population.

The 1910 rebellion was much more violent and widespread than its predecessor. One of the chief instigators of the conflict was Lal Kalendra Singh, the first cousin of the raja and a former diwan himself. He had been angling for a return to power after he had been removed by the British due to ‘incompetence’. He mobilized the adivasis by declaring that if he was returned to the throne he would drive the British out of Bastar completely. A contemporary report from a Christian missionary living in Bastar, Reverend W. Ward, sheds some light on the rebellion:

In the second week of February we first heard of the unrest among the Aborigines south of Jagdalpur. Vague rumours were afloat but none of a very serious nature. On the 18th a Christian living among the Prajas—Aborigines—came to me with the story that the Prajas were all armed and were moving toward Keslur, where the Political Agent, Mr. E. A. De Brett, I.C.S., was camping, to make known their grievances . . . A branch of a mango tree, a red pepper, and an arrow were tied together, and sent to all villages in the State. The mango leaves stand for a general meeting; the red pepper, a matter of great importance is to be discussed and that the matter is necessary and urgent; the arrow, a sign of war.

The entire state rose in revolt and the existing British force of only 250 armed police was quickly overwhelmed. For weeks looting, robbery, and arson plagued the entire kingdom. By the end of February additional troops from Jeypore and Bengal had arrived and the rebellion was finally put down. Hundreds of prisoners were taken, including Lal Kalendra Singh, who was expelled from the state and later died in prison.

The British conducted several inquiries into the causes of the 1910 rebellion. De Brett also conducted an inquiry on the rebellion and discerned 11 main causes, ranking chief among them ‘the inclusion in reserves of forest and village lands’.

Prior to colonialism, the rajas that ruled Bastar did not reserve forest lands, giving adivasis almost unrestricted access to these areas. Alfred Gell notes that prior to the arrival of British administrators ‘the tribal population [in Bastar] enjoyed the benefit of their extensive lands and forests with a degree of non-exploitation from outside which would hardly be matched anywhere else in peninsular India’. Nandini Sundar similarly highlights that prior to British rule there was not even a recorded forest policy for the kingdom.

The colonial state began reserving forests in Bastar in 1891, especially areas rich in various kinds of forest produce. This meant timber most of all, but also a class of items known as non-timber forest product, which included rubber, medicinal plants, berries, and tendu leaves, used for rolling tobacco. Due to this new reservation policy, entire adivasi villages in reserved areas were forcibly moved by colonial authorities. Corporations, like those involved in the timber trade or iron mining, entered areas where adivasis had lived and were granted a monopoly right over forest produce. Once a forest area was officially reserved, adivasis no longer had any claim to these lands and were charged fees for collecting produce or grazing in these areas.

All of the contemporary reports pointed to the same causes— foremost, new forest policies that displaced adivasis from their land. The main participants in the 1910 rebellion were from areas that suffered the most under new colonial land revenue demands. Despite the admission to an ‘overzealous’ forest administration, British policy in Bastar did not change substantially in the wake of rebellion. They continued to sign various forest mining agreements or renewals of previous agreements—in 1923, 1924, 1929, and 1932. The 1923 agreement, for example, renewed a licence for Tata Iron and Steel to mine Bastar’s ‘enormous reserves of iron ore’.

Also read: Tata Corus Deal – Uncovering The Mystery Of The White Knight

Forest lands also continued to be reserved. As late as 1940 the administrator of Bastar State wrote to the political agent of Chhattisgarh States that

Most of them [adivasis] dislike the proposals for forest reservation . . . However if these areas are not reserved it will be impossible to reserve any good teak forests in the Zamindari. (It is a most unfortunate fact that the best teak areas and the thickly populated, well cultivated Maria [Gond] villages coincide).

The young Maharaja of Bastar c.1937, with British advisors

Aside from new forest policies, the British also continued to directly govern the state through various machinations, although this, too, had been disastrous in 1910. In 1922 Rudra Pratap Deo died without a male heir, and his daughter, Profulla Kumari Devi, was placed on the throne as a child. One British administrator noted: ‘She is about eleven years of age and no reference is made as to her eventual fitness to rule, but this is unimportant as she could always rule through a Manager or Dewan.’ Bastar therefore experienced yet another minority administration. Then, in 1936, when the Maharani of Bastar died suddenly of surgical complications in London, the British installed her eldest son, Pravir Chandra Bhanj Deo, on the throne, although he was only seven years old at the time. The Maharani’s husband, Raja Prafulla Bhanj Deo, who was the first cousin of the ruler of the nearby Mahurbhanj State, had been passed over as a possible successor. This was an attempt to continue directly ruling the state instead of turning over power to the queen’s consort. In fact, colonial administrators in charge of the guardianship of Pravir Chandra were themselves confused as to the justification behind his minority administration. Administrator E. S. Hyde commented:

I am not altogether clear what is meant in this case by guardianship . . . It would, however, be of assistance to me and my successors if our position could be defined. It is certainly an unusual and somewhat delicate one, for normally when a Chief is a minor his father is dead.

R. E. L. Wingate, joint secretary to the Government of India, Foreign and Political Department, noted that passing over Prafulla for the throne was against the queen’s wishes:

It is her [the Maharani’s] desire that Profulla should have the title of Maharaja and that he should share her role as Ruling Chief, being co-equal with her and succeeding her as Ruler in the event of her death before him, her son not succeeding to the gaddi [throne] until his death.

Despite this, Prafulla—who had been educated and gained high marks at Rajkumar College in Raipur—was deemed ‘exceedingly vain and filled with self-conceit . . . he is a man of very questionable moral character and completely unstable’ by the British and was denied the throne. Prafulla had also been very popular with tribal groups in Bastar. E. S. Hyde noted a meeting between adivasis and Prafulla in 1936 after he had been passed over for control of the kingdom:

First of all the Mahjis told Prafulla that they had confidence and trust in him and that he was their ‘mabap’ [mother and father]; to this he replied that he could do nothing for them, that he had no powers. He was willing to do anything for them but . . . he could do nothing.

Even before the death of the maharani in 1936 there had been a movement to install Prafulla as the hereditary raja, in ‘joint rulership’ of Bastar with his wife; later came an attempt to at least establish a council of regency and make him the regent. Both movements were squashed by the British. They believed that Prafulla was responsible for several anti-British pamphlets that had appeared over the past several years in newspapers throughout India. Administrators noted, however, that ‘there is no actual proof as the printer’s name is absent from the pamphlets’. The British eventually even removed Prafulla as the guardian of his children and deemed that he should not be allowed to enter Bastar State.

The British found fault with almost all of the occupants of the throne of Bastar, and managed to have them removed from power in order to clear the way for direct colonial administration of the kingdom. Lal Kalendra Singh was removed as diwan because colonial authorities came to realise he was ‘totally unfit to be trusted with any powers’. Rudra Pratap Deo was a ‘very weak-minded and stupid individual . . .considered unfit to exercise powers as a Feudatory Chief’. Prafulla Bhanj Deo was an agitator, unstable, and needed to be kept away from his own children. And by the dawn of independence, colonial administrators were already beginning to have serious doubts about the abilities of his son, Pravir Chandra, who was heir to the Bastar throne.

Pravir, King of Bastar was the first Oriya ruler and 20th Maharaja of Bastar state who was killed in 1966 by then Congress government of Madhya Pradesh for championing the cause of his subjects. He fought for rights of the tribal people. He represented Jagdalpur Vidhan Sabha constituency of undivided Madhya Pradesh Legislative Assembly by winning General election of 1957. He was the last ruler of the Kakatiya Dynasty of Bastar.

The colonial history of Bastar after the mid nineteenth century featured British officials taking control over forest lands, displacing tribals, and finding ways to govern the state directly rather than through native rajas supported by the local population. All of these factors increased unrest among the adivasis of Bastar and led to two tribal rebellions against British rule.

British colonial rule in India precipitated a period of intense rebellion among the country’s indigenous groups. Most tribal conflicts occurred in the British provinces, and many historians have documented how a host of colonial policies gave rise to widespread rural unrest and violence. In the post-independence period, many of the colonial-era policies that had caused revolt were not reformed, and tribal conflict continued in the form of the Naxalite insurgency. Why the princely state of Bastar has continuously been a major centre of tribal conflict in India? Why has this small and remote kingdom, which never came under direct British rule, suffered so much bloodshed?

There are two key findings that explain the above questions: first, that Bastar experienced high levels of British intervention during the colonial period, which constituted the primary cause of tribal violence in the state; and second, that the post-independence Indian government has not reformed colonial policies in this region, ensuring a continuation and escalation of tribal conflict through the modern Naxalite movement.

A large body of historical literature has documented how British colonialism gave rise to widespread rural unrest in India. During the course of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries there was a major increase in the number of tribal revolts throughout the country. Kathleen Gough has noted that

British rule brought a degree of disruption and suffering among the peasantry which was, it seems likely, more prolonged and widespread than had occurred in Mogul times.

Ranajit Guha writes,

For agrarian disturbances in many forms and on scales ranging from local riots to war-like campaigns spread over many districts were endemic throughout the first three quarters of British rule until the very end of the nineteenth century.

Along these lines, scholars have shown how new colonial policies, such as the commandeering of forest lands and increased rural taxation, led to widespread discontent and rebellion among indigenous groups. Eric Stokes notes, for example, that ‘resentment against [moneylenders] boiled over most readily into violence among tribal people like the Bhils, Santals, and . . .the Gonds’. Historians have also shown that after independence, the new Indian government did not reform a number of colonial-era policies, especially those dealing with forestry, and tribal conflicts continued to occur throughout the country, especially in former areas of direct British rule like Bengal, Bihar, and Jharkhand.

These decisions in Bastar led to the rise of the contemporary Naxalite insurgency, which is only the latest incarnation of tribal unrest in the region. The case of Bastar, therefore, reaffirms the central role of British colonialism in producing tribal conflict in India by showcasing its effects even in areas that never formally came under the ambit of direct rule. Importantly, however, the continuing violence in Bastar concurrently implicates the post-colonial government in failing to end the root causes of the bloodshed.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on India and the British Empire: Historical Origins of The Contemporary Naxalite Insurgency

Is “Mad Dog” Planning to Invade East Syria?

April 26th, 2017 by Mike Whitney

The Pentagon’s plan for seizing and occupying territory in east Syria is beginning to take shape. According to a Fox News exclusive: “The Islamic State has essentially moved its so-called capital in Syria… ISIS is now centered in Deir ez-Zur, roughly 90 miles southeast of Raqqa, the officials said.” (“ISIS moves its capital in Syria”, FOX News )

The move by ISIS corresponds to the secretive massing of US troops and military equipment on the Syria-Jordan border. It creates the perfect pretext for a ground invasion followed by a long-term military occupation in an area that Washington has sought to control for the last 18 months. Here’s more on the topic from South Front:

“The US military is reportedly concentrating troops and military equipment at the Syrian-Jordanian border. Local sources said that about 20 US Army armoured vehicles (including battle tanks and artillery pieces) carried on trucks were spotted in Al-Mafraq. US troops were allegedly accompanied with the Jordanian Army’s 3rd Division.

The US Special Operation Forces, the UK Special Operation Forces and units from some other countries -have been conducting operations across the Syrian-Jordanian border for a long time. They even had a secret military facility inside Syria where members the so-called New Syrian Army militant group were deployed. However, it was the first time when a notable number of US armoured vehicles was reported there. The US Ro-Ro ship Liberty Passion, loaded with vehicles, had arrived to the Jordanian port of Al-Aqapa few days ago. These moves followed a meeting between the Jordanian King and the US president.

Thus, the US-led coalition could prepare a large-scale military operation in southern Syria. The goal of the operation will likely be to get control over the Syrian-Iraqi border and to reach Deir Ezzor. It will involve militants trained in camps in Jordan and the US-led coalition’s forces.” (“US Military Deployment at Syrian-Jordanian Border, Military Escalation”, Global Research)

Deir Ezzor is a strategically-located city along the Euphrates that the Pentagon needs in order to tighten its grip on the eastern quadrant of the country. Once Deir Ezzor is taken, the US can launch its CIA-backed jihadist militias back into Syria at will putting more pressure on Damascus and eventually forcing regime change. That is the plan at least, whether it works or not is anyone’s guess. The deployment of troops on the Jordanian border suggests that Washington’s proxy-army, the mainly-Kurdish militia or SDF, is either unwilling to conduct operations as far south as Deir Ezzor or doesn’t have the military strength to beat ISIS on its own. In any event, the Pentagon needs fresh troops and equipment to succeed. Here’s more from South Front:

“US Defense Secretary Jim Mattis presented a preliminary version of the new plan to defeat ISIS in Syria and Iraq, a Pentagon spokesman, Navy Capt. Jeff Davis, said on February 28th. ….The plan submitted by Mattis also includes a proposal to increase the size of the US military contingent to ISIS in Syria… (Note–There are already 400 Special Forces operating alongside the SDF) Without significant US presence on the ground, the SDF will hardly be able to retake Raqqah from ISIS without incurring unacceptable losses….

As to Deir Ezzor, the US can try to use militants trained in Jordan to launch an attack on Deir Ezzor from the southern direction. However, the total failure of this US-backed group in 2016 leaves little chance that it’s able to combat ISIS successfully in 2017. So, the US and its allies will be pushed to deploy special forces units or even ground troops to support the advance there.

The Polish Special Forces have already deployed to Jordan where they will operate alongside their French and British counterparts.  According to reports, the US-led block created a joint command center to coordinate efforts of all sides, which will support the advance against ISIS in the area.”  (“New US Strategy Against ISIS And War In Syria. What To Expect?”, South Front)

Here’s more from Fox News:

“U.S. military drones have watched hundreds of ISIS “bureaucrats,” or administrators, leaving Raqqa in the past two months for the city of al-Mayadin located further down the Euphrates River from Deir el-Zour.”

Let me get this straight: US military drones located hundreds of ISIS terrorists traveling across the open desert, but did nothing to stop them. Why?

Is it because the Pentagon needs ISIS in Deir Ezzor to justify a ground invasion? That’s certainly the most plausible explanation.

More from Fox:

“Questions remain about the hold force necessary to keep the peace after ISIS is uprooted from Raqqa.”

In other words, readers are supposed to believe that the Pentagon doesn’t already have a plan in place for occupying the cities when the siege ends. That’s baloney. Check out this excerpt from an article by Whitney Webb:

“The Syrian city of Raqqa – the “stronghold” of terror group ISIS – will be governed by a “civilian council” with the support of U.S. troops following its “liberation” from terrorists….

On Tuesday, the U.S.-allied militias …announced that they had formed a “civilian council” to govern Raqqa after its capture from Daesh militants. The Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF)… claim to have spent six months setting up the council, with a preparatory committee having met “with the people and important tribal figures of Raqqa city to find out their opinions on how to govern it,” Middle East Eye reported.

SDF spokesman Talal Selo stated that some towns near Raqqa had already been turned over to the council following a successful operation to drive out Daesh forces.

The U.S. military had previously hinted that power would be given to rebel groups following Raqqa’s “liberation”…(“After ‘Liberation,’ U.S. To Give Control Of Raqqa To Rebels, Not Syrian Government”, Information Clearinghouse)

Washington has already chosen a group of puppets who will follow their directives when the fighting finally ends.  The leaders will be selected from rebel groups and tribal elders that pledge their allegiance to Washington. The new arrangement will prevent the Syrian government from reclaiming a sizable portion of its sovereign territory or reestablishing control over its borders. A splintered Syria will strengthen US-Israeli regional hegemony and provide the land needed for future US military bases.

But why would Washington opt to occupy another country when previous occupations (like Iraq) have gone so badly?

There’s a two word answer to that question: Nadia Schadlow. President Trump’s National Security Advisor H R McMaster recently hired Schadlow to join his staff as a deputy assistant to the president for national security strategy. Schadlow recently published a book that “examined 15 cases in which the United States Army intervened abroad, and the service’s role in political and economic reconstruction.” According to the Wall Street Journal:

(Schadlow’s) “War and the Art of Governance” consists of a collection of case studies, beginning with the Mexican-American War and ending in Iraq. Each examines how the U.S. attempted…to translate battlefield victory into a lasting and beneficial political outcome.

Ms. Schadlow’s case studies tell an often doleful story of America allowing victories to fall apart, leaving behind a suffering populace that should have been rewarded with a better peace. She asserts convincingly that postconflict governance can only be done well by soldiers….

The Army’s Civil Affairs units are the only government entities capable of administering conquered territories, yet Civil Affairs units remain the Army’s neglected stepchildren. … the nation must never go to war again until it can definitively answer Gen. Petraeus’s question about “how this ends.” It ends only when the U.S. Army assumes the mantle of leadership and commits itself to remaining on the field until the lives of the population can be protected, the damage repaired and a political future guaranteed.” (“What Happens After Victory”, Wall Street Journal)

Get it? The woman is an expert on military occupation!

Now answer this one question for me: Why would McMaster hire an expert on military occupation unless he was planning to militarily occupy another country?

The facts speak for themselves.

Mike Whitney lives in Washington state. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition. He can be reached at [email protected].

Notes

1.  http://www.foxnews.com/world/2017/04/21/isis-moves-its-capital-in-syria.html

2. http://www.globalresearch.ca/breaking-video-us-military-deployment-at-syrian-jordanian-border-military-escalation/5584435

3. https://southfront.org/new-us-strategy-against-isis-and-war-in-syria-what-to-expect/

4. http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/46907.htm

5. https://www.wsj.com/articles/what-happens-after-victory-1491520385

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Is “Mad Dog” Planning to Invade East Syria?

In 2004, with only one and a half years left in his term, the repugnant Haiti oligarchs in collaboration with foreign powers took down Haiti’s democratically elected president. The intellectuals in Haiti mostly said nothing. Now they’re speaking out. These collaborators with empire were silent or complicit as empire used warlord Guy Philippe to perform low intensity warfare, hitting police stations since 2001 to destabilize the constitutionally elected Aristide-Neptune government. Group 184 and the coup detat Haitians effectively invited the US, UN, France and Canada to come and take president Aristide out on the 200th year of Haiti’s independence.

13 years later, on January 5, 2017, in a joint DEA-Haiti operation, the US came for Guy Philippe on money laundering and drug charges, possibly using a law signed by the 50th legislature under the Martelly coup detat government regarding money laundering and financing terrorism. But the same coup detat factions who called on foreign powers and CIA-backed death squads to unseat a democratically elected president, are hypocritically crying foul as they fall on their own sword. This is a response (in Kreyòl/Haitian) to a black collaborator from Guy Philippe’s Grand Anse area explaining why he’s good riddance.

***

Mr. Fritz E. Joseph

This pontification and singing the praises of the mass murderer and death squad leader, Guy Philippe, is disturbing, brainless and amoral. Conze Guy Philippe was used by the imperialists to humiliate the Ancestors with a 2004 bi-centennial coup detat.

Philippe committed high treason, slaughtering over 30 police even before 2004 and providing the pretext, in 2004, for the US occupation behind the UN humanitarian front that killed at least 14,000 innocent Haitians from 2004 to 2006 and brought the UN which brought cholera that poisoned the Haiti water system, killed over 10,000 and made nearly one million Haitians sick.

I don’t care if this Conze’s bosses puts him under the jail in Miami. Period. This is a bit of justice for the victims. Tonight in Jeremie, Philippe’s crew are still burning houses because their meal ticket is gone.

If there was respect for human life and equal rights in Haiti, the parliament would not now be filled with alleged criminals: kidnappers, drugdealers, money launderers, weapons traffickers. But since the “schooled” Haitians are concerned only with their stomachs, not morality, equality and integrity, justice is for sale.

But as lawyers and justice activists, we’ve been demanding that Haiti law enforcers apply the law. They have not. So, the US may come take all the PHTK-KID thieves to justice who have served the Bush-Clinton-Obama imperialists since the fall of Duvalier in 1986. The country needs a thorough clean up and people like you, do not have the moral spine to even see the necessity.

As a lawyer I’ve spent 23-years insisting that the one-person-one vote principle must be respected in Haiti by the vampire Haiti oligarchy and their Tonton Makout ghouls.

But that’s been a futile mission as the latest Jovenel Moise electoral coup d’etat evidences. Guy Philippe’s murder and mayhem in Haiti doesn’t make him “Un Classique Du 21eme siecle Haitien.” You calling him a hero and comparing your views and values to that of the great anti-imperialist and freedom fighter, Goman (Jean Baptiste Perrier) of Grand Anse, is delusional, wicked and an insult to Goman’s sacred memory.

Haiti is under occupation since 2004 and we can even go back to 1915 and say the US never left but trained the Cedras army and then Guy Philippe in Ecuador to come do the imperialist bidding. Guy Philippe was a dirty cop and then a pawn of empire in 2004.

The current indignation against Philippe’s perhaps procedural questionable arrest by self-styled “protectors of Haiti sovereignty” is capricious and political.

Sir, the president of the Haitian Senate, Senator Fourel Celestin was arrested by U.S. agent on drug allegations. Why wasn’t there an outcry and an essay from you about Haiti sovereignty? Is it because he was from the Lavalas political spectrum? But Guy Philippe is part of the coup d’etat contingent working for the morally repugnant Haiti oligarchy that owns the Haiti journalists and uhm “intellectuals,” beating their macho chest today on local Haiti radio, hypocritically blustering on about Haiti sovereignty and the untouchable Guy Philippe?

Philippe really thought he wasn’t expendable to his masters. But the US doesn’t need him now because they perhaps don’t want him interfering with their control of Jovenel Moise, whose 2017 non-election people like Philippe along with Bigio, Boulos, Brandt, Mevs, Abdallah and Apaid financed and helped to “godfather.” (See video at: Guy Philippe is the Godfather to the Jovenel Moise 2017 “election”.)

If Philippe trafficked in drugs as the 2005 unsealed US indictment details, it most likely was to get arms and funds (Ira-Contra style) to kill and take down the democratically elected Haiti president in 2001, 2004. Of course his bosses knew about it as they probably participated in protected his GNBIST/Tet Kale crew, just like empire first protected their assets: Noriega, Sadam Hussein, Mobutu, Papa Doc, Baby Doc, and the rest. The U.S. oligarchs running Washington always play both lawgiver and gangster. They’re play acting the lawgiver now, savior of the law, while they switch puppets.

Frankly, our organization won’t get involve in this family affair. But we’re happy for the Guy Philippe victims; sad that the occupation of Haiti continues now 13 years on since Group 184/Guy Philippe=Tet Kale started the bicentennial rampage.

Our question is why is there no outcry by the schooled Haitians against the 13-year UN/US presence? Or, the fake election of Martelly in 2010 and now his restavek, Jovenel Moise in 2017. Sir, your text indicates that you don’t give a damn about the sovereignty of the Haitian people, the constitution, honor, respect or the people’s vote both for Aristide-Neptune in 2000 and the PHTK-Duvalierist/Oligarchy/CORE Group electoral frauds under occupation in 2010, 2015, 2016.

As long as Haitian law is for sale, and there are untouchables in Haiti and Haiti is under occupation, and the Duvalierist and 13 mercenary white families they serve are deemed untouchable, Haiti won’t be free.

Here’s a photo depicting what you’re supporting: extrajudicial killing, lawless paramilitary groups (aka Ti Nèg Roz yo) ; you’re part of the neocolonial system which denies the first Black nation access to human rights, you are part of the token black collaborators who protect the few against the many. The occupation, criminality and corruption must end by any means necessary for the greater good and for the country to progress. (See, Washington-backed Haiti Death Squad Leader, Guy Philippe, Finally Arrested On U.S. Drug Charges)

Èzili Dantò of the Haitian Lawyers Leadership Network and Free Haiti,
January 8, 2017

***

UPDATE
April 24, 2017 – Guy Philippe pleads guilty

CIA asset, Guy Philippe, who led the US-backed 2004 bicentennial regime change for Bush that brought in MINUSTAH, and who was arrested on drug charges by the DEA, pleads guilty to “conspiracy to commit money laundering stemming from his receipt of cash payments derived from the proceeds of narcotics sales that occurred in Miami, Florida, and elsewhere in the United States in the late 1990s and early 2000s.” Philippe, “a former high-ranking official in the Haitian National Police – was on the payroll of the drug traffickers for years, receiving (from $1.5 million to $3.5 million) in bribe payments for protecting drug shipments…” (Department of Justice, Press Release)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Haiti and the Empire’s “Collaborators”: Guy Philippe Is A Criminal, Not a Hero

There was much anticipation surrounding the outcome of the April 23 national elections in France.

A runoff between National Front leader Marine Le Pen and the 39-year-old banker and former Minister of Finance Emmanuel Macron’s En Marche (Onwards) is slated for May 7.

These two candidates represent the dominant sectors within the French ruling class being the aggressive anti-immigrant and neo-fascist electorate and the pro-European Union (EU) elements who view the status quo as sufficient to guarantee the continuation of capitalism and Paris’ role in the international division of economic power and labor. Neither party nor movement, in the situation of Macron’s En Marche, represents any clear vision of a prosperous future for the people of France.

This leading European imperialist country has been severely impacted by the world financial downturn since 2007. Official unemployment rates have remained above 10 percent for years while racism and the xenophobia has been on the increase.

Several projects aimed at military interventions in Afghanistan, Libya, Syria and Mali has failed to achieve the objectives under which they were initiated. The largest political parties being the Les Republicains, (Conservatives) and Socialists are fractured allowing for National Front and the ephemeral En Marche to flourish amid the political vacuum.

During the primary process former Conservative party President Nicolas Sarkozy was eliminated along with Alain Juppé, who was prime minister under former President Jacques Chirac. Current President François Hollande of the Socialist Party refused to run for reelection due to his low approval rating hovering around 4 percent. Former Socialist Prime Minister Manuel Valls was eliminated in the primaries. The putative left candidate, Jean-Luc Melenchon, a founder of the Left Party who ran as an independent, gained 19 percent of the vote coming in fourth.

The vote tallies were within striking distance for the two leading candidates. Macron won approximately 23 percent of the vote and Le Pen over 21 percent.

The Huffington Post noted the historic character of the elections saying:

“Now, for the first time in this current governmental system, neither one of the large parties of the right and left, which have shaped France’s political life for over 60 years, is represented in the runoff elections for the presidency. Benoît Hamon, the candidate for the ruling Socialist Party, garnered just above a mere 6 percent of the votes cast, and François Fillon, the candidate of Les Républicains, only got approximately 20 percent. Only an average of about one out of four voters supported one of the two major powers that have historically driven politics in recent years.”

Therefore, Le Pen, whose National Front has built its political base by advocating the curtailing of immigration particularly from Middle Eastern and African states, could very well be elected to lead the government. Le Pen is calling for France to exit from the EU and the European monetary zone sending shockwaves through the global financial institutions still reeling in the aftermath of the vote by the British electorate to withdraw from the same continental body last June 25.

EU Makes a Choice

With British Prime Minister Theresa May being given authorization by parliament to negotiate a withdrawal from the EU, the elections results in France on April 23 have further alarmed the proponents of the European project. A possible referendum on departure by Paris in the event of the victory of Le Pen could signal the dissolution of the integrated economic market.

However, if Le Pen manages to win the presidency in the final vote, she only has two seats within the parliament. Any effort to withdraw from the EU could possibly galvanize politicians across party lines to oppose such a move.

At the same time Macron’s party in its infancy has no representatives in the French legislative body although members of the Socialist and Conservative parties are saying they will support him to prevent a National Front victory on May 7. Obviously sentiments are high within France against the EU blaming the economic crisis on the supposed subordination of national interests to the larger regional body.

This feeling among the French is fueled in large part by the influx of migrants from Africa, the Middle East, Asia and as well as Eastern Europe. The mainstream media has failed to place blame directly upon successive governments in Paris which have been involved in imperialist destabilizations and military interventions. These coups, massive bombing operations and invasions have destroyed governments and societies from Central to Western Asia all the way across East to West Africa.

Millions of people have been dislocated by the combined results of imperialist-engineered wars of regime-change and genocide along with the maintenance of an economic system that favors the capitalist states of Western Europe and North America at the expense of the immense majority of people residing in the Southern Hemispheres across the globe.

In a report published on March 31, weeks before the elections, by politico.eu, it pointed out that:

“Given that the French election could have vital consequences for the EU, the European Commission is not taking any chances. In an unusual move, it’s getting involved in French politics, albeit indirectly, with a fact-checking campaign to counter the anti-EU narrative coming from Le Pen’s National Front. The EU-paid fact checkers rebut Le Pen attack lines such as the assertion that France would be better off without the euro or that the EU destroys French purchasing power. While the EU seeks to counter core Le Pen Euroskeptic messages, the Commission doesn’t endorse any specific candidate in the French race. But there is no doubt that Brussels insiders see a Le Pen win as a threat to the EU.”

Nonetheless, although the Euro-centrists praised the marginal victory by Macron, such apparent favoritism could backfire on the proponents of regional integration. Macron is perceived as an operative of finance capital. Both he and Le Pen hail from privileged backgrounds and will not make any real dent in the current structural framework of the economic construct prevailing in France.

Neo-Fascism, Globalization and the Primacy of Finance Capital

Macron has been well groomed for a possible leadership role in France despite him never before having run for political office. His involvement in government has been in the areas of economic planning and finance. He worked as an investment banker with the Rothschild & Cia Banque for several years.

Le Pen could easily follow the same path as the current U.S. President Donald Trump who ran for office saying he would lessen tensions with the Russian Federation over Syria and place more emphasis on infrastructural projects while erecting trade barriers with other states. Nevertheless, Trump after gaining office, drew from the same coterie of Pentagon generals, intelligence operatives, bankers, oil magnates and ideological racists which have served as the administrators of imperialism for decades.

The Western industrialized states do not have the political or economic capacity to break with the reliance upon unequal terms of trade, militarism and the super-exploitation of labor. Racism and xenophobia are utilized to fortify the system of capitalism where the financial institutions determine the parameters of both domestic and foreign policy.

Until the workers and oppressed within the imperialist states can organize to effectively transform the status quo, there are relatively few prospects for a genuine qualitative improvement in living standards among those who have to toil for their existence. The ruling class has articulated no program for resolving the crises of joblessness, poverty and the burgeoning inequality within capitalist society. Consequently, these two candidates in France represent the duality of an unresolvable quagmire within a social system that has served its usefulness to humanity.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Finance Capital and Neo-Fascism: The French Elections Mirror the Crises of Western States

Turkey’s founding father Mustafa Kemal Atatürk (1881-1938) had the intention of moving his country away from the Middle East and its neighbouring Arab countries to transform Turkey into a thriving parliamentary democracy, following centuries of, in his view, backward Ottoman rule. But now, nearly eighty years after his death, the nation’s first popularly elected president Recep Tayyip Erdoğan (aka the Prez) appears busy to do his utmost to reintegrate Turkey back into the Middle East, and within the region circle of influence of its Arab and Gulf neighbours.

Erdoğan’s latest strike in this respect was the realisation of a popular referendum on Constitutional changes that would increase the executive power of the figure of the President and supposedly usher in a stable political climate, unperturbed by coalition negotiations or ever party political disputes. Many weeks and months have passed in preparation and finally, on Sunday, 16 April 2017, the Turkish population went to the polls in an effort to determine the shape of things to come . . . and now, though the result was close (or a mere “51.4 percent” voting in favour), Tayyip Erdoğan and his AKP henchmen can continue to dismantle the Republic of Turkey… at will.

They will continue their efforts to deconstruct the Kemalist infrastructure to replace it with a pseudo-Ottoman state structure – a pseudo-Ottoman state that will defend the creed of Sunni Islam in a saccharine form that could be described as a ‘Sultanate of Kitsch.’

Islam in Turkey: Piety and Ottomanitas

Image result for ottoman turks

In a Turkish context, the religion of Islam is synonymous with the noun Ottoman (or Osmanlı, in Turkish) and, as written by the Arab-hating godfather of Orientalism Bernard Lewis himself in 1953, the “Ottoman Turks were indeed fanatical Moslems, dedicated to the maintenance and expansion of the Islamic state” throughout their long history (1299-1918, as popular opinion in Turkey has it). As a result, Turkish Islamists can easily be described as Ottomanist, or proponents of a largely imaginary Ottoman past when Muslims supposedly lived in peace and happiness under the care of the Sultan-Caliph (Süleyman the Magnificent, 1520-66, having been the first Ottoman to have been officially described as such). Hence, Turkish Islamists have always been vehement opponents of the nation’s founding father, Atatürk, his Westernising reform movement (known as İnkılap, in Turkish), and the parliamentary system he inherited from his Unionist forebears. Instead, Islamists looked towards the last absolute Ottoman Sultan as the ultimate object of their love and adulation: Sultan Abdülhamid II (the 34th Ottoman Sultan, 1842-1918), whose 33-year rule (1876-1909), for them, represents a mythical golden age when Islam was (supposedly) victorious and (Turkish) society beholden to Muslim rules, regulations, and restrictions. And, it should not surprise anyone that Tayyip Erdoğan himself very much likes to cultivate an Hamidian image for himself and that his many followers eagerly participate in this cunning PR exercise equating their beloved leader to the Ottoman Sultan who died as a captive in the Palace of Beylerbeyi on the Bosphorus (10 February 1918).

Rehabilitating Sultan Abdülhamid II: Necip Fazıl Kısakürek

Abdülhamid II came to the throne in 1876, even introducing a Constitution (or Kanûn-ı Esâsî) symbolising the apotheosis of the Ottoman reform movement known as the Tanzimat (or Re-Ordering, 1839-76). This First Constitutional period came to an abrupt end in two years’ time when the Sultan shut down the Kanûn-ı Esâsî and abrogated parliament (or Meclis-i Umumî), ushering in a period that has been termed Hamidian autocracy (1878-1908). In 1883, the French journalist Gabriel Charmes (1850-86) coined the term “panislamisme“ to describe the Sultan’s subsequent policy of consolidating his hold over the remaining Arab provinces of the Empire, in view of the increasing loss of European territories in the West. One could argue that these Islamist credentials led the poet and writer Necip Fazıl Kısakürek (1904-83) to commence the intellectual rehabilitation of Sultan Abdülhamid in 1965 – writing the panegyric book Ulu Hakan Abdulhamit Han on the Sultan and his reign. As a “Born-Again-Muslim,“ Necip Fazıl’s poetic oeuvre has been long-favoured by Turkey’s Islamists, opposed to the permissive and modernist innovations introduced by Mustafa Kemal and the subsequent liberal atmosphere that has led many to speak of a “Turkish Secularism.” The independent journalist Ayfer Erkul characterises Kısakürek as an “Islamofascist poet and ideologue,” who dreamt of a “totalitarian country completely determined by Islam,” of a country inhabited solely by “Muslim Turks.”

Even before focusing on Sultan Abdülhamid, Necip Fazıl Kısakürek had already in 1951 introduced the concept of a “Supreme Leader“ (or Başyüce, in Turkish) to head his ideal Islamic state. Kısakürek envisioned this ideal state as a place where alcohol, prostitution, and democracy would be prohibited as “corrupt Western values“ and Shariah Law would instead rule supreme. The economist and Islam expert Aydın Tonga explains that Kısakürek pinpoints “Jews, Freemasons, Communist, Socialists, [and] atheists“ as the “external enemies of the Islamic revolution.“ Adding that, according to Kısakürek, this “Supreme Leader“ was to be elected by a “Supreme Council,“ consisting of notable men (with no woman in sight), Tonga points out that parallels with such historical national leaders as either “Il Duce“ or “der Führer” are obvious (in fact, Erdoğan himself made a  “reference to Hitler’s Germany as a presidential system model”). A clear Islamic framework would constitute the main difference, as Necip Fazıl himself clearly wrote that “behind the Council’s leader podium the phrase ‘Sovereignty belongs to God’ [or, if you will, Allah] is inscribed and [that] the law is His law, [and] the state His state.“ In AKP-led Turkey the popularity of Necip Fazıl has been soaring, Erdoğan himself quoting and promoting the Islamist’s poetic output on many occasions; he “described the poet’s life and works as a guide for himself and future generations,” in late May 2013, as worded by Sean R. Singer.

Singer goes on to say that this

“was not an isolated reference. [In 2012], in an interview with a literary journal, Erdogan recalled that ‘the master and his ordeals helped us, like no other, to make sense of history and the present’.”

“Democracy is like a streetcar, when you reach your destination, you get off”

(14 June 1996)

After years and years of playing the political game, of throwing speeches and wooing voters, of going to the polls and winning election after election, and subsequently climbing balconies and addressing crowd after crowd, Tayyip Erdoğan and his henchmen have now finally formalised the initial step towards their ultimate destination – “Our Reference is Islam. Our Only Goal is an Islamic State” (6 December 1997). Even though the outcome of the popular referendum makes plain that nearly half the electorate (or “48.6%”) does not seem to favour scrapping the nation’s parliamentary system, the AKP nomenklatura is adamant that the people have spoken. The Prez’s proxy, the soon to be jobless but still  hapless PM Binali Yıldırım declaring that efforts to thwart the will of the people (read, believers) are futile:

“There is no need to waste people’s time any more. Fundamentally, the YSK [or Supreme Election Board] has resolved objections related to the vote and that is it,” adding that the opposition CHP does not “respect the majority’s vote.”

Now, does a “narrow 51.4 percent to 48.6 percent victory” really denote that the Turkish people have spoken and that the outcome should be regarded as firm and final?  There are precedents, with particularly the fairly recent Brexit and Scottish independence referendum votes acting as benchmarks – with 51.9% of the UK electorate opting to leave Fortress Europe (or the EU) and 55.3% of voting Scots preferring to stay true to Queen Anne’s Act of Union. In today’s Turkey, the AKP-led government now regards the outcome of the referendum as a clear affirmation of the fact that a majority of Turks is ready to get off a streetcar named democracy . . .

Image result for islamAfter all, as long ago as 1997, the then still-Mayor of Istanbul Erdoğan publicly declared that his “guide is Islam,” adding “If I cannot live according to Islam, why live at all?” . . . and, to his and his followers’ mind, it stands to reason that every other citizen of the Republic of Turkey (or every other Turk, if you will) necessarily shares this opinion, basically turning the party faithful into true believers and opponents into apostates. And the government is now cracking down hard on the latter, for instance, detaining the prominent Communist agitator Abdurrahman Atalay on Wednesday, 19 April 2017. In all, a total of 19 individuals have been detained since the referendum vote on Sunday, 16 April. Subsequently, Istanbul’s Security Forces’ Directorate of the Anti-Terror Branch issued a statement indicating that “19 people have been apprehended and taken into custody“ on account of the fact that they “claim“ that the ‘Yes’ outcome of the referendum is not “legitimate,“ and were planning to use this as a pretext to “provoke . . . protest demonstrations” throughout the whole of the province, as well as other “unsanctioned“ gatherings and manifestations using “social media” in order to “incite” the people towards “hate, antagonism and enmity” to cause unrest and upheaval similar to the “Gezi protests of 2013“ to secure a “cancellation/repeat” of the referendum. Meanwhile, the

“CHP is currently evaluating four separate options to decide on whether to appeal to the Constitutional Court and the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR),” as worded by the independent online news network and broadcasting collective nsnbc.

The New Pakistan

Rather than looking at the Brexit or Scottish referendum for context, I would suggest a parallel with the situation in Pakistan during the rule of General Ziya-ul-Haq (1977/9-88). About three years ago I posed the not so rhetorical question whether “Turkey [will] become the new Pakistan?” Or more precisely, whether the “Republic of Turkey [is destined] to look like another version of Pakistan transported to the western edge of Asia”? These questions were meant to suggest that AKP-led Turkey was on the way towards adopting, what the  liberal Pakistani journalist Nadeem Paracha has termed, ‘Maududi-ism,’ as a short-hand for a conscious re-application of “Islamic sources and beliefs, reinterpreting them to address modern realities.” Paracha coined the phrase in reference to the thoughts and teachings of the Islamist philosopher, jurist, journalist and imam Mawlana Abul Ala Maududi (1903-79). But the present situation offers even more striking parallels with events in Mohammad Ali Jinnah’s state established in 1947. Last summer I suggested that Syria’s not-so civil war next door was used by Tayyip Erdoğan as a kind of testing ground and template for implementing his “policy of Sunnification“ back home in Turkey. Throughout the 1980s, the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan and the U.S. support for the Mujahideen, which were to morph into the Taleban under Benazir Bhutto’s watch, provided Ziya-ul-Haq with a perfect pretext for implementing his very own dreams of forging a Shariah-based state and society in the Land of the Pure, established as a territorial safe-haven for sub-continental Muslims wary of a Hindu-dominated land in 1947. On 19 December 1984, a referendum was organised and the population of Pakistan was given the following question: “Do you endorse the process initiated by the President of Pakistan, General Mohammad Zia-ul-Haq, for bringing the laws of Pakistan in conformity with the injunctions of Islam as laid down in the Holy Quran and Sunnah of the Holy Prophet (peace be upon him) and for the preservation of the ideology of Pakistan, and are you in favour of continuation and further consolidation of that process and for the smooth and orderly transfer of power to the elected representatives of the people.” As expressed by the “author, scholar and renowned journalist” Shaikh Aziz, Pakistan’s

“polling stations on the day wore a deserted look but when the results were announced, it was claimed that the general had bagged more than 60 per cent votes.”

Arguably, Tayyip Erdoğan and his AKP henchmen expected a similar result in Turkey. In Pakistan, the referendum was followed by the promulgation of the Constitution (Ninth Amendment) Act, 1985, which came into force on 8 July 1986, and added the following words to Pakistan’s constitution: “the Injunctions of Islam as laid down in the Holy Quran and Sunnah shall be the supreme law and source of guidance for legislation to be administered through laws enacted by the Parliament and Provincial Assemblies, and for policy making by the Government.” As a result, the Holy Law of Islam or Shariah has since then been the law of the land in Pakistan. At the time, General Ziya told the press that

“[i]t is not I or my government that is imposing Islam. It was what 99% of the people want… I am just giving the people what they want.” In Turkey, though, the process is not as straightforward.

Forging a New Turkey

Following last year’s Coup-that-was-no-Coup, “anti-coup protesters as well as the AKP machinery” have oftentimes loudly spoken about ‘defending democracy’ and of reintroducing ‘capital punishment,’ which, I claimed, “should really be understood as coded messages.“ Coded messages that impart a “veiled call for the re-introduction of Shariah law in Turkey.” And now that the referendum is out of the way, though the opposition still seems to cling to some hope of overturning the result, it seems very significant indeed that Tayyip Erdoğan subsequently – following visits to the grave sites of Turgut Özal (1927-93, the political leader to have successfully reintroduced a more visible Islam in Turkey during the 1980s), Adnan Menderes (1899-1961, the PM who took first tentative steps to revive Islam in the country during the 1950s and who was executed by a military junta), and Necmettin Erbakan (1926-2011, the Islamist politician who acted as Erdoğan’s mentor in the 1990s) – immediately started talking about his willingness to reintroduce the death penalty in Turkey. As I said last year,

“the return of capital punishment could very well function as a catalyst that would convince wider swathes of the population that stricter and more stringent laws are in order . . . and no law is stricter than the law of God, or the Shariah in an Islamic context.”

Over the past years, the opposition in Turkey has been effectively silenced and rendered impotent and meaningless, and now, in the aftermath of the referendum and Tayyip  Erdoğan’s imminent return to the fold of the AKP, as part of the 18-point amendment package now “popularly” endorsed, it would stand to reason that the country will once again go down the path of a one-party state (1923-50, CHP and 1950-60, DP). And that opposition parties will all but join the ruling AKP or Justice and Development Party. Just the other day, the leader of the splinter rightist (or fascist, if you will) BBP (or Great Unity Party) Mustafa Destici appealed to the CHP to “desist from objecting to the will of the people in the law courts.”

Continuing his address to the party faithful, Destici expressed his full support for the Prez and his AKP designs for the nation:

“Our people . . .  want the death penalty . . . and God willing it will come.”

In post-referendum Turkey the game of politics will arguably become but the preserve of the leading party and its supporters, and expressing an opposing view or even hinting at straying from the Path of the Righteous will become tantamount to committing a grave sin or possibly a punishable offence. As expressed by the Turkey specialist Toni Alaranta, the

“AKP is a deeply anti-western political movement.”

And the issue of the death penalty is a definite red line in this context, as voiced by the European Parliament’s Turkey rapporteur Kati Piri following the referendum outcome:Image result for death penalty turkey

“this will have to lead to the formal suspension of the EU accession talks. Continuing to talk about Turkey’s integration into Europe under the current circumstances has become a farce.”

The nation’s founding father intended to elevate Turkey to the level of “contemporary society,” meaning Europe (and/or the West), and in September 1959, Ankara applied for associate membership of the then-European Economic Community (EEC), a political construct that was to become the EU on 1 November 1993. Eleven years later, the decision was finally made to open accession negotiations with Turkey on 3 October 2005. And that is basically still the state of Turkey-EU relations today. Negotiations are ongoing, arduous, and stalled. On 9 November 2010, Turkey’s then-Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdoğan told the Reuters news agency that

“We have been kept waiting at the gates of the EU for 50 years. We are still waiting and waiting and still in the negotiating process”. Erdoğan added that public opinion in Turkey was becoming “offended with the situation”, and that “since the game [of accession negotiations] started, new rules have been brought into the game.”

But now, Tayyip Erdoğan or the Prez, if you will, has himself changed the rules of the game, and in all likelihood, Turkey’s accession to the EU will now never ever happen, come hell or high water. This also means that Atatürk’s vision for his country has now become a thing of the past, a bygone memory of wishes never fulfilled. Alaranta perceptively said that the “Turkish Islamic movement has now made its peace with the [Kemalist] state – by totally conquering it.”

Long ago, on 13 April 1994, the godfather of Islamist politics in Turkey Necmettin Erbakan told his party members that a “Just Order will be founded“ (with the undertanding that the phrase acts as a short-hand for the Ottoman expression Nizam-ı Alem or God-given state-of-the-world), adding the following query: “will the transition period be hard or soft, will it be bloody or will it be bloodless?“ And the just-held referendum would seem to provide us with an answer…

Will Turkey now become an Islamofascist state in the mould of Necip Fazıl or will the opposition be able to do the unthinkable an thwart Tayyip Erdoğan’s designs once and for all?!?

Dr. Can Erimtan is an independent scholar who was living in Istanbul for some time, with a wide interest in the politics, history and culture of the Balkans and the Greater Middle East. He attended the VUB in Brussels and did his graduate work at the universities of Essex and Oxford. In Oxford, Erimtan was a member of Lady Margaret Hall and he obtained his doctorate in Modern History in 2002. His publications include the book “Ottomans Looking West?” as well as numerous scholarly articles. In the period 2010-11, he wrote op-eds for Today’s Zaman and in the further course of 2011 he also published a number of pieces in Hürriyet Daily News. In 2013, he was the Turkey Editor of the İstanbul Gazette. He is on Twitter at @theerimtanangle

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on ‘Il Duce’ Sultan: Will Turkey Turn Into an Islamofascist State?

Short Choices: The French Presidential Elections

April 26th, 2017 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

The establishment got another burning in the French elections on Sunday, revealing again that there is no level of voter disgust that will not find some voice in the current range of elections. The terror for pollsters and the establishment now is whether Marine Le Pen will realise her anti-Euro project and drag the French nation kicking and moaning into a new, even more fractious order. In her way will be the pro-European Union figure of Emmanuel Macron. 

The French example is similar to others of recent times: parties with presumed tenure were confined to a punitive dustbin, rubbished for stale, estranged obsolescence. The Gaullists got what was a fair drubbing – 19.9 percent for François Fillon of the Republicans, a figure crusted and potted with corruption. 

It did not, however, mean that both candidates in the first and second positions were political virgins. In that sense, the US election remains an exemplar, a true shock. France retains a traditional appearance to it, albeit a violently ruffled one.

Macron, with his 23.9 percent, supposedly deemed outside the establishment, still held office as minister for economy, finance and industry but flew the Socialist coop in opportunistic fancy. Blooded in traditional harness, he has managed to give the impression that he has shed enough of the old for the new, notably with his movement En Marche. He is blowing hard from what commentators have termed a “centrist” position.  (To be at the centre is to be in the middle, which is not necessarily a good thing in current times.)

Just to weaken the sense of Macron as outsider, both establishment parties – the Socialist, led by Benoît Hamon, and the Republican –urged voters to go for the centrist option. This all had the appearance of a gentleman’s seedy agreement, plotted in a traditional smoking room to undermine an unlikable contender. The losers wanted to be vicarious winners. The tarnished Fillon urged voters to “reflect on your conscience.” In effect, Macron as a quantity is being sanitised for stability, the firebreak against the Le Pen revolution.

Le Pen herself speaks to a particular French and nationalist sensibility, tutored to a large extent by her father, who also ran in the 2002 Presidential elections and lost to Jacques Chirac. She is hardly one to be unfamiliar with the political argot, which has retained a reactionary punch in more measured guise.

Le Pen kept her approach punchily traditional, milking the killing last Thursday of a policeman on the Champs-Elysees with old apple and oranges comparisons on security and immigration. Having her in the Presidential office would see the stop of “mass immigration and the free movement of terrorists.” 

For Le Pen, the May 7 runoff election would enable a choice to be made between “savage globalisation that threatens our civilisation” and “borders that protect our jobs, our security and our national identity.”

Macron provides an attractive target for the Front National: having worked for Rothschild, he supplies the front for corporate interests, and is “Hollande’s baby” uninterested in French patriotism. He certainly promises to be friendlier to companies in France, with a policy envisaging a cut of the corporate tax rate from 33 percent to 25 percent, while also permitting them to re-negotiate the sacred 35-hour week. His vision of the European Union, in short, is business as usual.

Under Le Pen’s particular tent lie appeals to critics of globalisation, a force that has rented and sunk various industries while also seeking to reform the French labour market. But this nostalgic throw back entails barriers and bridges, building fortifications, holding firm and wishing for the best.

Jean-Luc Mélenchon proved to be another dark horse, the spicy left-wing option to Le Pen, and a candidate who experienced a surge of popularity prior to the poll. His result is a story that has invigorated the left while gutting the socialists, providing us a reminder of the time of a greater radicalism.

“Len Pen,” claims Roger Martelli, “was counting on turning this election into a fight with the Socialist party government, but she had to compete with a radicalized right-wing opposition and socialist opponents who had moved more sharply to the left than she had expected.”[1]

Nor were things pretty for Hamon, with a devastating result to compare to Gaston Defferre’s 5 per cent showing in 1969. The socialists reformed by the 1971 Épinay Congress in the wake of that electoral catastrophe, have been well and truly buried.

What Mélenchon’s popularity suggests is that the European system, at least the model as it stands, needs reform and a degree of disentangling vis-à-vis the state. Nor has he told his supporters to vote for Macron, a paternalistic ploy that can irritate voters.

“None of us will vote for the far-right,” went the consultation to 450,000 registered supporters of the France Untamed movement. “But does it mean we need to give voting advice?”[2] 

As Der Spiegel opined with characteristic gloominess,

“The presidential election in France is becoming yet another end game over Europe’s political future.”[3] 

Much will depend on voter turnout come May, and the seasoned opportunism of Le Pen. Her latest play is to place herself above partisan considerations by stepping down from the leadership of the National Front.

“So, this evening, I am no longer the president of the National Front. I am the candidate for the French presidency.”

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He lectures at RMITUniversity, Melbourne.  Email: [email protected]

Notes

[1] https://www.jacobinmag.com/2017/04/french-election-macron-le-pen-fn-melenchon/

[2] http://www.politico.eu/article/melenchon-asks-supporters-if-they-will-back-macron/

[3] http://www.spiegel.de/international/europe/french-presidential-election-a-battle-of-left-right-extremes-a-1143745.html

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Short Choices: The French Presidential Elections

Critical Thinking: A Bridge to the Future

April 26th, 2017 by Arthur D. Robbins

War has indeed become perpetual and peace no longer even a fleeting wish nor a distant memory. We have become habituated to the rumblings of war and the steady drum beat of propaganda about war’s necessity and the noble motives that inspire it. We will close hospitals. We will close schools. We will close libraries and museums. We will sell off our parklands and water supply. People will sleep on the streets and go hungry. The war machine will go on.

What are we to do? The following text is Part V of a broader analysis entitled War and the State: Business as Usual.

For Parts I-IV, click here

You can put a way the razor blade. There is a way out.

 Step 1: Rid your brain of the nonsense you consider to be sacred truth.

Step 2: Look behind the looking glass.

Step 3: Take a step back.

Step 4: Accept your powerlessness, instead of denying it.

Step 5: Read history.

Step 6: Avoid non-rational statements.

Step 7: Think small

*

Step 1: Rid your brain of the nonsense you consider to be sacred truth:

1) The U.S. of A. is a democracy. It is not. It is an oligarchy.

2): Elections are a form of democracy. They aren’t. They are anti-democratic. They are a means for surrendering ones political power.

Government is a simple matter. Basically, it is a numbers game. The number of people who govern determines the nature and form of government. When one person governs we call it a monarchy. When political power is in the hands of a relative handful that is an oligarchy. In a democracy, the citizens themselves debate and legislate.

In the United States, there sit in the nation’s capital 535 legislators representing a population in excess of 300 million. That is roughly one voice per 600 thousand. Clearly that is not democracy. When we have representatives speaking on our behalf, we are not living in a democracy. In a democracy we speak for ourselves.

When we vote to have someone speak for us we are giving away our political voice. We are giving away our political power. By definition, we can never vote in a democratic form of government. When we vote we create a monarchy or an oligarchy. When each one of us taken individually exercises the political power we are currently giving away to our representatives, we will be living in a democracy.

Seeming vs. Being

Step 2: Look behind the looking glass.

We believe so strongly in the ideals we associate with our form of government that we have trained ourselves to ignore the discrepancy that exists between our beliefs about our government and the reality of what that government actually is. We have become accustomed to confounding myth with reality. We fail to recognize that those in power have a vested interest in our not seeing the truth.

“It can only be by blinding the understanding of man,” warns Paine, “and making him believe that government is some wonderful mysterious thing, that excessive revenues are obtained” (Paine, 375).

The American today is expected to bow to authority unquestioningly, even as he is told he has the freedom to do otherwise.  He is told to trust those in power at the very moment they betray him.  He is encouraged to participate in the affairs of public life while simultaneously being denied access to the necessary means and knowledge.  He is living in a world that preaches openness and honesty while simultaneously insisting on the necessity of secrecy in matters of state. 

He is living in a nation that preaches peace and democracy while sustaining an ever-increasing war budget, a nation that in the name of democracy supports the decimation of weaker countries for purposes of private gain. He is told that it is dangerous “out there,” where the enemy lurks, but safe “in here,” when in fact the enemy lies within.

The American is living in a world based on power, fear, deception, exploitation, and hypocrisy. Like a traumatized and abused child his natural response to such a situation is the response he learned in childhood — to believe in the good intentions of those who abuse him while retreating to a position of acquiescence, numbness, and indifference toward the outcome of events that dramatically impinge upon his well being and his very existence.

The political lie is ever present.  It corrupts those who lie and those who believe the lie.  We know we are being lied to, and yet we consistently pretend to believe and then are deflated when our belief, once again, proves unjustified.  When we go to vote the next time, we believe all over again.  We choose not to make the connection between the politician’s words at election time and his deeds the day after.  We want to believe in the beneficence of those who govern.

And so we refuse to see. We shield our eyes the way we might when viewing a horror film, sometimes taking a brief glimpse through splayed fingers and then returning to the comfort of darkness. But the isolation and passivity lead to anxiety and feelings of powerlessness, a sense of foreboding from which we constantly seek escape via compulsive work, excessive drinking, mindless distraction. We become more and more disengaged, more and more disillusioned, more and more anxious about what is happening around us that we cannot control.

This same vague foreboding leads Americans to acquiesce to just about any government action that makes them feel safer. Torture—which had been consigned to a time of primitive barbarism—is currently openly acknowledged, debated, and accepted by many. Americans are even willing to see their basic civil rights abrogated, all in the hope of squelching the ever-present anxiety.

Americans are fearful and they are angry. Deep down they are angry with government/parent for lying to them and betraying them. But the anger rarely, if ever, is outwardly directed at the government. Instead, it is taken out on immigrants, foreigners, racial minorities, and enemies real or imagined.

Hence we have two realities to contend with. Reality one, false reality, the one before us, is a reality that feeds our denial. This is government as we wish it: governance that is benign, leaders who are honest and compassionate, leaders who have nothing but the common good in mind.  Reality two is hidden. It lurks in the shadows. It is dark, sinister, frightening and beyond our control. This, in fact, is the government we live under, deeply troubling to contemplate.

Democracy in America? 

Most Americans assume that they live in a democracy. They might see some disturbing trends they consider to be anti-democratic in nature, but they regard them as temporary, as surface phenomena that do not alter the form of government at its core. Sheldon Wolin has taken a step back and here is what he has come up with.

In Democracy Incorporated: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism (2008), Wolin offers a radically different perspective. He invokes the legacies of Hitler, Mussolini, and Stalin. These were men who used their personality and intellect to shape and dominate their countries. No aspect of life—civic, artistic, intellectual, religious, familial, or political—escaped their control. That control was total and crushing. Absolute, unquestioning submission was expected. Masses were organized and activated in support of the government. None of this is the case in the United States, of course, and yet … .

Wolin coined the term “inverted totalitarianism” to describe a form of government that in many ways achieves the goals of totalitarianism but by different, gentler means. Inverted totalitarianism is “driven by abstract totalizing powers, not by personal rule” (Wolin, 44). The leader is not the architect of the system. He is its product. He fulfills a pre-assigned role.

The system succeeds not by activating the masses but by doing just the opposite, “encouraging political disengagement” (ibid). “Democracy” is encouraged, touted, both domestically and overseas. To use Wolin’s terminology, it is “managed democracy,” “a political form in which governments are legitimated by elections that they have learned to control,” (ibid, 47) a form of government that attempts to keep alive the appearance of democracy while simultaneously defeating democracy’s primary purpose, self-government.

In managed democracy “free politics” are encouraged. Believing that in fact they have the government they want, people are lulled into a state of passivity and acquiescence, leaving the controlling powers to operate as they see fit to advance their particular interests. Democratic myths persist in the absence of true democratic practice, though democracy did have an early beginning in this country.

Our anti-democratic heritage

From a distance, viewed through the prism of critical thought, the actual government – not the imagined, wished for or mythic incarnation – we are living under is anything but democratic.  In a letter written to his friend Gideon Granger in 1821, almost two hundred years ago, Thomas Jefferson saw it coming. 

“When all government… in little as in great things, shall be drawn to Washington as the center of all power, it will render powerless the checks provided of one government on another and will become as venal and oppressive as the government from which we separated.”

A close reading of early American history reveals that in fact, the anti-democratic tendency of our current government is consistent with the intentions of the founders and predicted by those who were opposed to the ratification of the Constitution, and that institutions were put in place as a means of inhibiting the growth of democracy, not fostering it.

New York City, Rockefeller Center, Christmas, Angels, Trumpets | CGP Grey (CC BY 2.0)

Although the United States at the end of the eighteenth century was an agrarian society – eighty to ninety percent of the population were small farmers – the men who wrote the Constitution and ran the government once it was in place were lawyers, men of finance, speculators, businessmen, large land holders.  Thus, as it is today, the country was run by a relative handful of wealthy men who structured the government to suit their own needs at the expense of the rest of the population.

And further, one of the most powerful and determined elements in the country were speculators.  To finance the war against Britain, money needed to be raised. Bonds were sold at the state and national level. Returning soldiers, who had purchased the bonds and were now desperate for cash, sold them at a fraction of their face value to raise money to survive. Speculators eagerly scooped up the bonds at a fraction of their face value and then demanded that they be paid interest in full.

The only way the speculators could be paid was for state governments to raise taxes, which is just what they did. The result was that the small farmers were faced with a tax burden that was even greater than what they had previously paid under British rule. They were defaulting on their mortgages. Their lands and livestock were being confiscated and sold off. They were being dispossessed. In response, protests sprang up around the country.

Does any of this sound familiar? It should. Isn’t this exactly what is happening today? Families are being dispossessed from their homes and sleeping in tents because they couldn’t keep up with rising mortgage payments. In response, there were protests around the country led by Occupy Wall Street.

To a degree, the invisible and the visible oligarchies have merged. We no longer have to search the darkened recesses to learn how government works. It is right before us, bright as day. The bankers who used to control things from behind the scenes are operating on the world stage for everyone to see. As Henry George so eloquently phrased it, “in high places sit those who do not pay to civic virtue even the compliment of hypocrisy.” (George, P. & P., 546).

What to do?

Step 3: Take a step back.

I would like to digress and momentarily shift the focus. It is a sunny, brisk day in early spring. The magnolia trees are in blossom. I am walking up Broadway at a leisurely pace, every so often stopping to look in a store window. As I am about to cross 92nd Street, something terrible occurs. A car turning the corner strikes a cyclist. The cyclist is dragged a few feet by the car. He lies bloody and motionless in the street. I am filled with anguish to the point of nausea. I feel as if I saw it coming and could have warned the driver or the cyclist. There was something I could have done, but did nothing. The blood and imagined suffering of the young man lying in the street become mine. The image haunts me for the rest of the day. That night I dream about it.

Now let’s replay the scene, with one significant variation. Everything stays the same. Except now I am two blocks away as the accident occurs. The frame of reference is much broader. The car and cyclist have become smaller objects in a larger picture. Most of my vista is made up of the facades of tall buildings. I cannot actually see the cyclist lying in the street. From two blocks away it is not clear exactly what has happened. The emotional impact is mild by comparison. I am drawn to reflecting upon the prospect of independent forces brought together at a certain instant. A second more or less and the event would not have even occurred. I have become philosophical.

Back to the question, “What are we to do?” I believe that the first thing we must do is to take a step back and reflect.  This is why I offer the example of the bicycle accident witnessed at two different distances, proximate and distant.  Seen from a distance, we see a larger picture. We can understand more clearly the dynamics that enter into the situation. From afar it is clear that the motorist was speeding.

The usual response when something goes wrong is “to do something.” But, says the American author Henry George,

“Right reason precedes right action.”

Social reform is not to be secured by noise and shouting; by complaints and denunciation; by the formation of parties, or the making of revolutions; but by the awakening of thought and the progress of ideas. Until there be correct thought, there cannot be right action; and when there is correct thought, right action will follow. (George, S.P., 242).

That thinking is a kind of doing seems an odd proposition, yet I believe it has merit. We are empowered when we understand things at the deepest level, when we are exposed to causal essence. Says Vandana Shiva (Shiva, 131-132),

“In order to effect change we need to adopt a structural and transformative analysis that addresses the underlying forces that form society.”

We need solid words with real meaning. We need the real events that have shaped our political reality.

The larger the frame of reference the more solid we feel in our bodies, in our world. If all we have is the latest headline and a few sound bites, — and the empty rhetoric that accompanies it — disconnected from any larger framework of meaning, we remain disoriented, scattered, confused and anxious.  Things happen. Things get worse. We don’t understand why. We are trapped in the moment with disturbing thoughts.

As we enlarge our frame of reference, i.e., get beyond the headlines, look back in time from our present position to an earlier period, our foundation in reality becomes larger and more stable.  We see connections. We see similarities. We see differences. We learn from both and are inspired to understand why things are the same and to discover alternatives we didn’t know we had.

It is only by knowing reality that we can change it. We know reality by applying our intellect to the events and conditions that surround us. We reach our own understanding of what it all means.

“People can only develop themselves … by finding within themselves the concepts and language to aptly and critically characterize their world—and then act to change it” (Dolbeare, 218).

Reactivity vs. Creativity

Here is another image we can learn from.

Imagine a pitcher filled with your favorite liquid, water, orange juice, sangria, beer. Now empty the pitcher and let it be filled with the totality of your political response. Political response is our reaction to civic events that occur around us, speeches, legislation, local, national and international violence that has a political basis.  The pitcher filled with political response represents all of your political response, 100% of it.

Now let us imagine that the pitcher of political response is composed of two elements, reactivity and creativity. The two elements are inversely related. Increase one and you decrease the other. For most of us our political response is mostly if not exclusively reactive. There is the anguish, despair, outrage, resignation, perhaps a letter to the congressman perhaps participation in a public demonstration.

But if we want to change the world, make it a better place to live in for all of us, then we must get past the reactivity by creating the emotional distance I speak of above. As reactivity diminishes creativity will replace it and change will take place.

Conventional activism arises out of reactivity. Government advocates a policy or takes an action. As a consequence, I am angry, anxious, outraged, despondent, desperate. I feel driven to do something, on my own or in collaboration with others. I write a letter to my congressman. I join a protest in opposition. These emotions and these responses are both wholesome and appropriate. Yet they change nothing. They are simply reactive.

Reactivity is a form of denial. It enables us to deceive ourselves into thinking we are empowered when, in fact, we aren’t. When I react, I am playing by someone else’s rules. I am playing on his turf. Though I might, acting alone or with others, bring about some short-term beneficial result, government structures and power dynamics remain intact. Says Buckminster Fuller:

You never change things by fighting the existing reality. To change something, build a new model that makes the existing model obsolete.

Step 4: Our next step is to accept, rather than deny, our own individual powerlessness.

At any moment, there is great and unnecessary suffering at home and abroad. There is nothing we can do to stop it now, as it is happening.

Paradoxical as it may seem, accepting our powerlessness frees us from reactivity and in fact leads to empowerment. We are aware of the reality that surrounds us, but we are no longer enchained by our emotional response to events. In our imagination, we have discovered a new world and a new playing field. This vision is our inspiration. It is the world we are working to create. It is a vision of government that embraces the common good.

Step 5: To move into the future we need to look into our past.

We need to read history.  We need to read history critically. As Peter Kuznick observes in his foreword to The Untold History of the United States,

“Historical understanding defines people’s very sense of what is thinkable and achievable.”

What we learn from history helps us make sense of current social conditions. When we read history we learn that not all government is the same and that different societies choose different solutions to the same problems. Ancient Athens and the Roman Republic were contemporary societies faced with similar problems: grain supply, land use, indebtedness. Yet they chose significantly different solutions.

The Italian city-states developed as small-scale separate and independent societies with an experimental approach to governance while simultaneously, to the north, large-scale autocratic empires were in the making. We, too, have choices.  To see our choices, we need to free ourselves from the fixity of things as given.

Capitalism is not the problem 

Step 6: Avoid non-rational statements 

If — as stated above — government is a means for structuring the power dynamics in a given society, then it behooves us to understand the nature of power dynamics. To do that we have to clear away the dense fog of obscuritanism that characterizes much of the writing on history and government. Many of the writers have aligned themselves with those in power, those whose goal it is to confuse us rather than enlighten us.

We confuse ourselves when we engage in non-rational thinking, which is to say thinking that concepts can act. We can read examples like the following in all of our history books. There are even some examples in this essay.

“In the early 1700s, the Russian Empire took the offensive against Poland using military force and bribery.”

“France’s invasion of Russia in 1812 was a turning point in the Napole­onic Wars.”

Taken literally, such statements are mystifying. They create a white haze of ambiguity and mental distance. The statements are incomprehensible because they are non-rational. After all, what is the Russian Empire? Is it an amorphous form outlined on a map? Is it a certain physical landmass? Is it the people taken collectively? A form on a map cannot invade another country, nor can a landmass, nor could the entirety of the Russian population.

If we substitute Peter the Great for “the Rus­sian Empire” and Napoleon for “France,” we enter the realm of ratio­nal discourse. Once our attention is directed to a particular individual and the actions he took, we can start thinking rationally about these events and their meaning for society. We can wonder what Peter was up to. Was he acting for personal reasons of power and glory, or did he have the best interests of his country at heart? Was violence the only solution? Should one man be given so much power?

Today we hear that capitalism or globalization or NAFTA are the sources of world misery. We are led to believe that concepts can act. We are made to feel powerless because we cannot identify the real levers of power that are bringing about the events we are reacting to. We are dealing in abstractions that have no grounding in concrete reality. Once we remember that only human beings are capable of agency, we start to feel grounded in our thinking. And when we keep our focus on human action and particular actors with great power we will understand our world better and we will be in a position to do something about fixing what is wrong.

The source of our misery is neither capitalism nor globalization. The source of our misery is P.A.I.P. (Power Addicts In Power). There is a small sub-set of humanity who have been with us from the beginning. They are addicted to power, the power to possess, the power to control, the power to kill, the power to lie. Like moths to a flame, these power addicts find their way to centralized power and take over, ruining our lives and threatening the survival of the human species. I am calling these power adicts homo malus.

In June of 2015, in a working class town in Paris, a mock trial was held in which Exxon Mobil was charged with deliberately withholding knowledge it had about the harm its company’s activities were causing to the environment. Climate activists revealed inside memos and reports showing that Exxon knew it was harming the climate but did nothing to change its course.

I think this is more than just an idle exercise. Such an event can have a powerful educational benefit. It can serve to generate political momentum. However, it is fundamentally flawed in its conception. As indicated above corporations can’t do anything. Only individual human beings can. Thus, to indict a company has no political meaning. It simply serves to perpetuate the Plexiglas shield that protects the people who run the company from being held accountable.

Suppose instead a subpoena was sent out for Rex Wayne Tillerson (currently Secretary of State) who happens to be the chairman, president, and CEO of Exxon Mobil Corporation. What would have been the effect if his name and his face were brought into this public forum? Here is someone we can hold accountable, someone who has the power to change what is being done to our planet.  Now our focus is on people in power. And we can wonder if it is possible to set up a government in which people addicted to power can be denied the access they seek.

The Benefits Of Local Governance: Getting Small

Step 7: Thinking small.

Politics is about power. Personal power. As Max Weber points out,

“Anyone engaged in politics is striving for power.” If one says that “a question is a ‘political’ question, … what is meant in each case is that interests in the distribution, preservation, or transfer of power play a decisive role in answering that question.” (Weber, 311)

What we want to do is to set up a system of government in which political power is redirected so as to serve the common good.

Political power can respond to centrifugal forces leading to the center or to centripetal forces leading to the periphery. When power moves towards the center, a small number of governors will control government. When the area under governance is large and the number of governors is small, it is easy for small organized minorities to influence the governors. The military-industrial complex, for example can use its power to impose on those who govern and thus satisfy its selfish interests while subverting the wishes of everyone else.

As Gaetano Mosca points out,

“A hundred men acting uni­formly in concert, with a common understanding, will triumph over a thousand men who are not in accord and can therefore be dealt with one by one.” (Mosca, 53)

In other words, a hundred men can sit down in a room and agree on a course of action. For a thousand men to find a room large enough and to find common ground is a lot harder.

When political power is dispersed over larger areas and extends to the periphery, more localized governments gain power. The areas under governance will be relatively small. It will be easier for the citizenry to get to know each other and organize. Larger numbers of people will have political power. The distances between those who govern and those who are governed are smaller. Matters are closer to hand. Let’s get small!

In 1776 the United States was comprised of thirteen states, each with a unique form of government. Some constitutions provided for a bill or rights — Virginia. Some didn’t. Some states had restrictive voting rights — Massachusetts. Some were more liberal. The thirteen states were independent governments, loosely united under the Articles of Confederation. There was no central power to speak of. Governments were accessible to the citizenry and likely to respond to their demands.

There were monetary issues that were among the most contentious in this period of American history. Should we use specie — i..e. gold and silver — as our means of exchange, or should we issue paper money. The wealthy elite who controlled the specie were opposed to paper money. The vast majority were in favor. The battles were fought at the state level.

In Rhode Island, the political establishment opposed paper money and proposed a statewide list of delegates who favored this position. Voters in East Greenwich held conventions and put up their own list. These candidates campaigned vigorously under the slogan “To Relieve the Distressed,” — i.e. by issuing paper money — and they prevailed. The first order of business for the newly elected legislature was to issue £100,000 in paper money and delay the due date for taxes that had been requisitioned by Congress in September of 1785.

In March of 1786, the Massachusetts state legislature imposed heavy taxes, with more than half of the revenue allocated to pay bondholders.1 Insurgents took to arms in protest over the taxes and were defeated. They then went to the polls, where they were victorious. With the resulting seventy-four percent turnover in the state House of Representatives, the farmers got the tax relief they sought. For the year 1787, the state government imposed no taxes at all.

Citizens of Massachusetts and New Hampshire came up with another strategy. Several townships resolved to send no representatives to their state’s legislature. Since the decisions being made were unfavorable to their cause, why send anyone? It was both a politi­cal strategy and a means of protesting a system they found inequitable. In Massachusetts, farmers refused to pay their taxes and took the addi­tional step of closing many of the state’s courts.

These are examples of what an empowered citizenry can achieve when power is diffuse and localized. The primary reason the U.S. Constitution was put in place was to shut down such democratic success.

If these smaller, local forms of government were successful in getting their voices heard, why can’t we repeat their success? Why can’t we get small? In Part 6 we consider that very possibility and discover that what for many might be considered a utopian dream is actually a practical reality.

Above text is part IV of a six part essay.

For Parts I-IV, click here

Link to War and the State: Part 1

Link to War and the State: Part 2

Link to War and the State Part 3

Link to War and the State Part 4

1. War and the health of the State: What causes war

2. Federated governments: The Nation vs. the State

3. Origin of the State: Barbarians at the gate

4. End Game: War goes on

5. Critical Thinking: A bridge to the future

6. Deconstructing the State: Getting small

SOURCES

Benjamin Barber, Strong Democracy: Participatory Politics for a New Age.

Frank Barlow, The Feudal Kingdom on England 1042-1216.

Edward Bernays, Propaganda.

Ellen Brown, The Public Bank Solution: From Austerity to Prosperity.

Smedly Butler, War Is A Racket.

James Carroll, House of War.

Gearoid O Colmain, “The Weaponisation of the Refugee,” Dissident Voice, January 20, 2016.

Rob Cooper, “Iceland’s former Prime Minister found guilty over country’s 2008 financial crisis but will avoid jail,”Daily Mail, April 23, 2012.

C.S., “Constitution Society,” Andrew Jackson, July 10, 1832.

Deborah Davis, Katherine The Great. 

Thomas J. DiLorenzo, The Real Lincoln.

M.I. Finley, The Portable Greek Historians. 

F.P.  The Federalist Papers. Ed. Clinton Rossiter.

Mark H. Gaffney: “9/11: The Evidence for Insider Trading,” May 25, 2016: ICH (Information Clearing House).

GPF (Global Policy Forum,) “War and Occupation in Iraq,” Chapter 2.

Ramachandra Guha, India After Gandhi.

Victor David Hanson, Carnage and Culture.

Chris Hedges, “The American Empire: Murder Inc.” Truthdig, January 3, 2016.

Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel, The Philosophy of History (Dover, 1956).

J. Christopher  Herold, The Age of Napoleon.

Karl Hess, Community.

Peter Hoy, “The World’s Biggest Fuel Consumer,” Forbes, June 5, 2008.

J.H. Huizinga, Dutch Civilization in the 17th Century.

Peter Koenig, “Towards a Foreign Imposed “Political Transition” in Syria?” Global Research, November 3, 2015.

John Macpherson (1899). Mental affections; an introduction to the study of insanity.

Patrick Martin, 16 April 2003, wsws.org.

Edgar Lee Masters, Lincoln The Man.

Gaetano Mosca, The Ruling Class.

Ralph Nader, “Uncontrollable — Pentagon and Corporate Contractors Too Big to Audit,” Dandelionsalad, March 18, 2016.

Thomas Naylor and William H. Willikmon, Downsizing the U.S.A.

Karl Popper, The Open Society And Its Enemies.

Simon Schama, The Embarrassment of Riches: An Interpretation of Dutch Culture in the Golden Age.

John Stauber and Sheldon Rampton, “Lies Damn Lies and the Public Relations Industry.” (Web)

Herbert J. Storing, The Anti-Federalist: Writings by the Opponents of the Constitution, edited by Herbert J. Storing.

Jay Syrmopoulus, October 15, 2015, “Iceland Just Jailed Dozens of Corrupt Bankers for 74 Years, The Opposite of What America Does.” Read more at http://thefreethoughtproject.com/icelands-banksters-sentenced-74-years-prison-prosecution-u-s/#UHP3qHr1WIAuRFSs.99.

“The Economic Value of Peace, 2016” (PDF) Institute for Economics and Peace.

Washington Blog, February 23, 2015 “ICH”(Information
Clearing House) http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article41086.htm

Max Weber, Political Writings.

John W. Whitehead, March 29, 2016, “From Democracy to Pathocracy: The Rise of the Political Psychopath,”Intrepid Report, April 1, 2016.

Wikipedia, “Energy usage of the United States military.”

Wikiquote, Woodrow Wilson, Federal Reserve Act of 1913.

Sheldon Wolin, Democracy Incorporated: Managed Democracy and the Specter of Inverted Totalitarianism.

NOTE

1 War bonds had been issued by national and state governments as a means of funding the war effort. Returning soldiers, mostly small farmers, held bonds that they needed to liquidate to in order raise money for basic necessities. Speculators swooped in to buy up the bonds for as little as fifteen cents on the dollar, which they then wanted the government to redeem at full face value.

Arthur D. Robbins is the author of “Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained: The True Meaning of Democracy,” hailed by Ralph Nader as an “eye-opening, earth-shaking book,… a fresh, torrential shower of revealing insights and vibrant lessons we can use to pursue the blessings and pleasures of a just society through civic efforts that are not as difficult as we have been led to believe.” Visit http://acropolis-newyork.com to learn more.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Critical Thinking: A Bridge to the Future

I have been examining the possibility that the attack on April 4, 2017 hit an ammunition dump as claimed by the Russians. Videos taken on the morning of the attack of the explosive debris clouds from four targets that were hit provide strong circumstantial evidence that this Russian explanation could be true. One of the clouds is quite distinctly different from all the others – with a base-area of the debris cloud stem that covers an area five or more times larger than the cloud-stem bases of the other bomb debris clouds.

This is consistent with the possibility that this debris cloud was created by an initial explosion followed by a series of secondary explosions – a situation that would be expected if the site was in fact an ammunition dump.

I have also looked up data on poisonous gases that could be generated by the combustion of plastics and photographs of the dead and dying from the Bhopal, India chemical accident of December 2/3, 1984. Many of the apparent symptoms of the victims from the Bhopal catastrophe are similar in appearance to those observed in victims of the Khan Sheikhoun attack.

In Bhopal, the gases released were not only extremely toxic, but they were also capable of burning the skin and eyes. The immediate and most deadly effect of these gases was when they were inhaled. The gases reacted with water in the lungs and created a large generation of fluids that caused victims to drown in their own lung fluids. This effect led to some victims showing foaming at the mouth and nose – an effect that can be generated from many toxic gases and is not unique to nerve agent.

There is no apparent evidence of burns from caustic gases in the pictures of alleged victims from the Khan Sheikhoun event. However, the case of Bhopal is distinctly different because of a particular pesticide component that was released during the accident. There is no doubt that very dangerous materials like phosgene, carbonyl chloride, hydrogen cyanide and a variety of highly toxic and dangerous organic compounds can be produced by a simple mass fire that simply involves plastics. One could expect a considerably more toxic release of gases if an ammunition dump was hit where a variety of chemicals could be stored, including precursors for the production of nerve agents.

This is not proof that the Russian explanation for a mass poisoning is correct, but given that there is no evidence to support the American alternative explanation of a sarin release from an airdropped munition at a site identified by the White House Intelligence Report, this additional data does provide some information that is relevant to the ongoing discussions on this matter.

Images of Poisoned Victims from the Gas Release from a Chemical Pesticide Plant in Bhopal, India on December 2/3, 1984

Postol - Bhopal

Evidence of Bomb Hit on Possible Ammunition and Chemical Storage Site

Postol - Bhopal 2

Postol - Bhopal 3

Postol - Bhopal 4

Summary of Toxic Gases That Can Be Created from Combusting Plastics – Does Not Include Toxic Gases That Can Be Created from Other Materials Released in Accompanying Explosions

Postol - Bhopal 5

https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19770003257.pdf

Here’s the .pdf version of Dr. Postol’s essay: Evidence Consistent with the Possibility of a Poison Gas Release _(April25,2017)_Optimized

Other related articles from Dr. Postol:

Important Correction: The Nerve Agent Attack that did Not Occur, Khan Sheikhoun, Syria

By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 25, 2017

Khan Sheikhoun, Syria: The Nerve Agent Attack that Did Not Occur

By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 19, 2017

Video: White House Intelligence Report on Idlib Chemical Attack “Misinterprets Evidence”, “Politically Motivated”

By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 18, 2017

Assessment of White House Intelligence Report About Nerve Agent Attack in Khan Shaykhun, Syria

By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 13, 2017

Theodore A. Postol is a professor emeritus of science, technology, and national security policy at MIT. Postol’s main expertise is in ballistic missiles. He has a substantial background in air dispersal, including how toxic plumes move in the air. Postol has taught courses on weapons of mass destruction – including chemical and biological threats – at MIT.  Before joining MIT, Postol worked as an analyst at the Office of Technology Assessment, as a science and policy adviser to the chief of naval operations, and as a researcher at Argonne National Laboratory.  He also helped build a program at Stanford University to train mid-career scientists to study weapons technology in relation to defense and arms control policy. Postol is a highly-decorated scientist, receiving the Leo Szilard Prize from the American Physical Society, the Hilliard Roderick Prize from the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and the Richard L. Garwin Award from the Federation of American Scientists.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Evidence Consistent with the Possibility of a Poison Gas Release from an Attack on an Ammunition Depot in Khan Sheikhoun

Trump, Public Imagination, and Islamophobia

April 26th, 2017 by Dr. Chandra Muzaffar

Donald Trump’s crafty manipulation of Islamophobia, we are told, was one of the factors that propelled him to the presidency of the United States of America. He was very much aware of the prevalence of negative sentiments towards Islam and Muslims within segments of the American electorate. Because Islamophobia was part of the public imagination, he had no scruples about exploiting it for political gain.

Even though Trump’s actions have been widely criticized, the Western media have failed at a deeper level to examine and reveal the ways in which Western interventions and occupations in Muslim societies have fueled a sense of popular frustration and hostility that has been manifested in dramatic acts of violence by a very few, which have in turn provided fodder for further interventions premised on the need for “regime change” in order to ensure the stability of a global Pax Americana.

Consequently, Islamophobia is not simply a form of cynical populist politics but is rather a fundamental component of a longer cycle of geopolitical struggle. One that must be scrutinized more carefully if we are to imagine alternatives.

Taking Advantage of Islamophobia

Image result for islamophobia

Islamophobia has been embedded in the Western psyche—more in the European than in the American worldview—for centuries. There are a number of reasons for this: the early triumph and rapid expansion of an emerging Islam among Christian entities in West Asia and North Africa (WANA) right up to the Iberian Peninsula from the 8th to the 12th centuries; the onslaught of the European Crusades, their re-conquest of Jerusalem and their subsequent defeat at the hands of the Muslims between the 10th and 13th centuries; the rise of Western colonialism from the 16th century onwards which led to the subjugation of most Muslim polities in Asia and Africa; and the re-assertion of these polities from the middle of the 20th century as they seek to establish their own identities within a global order that centers around US dominance. All have contributed, in different ways, to the spread of a negative attitude towards Islam and Muslims in the West.

Needless to say, this attitude has been exacerbated by a series of acts of violence and terror committed by Muslim groups and individuals themselves in the US, Europe, Africa and Asia. The association of terrorism with Muslims and Islam in the public imagination in the West has now spread to other parts of the world and constitutes a formidable barrier to inter-civilizational dialogue between Muslims and the rest. Though it is a miniscule fraction that perpetrates acts of terror, their diabolical deeds have fueled Islamophobia as never before.

Trump’s own campaign coupled with his personality was also undoubtedly a factor. He exaggerated and dramatized violence that implicated Muslims, ignoring evidence that showed that Muslim American involvement in terror attacks had decreased by 40% in 2016.¹

By focusing upon Muslims and equating them as a religious community with terrorism—his use of the phrase, “Islamic radical terrorism” is a case in point—he has brought Islamophobia to a new low. This is reflected in the steep increase in attacks upon hijab-attired Muslim women, in the physical targeting of mosques, and in the venomous vitriol leveled against Islam and the Prophet Muhammad in the popular media. Islamophobia: Failure to Address Root Causes Trump’s antagonistic posture towards Islam and Muslims has provoked condemnation from a significant segment of the US citizenry. It is not just liberals in the political arena who have criticised him.

Christian and Jewish theologians and others who are committed to an inclusive America have also been vocal. These public pronouncements have made an impact upon public imagination. They help to some extent to check the toxic negativity arising from the politics of hatred and distrust generated by Trump. But they do not address the underlying causes of Islamophobia.

Image result for trump islamophobiaThere are two closely related dimensions to these causes. Because their lands have been occupied and their people massacred and marginalised, some of the victims of injustice have resorted to violence which in turn has reinforced Islamophobia. This is part of the explanation for the wave of terrorist acts that occurred in the sixties and seventies associated with Palestinians and those committed to their cause. At the root was Palestinian dispossession as a result of Israeli occupation and usurpation of their rights. The invasion and occupation of Iraq in 2003 by the US and Britain and the death and destruction that ensued is yet another major reason for the violence of the victims and their sympathisers in recent years, which has reinforced a negative perception of Muslims in the West.

Occupation is related to the larger politics of US hegemony and “regime change.” In order to ensure that it perpetuates its global power the US has on a number of occasions sought to overthrow governments in Muslim and non-Muslim countries. Different excuses are employed to justify these violations. Fabricated threats of “weapons of mass destruction” or “mass murder of innocent civilians” easily morph into fears of Islam and Muslims in a situation where Islamophobia is already embedded in American cultural imagination.

That occupation, regime change and hegemony in general—all linked to US foreign policy—have also contributed in no small measure to Muslim anger, and that anger in some instances has expressed itself in terrorism, is something that most Americans are not conscious of. It is not part of the public consciousness. Mere criticisms of Trump’s antipathy towards Muslims will not lead to a deeper understanding of the profound forces that shape Islamophobia. The media and even the intellectual community as a whole have failed to develop that sort of awareness among the public. It is partly because of their failure that Islamophobia has become such a virulent force in the hands of Machiavellian politicians like Trump. Of course, there are individuals in the media and intellectuals—few and far between though they may be—who keep reminding Americans and the world at large of the less benign face of US power and what its consequences are.

It is not just less benign. The US ‘deep state’ has been involved in something much more hideous. Through its security network, it has been providing arms, training, and intelligence to terrorist groups in places such as Syria where it aims to achieve regime change. While not known to the general public, a handful of Western journalists and intellectuals have also played a role in exposing this nefarious activity.²

There are Muslim governments that are not only colluding with the deep state in Washington DC and other capitals but are also in the forefront of terrorist operations. The role of the Saudi elite in such operations is well established.³ It is ironic that an elite that is perceived in the Muslim world as the protector of the sanctity of the religion is also guilty of tarnishing its image. This may be because of ideological bigotry and power. More specifically, Wahabism associated with the influential stratum in Saudi society justifies the elimination of those who do not subscribe to its puritanical view of Islam. The Saudi elite’s Wahabi ideology is also one of the main reasons why it is opposed to Shiism and Iran, which it perceives as a challenge to its regional power and status.

Countering Islamophobia; Transforming the Public Imagination

It is obvious that countering Islamophobia in the US will have to set as its priority the interrogation of power. How the US elite uses and abuses power in its relations with other countries, especially Muslim states, should be subjected to intensive scrutiny. The overt and covert manifestations of power should be analysed in an honest and transparent manner. The media, specifically the alternative media, will have to play a central role in this. Scholars and activists should utilise new communication technologies to the fullest extent and explore how attitudes towards Islam and Muslims have been moulded over time by the hegemonic thrust of US foreign policy. In a nutshell, it would be an attempt to discover how the desire for global dominance and power has undermined the potential for amity and empathy between the American people and the Muslim world.

If responsible media together with the strong, explicit support of civic and cultural leaders of high moral standing in the society undertake this mission with sincere conviction, there is a possibility of a significant transformation of public consciousness in which Islamophobia yields to empathy for Muslims and with Islamic civilization. Such an effort might even herald respect and affection for other civilizations.

This is the kind of public imagination—in the US and around the world—that should set the tone and tenor for a new era in international relations in the 21st century.

Source

http://www.21global.ucsb.edu/global-e/march-2017/trump-public-imagination-and-islamophobia

Notes

1. “Muslim American involvement in terror attacks decreased by 40% in 2016, report says.” Jessica Schladebeck, New York Daily News, Saturday January 28, 2017, online edition.

2. I have in mind well-known journalists such as John Pilger and Eric Margolis and intellectuals like Tim Anderson and Michel Chossudovsky. See for instance, Margolis, “Hail to the Chief – fingers crossed.” The Sun (Malaysia), January 24 2017; and “Not so fast, crusader Trump.” The Sun (Malaysia), February 1, 2017. See also Tim Anderson, “Who Supports the Islamic State (ISIS)? Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Qatar, Israel, UK, France, USA.” Global Research, November 20, 2015.

3. For details of Saudi involvement in terrorism see John Wight, “Trump Is Wrong — Saudi Arabia, Not Iran Is the World’s Number One Terrorist State.” Transcend Media Service 13, February 2017, and Patrick Cockburn, “Saudi Arabia, 9/11 and the Rise of ISIS.” Counterpunch, September 15, 2014.

Chandra Muzaffar is a Malaysian political scientist and President of the International Movement for a Just World (JUST).

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump, Public Imagination, and Islamophobia

The Legacy of Lynne Stewart, The People’s Lawyer

April 26th, 2017 by Barbara Nimri Aziz

“Well, sometimes the impossible takes a little longer”, remarked Lynne Stewart, December 31, 2014, on her arrival in New York, released from federal prison in Texas, after a vigorous family and internationally driven campaign on her behalf. (She was suffering from advanced cancer.)

Stewart lived three more years, nearby her family, always with a smile for visitors. This was the woman who dared this mild rebuke to her sentencing judge: “I do not intend to go gentle into that good night” she told him.

Last Saturday, almost 500 friends and admirers of the brave lawyer who had the courage to challenge U.S. Homeland’s chief John Ashcroft fifteen years ago, gathered to celebrate a remarkable and honorable life.

April 22nd, the same day when tens of thousands were gathering in cities across the country to support our scientific community under threat by Trump administration budget cuts, one is struck by the contrast with those memorializing this “people’s lawyer”

(www.lynnestewart.org,

That modest assembly in a quiet corner of New York, the city where she grew up and where Stewart worked all her life, represented a revolutionary era whose very place in U.S. history is dangerously marginal. Moreover, that history is barely recognized by the rather belated post-November 8th arousal—the new liberal movement– now gathering with its multitude of committees, mass parades and lefty celebrity speeches: part of Bernie Sanders’ Our Revolution-. Fine. But a far cry from what Lynne Stewart’s celebrants represent.

Unarguably America needs organized massive resistance to threats posed by the current administration; push back is essential on all fronts: healthcare, the arts, environmental protections, bank regulation, civic rights, and on and on. One hopes that the thousands of communities mobilizing nationwide, from villages to city centers and suburbs will– after the committees are settled, the speeches made, the funds raised, the petitions signed– act. They have organizing tools unavailable in past revolutions. Digital platforms flowing into every hand can inform with virtual velocity; Google maps assure you that your small effort is fed into a nationwide net of tens of thousands; you are not alone. Leaders can materialize in weeks with Twitter and Facebook skills at their command, cameras everywhere recording their emergence. Film celebrities join in, drawing even greater numbers to the effort. These are essentially what we have, and they may indeed be what are appropriate at a time when representatives of our police state are more numerous and more heavily armed, endowed with more authority and less tolerance.

Those gathered to remember Lynne Stewart last week were authentic, tried revolutionaries: poets Nat Turner and Amina Baraka; former political prisoners, attorneys who had stepped forward to defend unpopular characters, teachers, organizers in solidarity with Cuba and Palestinian statehood from the 1960s to today; Vietnam war veterans and the unjustly imprisoned; defiant elected representatives from New Jersey and Brooklyn; the journalist and theologian Chris Hedges who refuses to join the liberal voice that claims it is the rightful alternative to the Republican party.

Each woman and man reminded us what makes a revolution. Each invoked the grass roots experience of Stewart, a librarian and teacher who turned to law in order to fight injustices she witnessed in the lives of her students. Eventually she took on the case of Muslims wrongly accused in the early 1990s when the government was using secret evidence to illegally charge and convict. Where other attorneys shied away from representing terror suspects, Lynne Stewart remained committed. There was some success when the government was eventually prevented from further use of secret evidence.

Then came the 9/11 attacks, and everything changed. Stewart insisted on defending attorney-client privilege (a right the government suspended). She had to be stopped. And they had to put Stewart, at the age of 73, in jail to do so.

As Brooklyn assemblyman Charles Barron reminded us on Saturday, “Lynne was a sweet person.” Even as she presented her cases and spoke to the media, she was always mild and respectful, always witty and bright-eyed. It’s not simply that she’s missed. We need to believe others as courageous and well equipped as Stewart was can come to our aid today.

Barbara Nimri Aziz is an anthropologist and radio producer in New York. She is a longtime associate of Lynne Stewart, interviewing her during her fight against government use of secret evidence against her clients during the 1990s, then during Stewart’s fight against the department of justice attack on lawyer-client privacy rights, and finally in the campaign for Stewart’s release from prison on health grounds.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Legacy of Lynne Stewart, The People’s Lawyer

The Looting Machine Called Capitalism

April 26th, 2017 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

I have come to the conclusion that capitalism is successful primarily because it can impose the majority of the costs associated with its economic activities on outside parties and on the environment. In other words, capitalists make profits because their costs are externalized and born by others. In the US, society and the environment have to pick up the tab produced by capitalist activity.

In the past when critics raised the question about external costs, that is, costs that are external to the company although produced by the company’s activities, economists answered that it was not really a problem, because those harmed by the activity could be compensated for the damages that they suffered. This statement was intended to reinforce the claim that capitalism served the general welfare. However, the extremely primitive nature of American property rights meant that rarely would those suffering harm be compensated. The apologists for capitalism saved the system in the abstract, but not in reality.

My recent article, “The Destruction of Inlet Beach,” made it clear to me that very little, if any, of the real estate development underway would be profitable if the external costs imposed on existing property holders had to be compensated.

http://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2017/04/17/destruction-inlet-beach/

Consider just a few examples. When a taller house is constructed in front of one of less height, the Gulf view of the latter is preempted. The damage to the property value of the house whose view has been blocked is immense. Would the developer build such a tall structure if the disadvantaged existing property had to be compensated for the decline in its value?

When a house is built that can sleep 20 or 30 people next to a family’s vacation home or residence, the noise and congestion destroys the family’s ability to enjoy their own property. If they had to be compensated for their loss, would the hotel, disquised as a “single family dwelling” have been built?

Image result for walton county florida

Walton County, Florida, is so unconcerned about these vital issues that it has permitted construction of structures that can accommodate 30 people, but provide only three parking spaces. Where do the rental guests park? How many residents will find themselves blocked in their own driveways or with cars parked on their lawns?

As real estate developers build up congestion, travel times are extended. What formerly was a 5 minute drive from Inlet Beach to Seaside along 30-A can now take 45 minutes during summer and holidays, possibly longer. Residents and visitors pay the price of the developers’ profits in lost time. The road is a two-lane road that cannot be widened. Yet Walton County’s planning department took no account of the gridlock that would emerge.

As the state and federal highways serving the area were two lanes, over-development made hurricane evacuation impossible. Florida and US taxpayers had to pay for turning two lane highways into four lane highways in order to provide some semblance of hurricane evacuation. After a decade, the widening of highway 79, which runs North-South is still not completed to its connection to Interstate 10. Luckily, there have been no hurricanes.

If developers had to pay these costs instead of passing them on to taxpayers, would their projects still be profitable?

Now consider the external costs of offshoring the production of goods and services that US corporations, such as Apple and Nike, market to Americans. When production facilities in the US are closed and the jobs are moved to China, for example, the American workers lose their jobs, medical coverage, careers, pension provision, and often their self-respect when they are unable to find comparable employment or any employment. Some fall behind in their mortgage and car payments and lose their homes and cars. The cities, states, and federal governments lose the tax base as personal income and sales taxes decline and as depressed housing and commercial real estate prices in the abandoned communities depress property taxes. Social security and Medicare funding is harmed as payroll tax deposits fall. State and local infrastructure declines. Possibly crime rises. Safety net needs rise, but expenditures are cut as tax revenues decline. Municipal and state workers find their pensions at risk. Education suffers. All of these costs greatly exceed Apple’s and Nike’s profits from substituting cheaper foreign labor for American labor. Contradicting the neoliberal claims, Apple’s and Nike’s prices do not drop despite the collapse in labor costs that the corporations experience.

A country that was intelligently governed would not permit this. As the US is so poorly governed, the executives and shareholders of global corporations are greatly enriched because they can impose the costs associated with their profits on external third parties.

The unambigious fact is that US capitalism is a mechanism for looting the many for the benefit of the few. Neoliberal economics was constructed in order to support this looting. In other words, neoliberal economists are whores just like the Western print and TV media.

Yet, Americans are so insouciant that you will hear those who are being looted praise the merits of “free market capitalism.”

So far we have barely scratched the surface of the external costs that capitalism imposes. Now consider the pollution of the air, soil, waterways, and oceans that result from profit-making activities. Consider the radioactive wastes pouring out of Fukushima since March 2011 into the Pacific Ocean. Consider the dead zones in the Gulf of Mexico from agricultural chemical fertilizer run-off. Consider the destruction of the Apalachicola, Florida, oyster beds from the restricted river water that feeds the bay due to overdevelopment upstream. Examples such as these are endless. The corporations responsible for this destruction bear none of the costs.

Image result for pollutionIf it turns out that global warming and ocean acidification are consequences of capitalism’s carbon-based energy system, the entire world could end up dead from the external costs of capitalism.

Free market advocates love to ridicule economic planning, and Alan Greenspan and Larry Summers actually said that “markets are self-regulating.” There is no sign anywhere of this self-regulation. Instead, there are external costs piled upon external costs. The absence of planning is why over-development has made 30-A dysfunctional, and it is why over-development has made metropolitan areas, such as Atlanta, Georgia, dysfunctional. Planning does not mean the replacement of markets. It means the provision of rules that produce rational results instead of shifting costs of development onto third parties.

If capitalism had to cover the cost of its activities, how many of the activities would pay?

As capitalists do not have to cover their external costs, what limits the costs?

Once the external costs exceed the biosphere’s ability to process the waste products associated with external costs, life ends.

We cannot survive an unregulated capitalism with a system of primitive property rights. Ecological economists such as Herman Daly understand this, but neoliberal economists are apologists for capitalist looting. In days gone by when mankind’s footprint on the planet was light, what Daly calls an “empty world,” productive activities did not produce more wastes than the planet could cleanse. But the heavy foot of our time, what Daly calls a “full world,” requires extensive regulation. The Trump administration’s program of rolling back environmental protection, for example, will multiply external costs. To claim that this will increase economic growth is idiotic. As Daly (and Michael Hudson) emphasize, the measure known as Gross Domestic Product (GDP) is so flawed that we do not know whether the increased output costs more to produce than it is worth. GDP is really a measure of what has been looted without reference to the cost of the looting. Environmental deregulation means that capitalists can treat the environment as a garbage dump. The planet can become so toxic that it cannot recover.

In the United States and generally across the Western world, property rights exist only in a narrow, truncated form. A developer can steal your view forever and your solitude for the period his construction requires. If the Japanese can have property rights in views, in quiet which requires noise abatement, and in sun fall on their property, why can’t Americans? After all, we are alleged to be the “exceptional people.”

But in actual fact, Americans are the least exceptional people in human history. Americans have no rights at all. We hapless insignificant beings have to accept whatever capitalists and their puppet government impose on us. And we are so stupid we call it “Freedom and Democracy America.”

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Looting Machine Called Capitalism

Syrian government forces have regained more areas from Hayat Tahrir al-Sham-led forces in northern Hama. Government troops have captured Massanah, Zawr Mahruqah, and reached Markabah. Clashes were also reported in Buwaida and Zailaqiat. Current developments show that government forces will likely attempt to secure Buwaida and Markabah and then storm Lataminah.

Fresh speculation has been circulating in the media that Russia is preparing to deploy its ground forces to Syria following an expected official request by the Syrian government. The reports refer to some unknown military sources and argue that a plan for the deployment already exists. However, this looks like another attempt to warm things up on the diplomatic front amid the collapse of “opposition” forces in northern Hama.

The US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) have continued their steady advance against ISIS in the northern countryside of Raqqah and inside the town of Tabqah.

The SDF seized the district of Wahhab in southern Tabqa and an industrial facility in the western part of the town, allegedly killing over 10 ISIS terrorists.

While the SDF is successfully advancing inside the town, reports that the US-backed force is in control of over more than half of Tabqah are not confirmed by evidence.

In the northern countryside of the ISIS self-proclaimed capital, SDF fighters achieved full control over a number of recently encircled villages north of Al-Hazimah and Mazraat Tishrin.

On Monday, the US Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control issued sanctions against 271 employees of Syria’s Scientific Studies and Research Center, alleging that the agency is responsible for producing chemical weapons.

“We take Syria’s disregard for innocent human life very seriously, and will relentlessly pursue and shut down the financial networks of all individuals involved with the production of chemical weapons used to commit these atrocities”, US Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin said.

There are no doubts that the words “all individuals” don’t include members of al-Qaeda-style “opposition organizations” operating across Syria, specially if these “opposition organizations” fight against the Assad government.

On April 7th, the US launched 59 Tomahawk cruise missiles at the Ash Sha’irat military airfield operated by the Syrian Air Force following an alleged chemical attack supposedly conducted by the Syrian government in the province of Idlib. This move was described by Washington as a legal way to send a “signal” to the Syrian government.

If you’re able, and if you like our content and approach, please support the project. Our work wouldn’t be possible without your help: PayPal: [email protected] or via: http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: Syrian Army Advancing on Al Qaeda Militant Stronghold of Lataminah

There remains one good thing to say about Donald Trump: he is not Hillary. The boneheaded cruise missile attack in Syria would have occurred even earlier under President Rodham Clinton and there would undoubtedly be no-fly and safe zones already in place. Oh, and Ukraine and Georgia would be negotiating their entries into NATO to make sure that old Vlad Putin would be put on notice and understand that the days of namby-pamby jaw-jaw-jaw that characterized the Obama Administration are now ancient history.

Apart from that, I can only observe dumbstruck how yet again a candidate promising peace and dialogue could be flipped so quickly. Or maybe he never believed in anything he said, which is perhaps more to the point. Be that as it may, we now, after only ninety days in office, have a neo-neocon foreign policy and the folks clustered around their water coolers in the Washington think tanks are again smiling. And as the ruinous Syrian civil war continues thanks to American intervention, there are probably plenty of high fives within Israel’s Benjamin Netanyahu government. Bibi again rules the roost.

Image result for trump beautiful piece of cake

The Israelis are no doubt particularly delighted to hear Donald Trump’s latest factually exempt voyage into the outer reaches of the galaxy regarding Iran. Or perhaps The Donald is only having continuing digestive problems dealing with “most beautiful piece of chocolate cake that you’ve ever seen” when dining with mortified Chinese leader Xi Jinping while simultaneously launching cruise missiles intended to send a message to Beijing’s ally Russia. It is inevitably Iran’s turn for vilification, so Trump, while conceding that the Iranians have been compliant with the nuclear weapons agreement they signed, also felt compelled to add that they continue to be a threat and have not entered into the “spirit” of the pact. Apparently the spirit codicil was somehow left out of the final draft, an interpretation that will no doubt surprise the other signatories consisting of Russia, China and the European Union.

To make its point that Tehran is somehow a cheater, the White House has ordered a 90 day review of Iran policy which will empower hardliners in that country in upcoming elections as well as nut cases like Senators John McCain and Lindsey Graham on this side of the Atlantic. Iranian opposition groups like the terrorist Mujaheddin e Khalq (MEK) are already rising to the challenge by floating phony intelligence while Graham is currently advocating a preemptive attack on North Korea, conceding that it would be catastrophic for every country in the region while noting smugly that the carnage and destruction would not reach the United States. Too bad that Pyongyang’s fury cannot be directed straight to Graham’s house in South Carolina.

Graham is reportedly a good dancer and multitasker who can pivot back to Iran effortlessly as soon as Pyongyang is reduced to rubble, so those who want to deal with Iran sooner rather than later should not despair. As things continue to go south nearly everywhere, tension in the Middle East will no doubt lead to a rapidly deteriorating situation in the Persian Gulf that will require yet another ham-handed show of strength by the United States of Amnesia. There will be a war against Iran.

There have been a couple of other interesting stories circulating recently, all demonstrating that when Benjamin Franklin observed that we Americans had created a republic, “if we can keep it,” he was being particularly prescient. Robert Parry has observed that all the fuss about Russiagate is misleading as the only country that interferes with the political process in the U.S. persistently and successfully while also doing terrible damage to our national security is Israel. He wonders when we will have Congress convening investigative commissions to look into Israel-gate but then answers his own question by observing that it will never happen given who controls what in the United States.

“No one dares suggest a probe of Israel-gate,” he concludes, but it is interesting and also encouraging to note that some Americans are actually starting to figure things out.

One of the curious things relating to the Russiagate scandal is the issue of who in the U.S. intelligence community leaked highly classified information to the media, a question which somehow seems to have disappeared from whatever final reckoning might be forthcoming. The issue is particularly relevant at the moment because there are reports that the Justice Department is pulling together a case against WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange as part of a possible attempt to remove him forcibly from his refuge in Britain and try him for constituting what CIA Director Mike Pompeo describes as a “hostile intelligence service helped by Russia.” It all suggests that low hanging fruit is fair game while some “official” leakers at high levels are somehow being protected.

To cite another example of Justice Department hypocrisy, three current and four former U.S. officials leaked to Reuters last week’s story about a Russian think tank having created a plan to subvert the U.S. election. If that is so, their identities might be discernible or surmised. Why aren’t they in jail? Or is it that many in government now believe that Russia is fair game and are prepared to look the other way?

It is significant that the recent House Intelligence Committee hearing on Russiagate, featuring FBI Director James Comey and NSA Director Mike Rogers, provided very little new information even as it confirmed troubling revelations that had already surfaced regarding the corruption of the nation’s security services. Given that former Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) head John Brennan and former Director of National Intelligence (DNI) chief James Clapper have been most frequently cited as the Obama administration’s possible bag men in arranging for the generation, collection, dissemination, and leaking of information disparaging to Trump, why weren’t they also being questioned?

The latest focus on Brennan, an Obama/Clinton loyalist who might safely be regarded as the most likely candidate seeking to discredit Team Trump and reap the benefits from Hillary, explores some suspicions about what actually took place last year and how it might have been arranged. The story broke in The Guardian on April 13th, headlined “British spies were first to spot Trump team’s links with Russia.” The article rehashes much old information, but, relying on a “source close to UK intelligence,” it describes how Britain’s NSA equivalent GCHQ obtained information late in 2015 relating to suspect “interactions” between Trump associates and the Russian intelligence. GCHQ reportedly routinely passed the information on to its U.S. liaison counterparts, and continued to do so over the next six months. The information was supplemented by similar reporting from a number of European intelligence services as well as the remaining “Five Eyes”: Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

According to the Guardian source and reporters, who are clearly hostile to Trump, the collection was not directed or targeted but was rather part of random interception of Russian communications. This may or may not be true but it serves as a useful cover story if someone was up to something naughty. And it also makes one wonder about the highly incriminating British intelligence sourced “dossier” on Trump and his associates, which The Guardian strangely does not mention, that appeared in January. Another apparent Guardian source called GCHQ the “principal whistleblower” in sharing the information that led to the opening of an FBI investigation in July 2016, a suggestion that the British role was not exactly passive.

Image result for john brennanThe article goes on to describe how John Brennan, then CIA Chief, was personally the recipient of the material passed hand-to-hand at “director level” because of its sensitivity. So the Guardian article is essentially saying that the information was both routine and extremely sensitive, which would seem to be contradictory. Brennan was reportedly then the driving force behind launching a “major inter-agency investigation” and he briefed selected members of Congress regarding what he had obtained. Shortly thereafter leaks began appearing in the British press followed subsequently by revelations in the media in the U.S.

An October request to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) court reportedly was initiated after particularly damaging information was received from Estonia concerning Trump associate Carter Page and also regarding allegations that a Russian bank was funneling money into the Trump campaign. This led to an investigation of Page and the tapping into servers in Trump Tower, where the presidential campaign offices were located. Estonia, it should be noted, was particularly concerned about Trump comments on de-emphasizing NATO and strongly supported a Hillary victory so it is fair to speculate that the intelligence provided might have been cherry picked to make a particular case, but The Guardian fails to make that obvious point.

It is interesting to note how for the first time, in this media account, Brennan surfaces as the central player in the investigation of Team Trump. And it is perhaps not out of line to suggest that the European reporting of information on Trump associates was not exactly due to random collection of information, as The Guardian seeks to demonstrate. It could just as easily have been arranged at the “director level” by Brennan and his counterparts to disrupt the Trump campaign and enhance the electability of Hillary Clinton, which would have directly benefited Brennan and his inner circle as well as the Europeans, all of whom feared a Trump victory. Intelligence can be skewed, “fixed around a policy” or even fabricated and can say whatever one wants it to say so it is fair to suggest that the role of a politically committed John Brennan remains to be explored much more fully.

It is now being reported that Brennan will be summoned to give testimony at a closed House Intelligence Committee meeting on May 2nd. Hopefully his comments will be somehow leaked to the media plus those of James Clapper, who is also scheduled to appear. Nevertheless, one imagines that, as was the case in Comey’s first appearance, both former officials will spend most of their time refusing to confirm or deny anything.

The active participation of Brennan in the background to the 2016 electoral campaign is unprecedented and it is also suggestive of what America’s national security agencies have become, basically creatures of the White House. It is hard to escape the conclusion that Benjamin Franklin would undoubtedly deplore the fact that we have failed to keep the republic that the Founding Fathers bequeathed to us. That would be bad enough, but we are slipping into a pattern of foreign wars based on tissues of lies and deceptions by the very people who are in place to protect us, quite possibly exemplified by unscrupulous and ambitious ladder climbers like John Brennan, who was also the architect of Obama’s assassination policy. If we go to war because of suspected lack of “spirit” in our adversaries or merely because someone in the White House had a piece of chocolate cake and wanted something to talk about over his cup of espresso then we are doomed as a nation.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Shambolic Doings in Washington. “One Good Thing about Donald Trump: He is not Hillary”

In March 2011, Obama launched war on Syria to destroy its sovereignty and replace Assad with pro-Western puppet rule.

Trump upped the stakes. He escalated war, increased US terror-bombing, and doubled the number of US forces on the ground ahead of likely larger numbers coming.

His hugely dangerous war plan risks direct confrontation with Russia. Instead of governing responsibly, he’s recklessly risking possible nuclear war in the Middle East and on the Korean peninsula.

In northern Syria, hundreds of thousands of civilians are threatened by US terror-bombing – targeting infrastructure and government sites on the phony pretext of combating ISIS America created and supports.

On Monday, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres’ spokesman Staphane Dujarric issued a briefing on catastrophic humanitarian conditions in Yemen, Mosul, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and the safety of over 400,000 Syrians in Raqqa.

Around 10 million Yemenis

“require immediate assistance to save or sustain their lives,” he stressed. The country is “the largest food security emergency in the world…on the brink of (catastrophic) famine.”

Fighting and terror-bombing of Mosul continues, up to 400,000 displaced so far – in desperate need of aid. The lives and welfare of around two million Iraqis are endangered by ongoing conflict. The civilian death toll keeps mounting.

“(D)etainees in Afghanistan continue to face torture and ill-treatment in government detention facilities.”

America’s longest war continues endlessly with no prospect for resolution.

In South Sudan,

“lack of accountability for crimes perpetrated during the conflict remains one of the country’s biggest challenges.”

Syrians in and around Raqqa are exposed to daily ground fighting and US-led terror-bombing – including against infrastructure, hospitals, schools, mosques, markets and residential areas.

Unknown numbers of civilians are being killed daily, perhaps thousands before the campaign ends.

According to Dujarric,

“(i)n past weeks, civilians have been exposed to daily fighting and airstrikes which resulted in an escalating number of civilian deaths and injuries…”

“Some 39,000 (were) newly displaced,” most in open areas without shelter or protection from fighting and bombing. Desperate people are without humanitarian aid.

Russia’s intervention in Syria improved conditions greatly for its people – liberated from hundreds of areas previously controlled by US-supported terrorists, provided with humanitarian aid by Moscow and Syria to sustain them.

Separately on Monday, the US Treasury Department announced sanctions on 271 Syrian Scientific Studies and Research Center personnel – on the phony pretext of involvement in chemical weapons development.

Washington holds them responsible for developing the toxic agent used in Kahn Sheikhoun on April 4 – an incident  Syria had nothing to do with, a false flag irresponsibly blamed on its military and Bashar al-Assad.

Last Friday, Sergey Lavrov said Russia’s call for an independent, unbiased on-site investigation was “blocked by Western delegations without any explanations.”

“(O)bvious false information” is being used by America and its rogue allies to topple Assad – likely by escalated war, involving larger numbers of US forces.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump Wants Regime Change in Syria, Extended US Led Wars in Yemen, Afghanistan, South Sudan

US Naval “Armada” Menaces North Korea

April 25th, 2017 by Peter Symonds

With tensions on the Korean Peninsula already on a knife-edge, the US has dispatched the nuclear-powered submarine, the USS Michigan to the region. The submarine, which is capable of launching up to 150 Tomahawk cruise missiles from more than 1,500 kilometres, is due in the South Korean port of Busan today.

The arrival of the USS Michigan coincides with intense media speculation that North Korea will conduct a nuclear or ballistic missile test to mark its Military Foundation Day. The Trump administration has repeatedly declared that the US will use “all options” to prevent Pyongyang developing a nuclear-armed intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) capable of hitting the American mainland.

At the same time, the nuclear aircraft carrier USS Carl Vinson, complete with its strike group of guided missile destroyers and cruiser, is headed toward waters off the Korean Peninsula. The Carl Vinson was last reported in the Philippine Sea where it rendezvoused with two Japanese destroyers and will meet up with South Korean warships as it heads north. The US and South Korean air forces are also currently involved in joint war games.

The USS Ronald Reagan and its carrier strike group are based at the Japanese port of Yokosuka.

Earlier this month, President Trump warned North Korea that the US was “sending an armada” to North East Asia. “We have submarines. Very powerful. Far more powerful than the aircraft carrier. That I can tell you,” he told Fox Business Network.

Trump reinforced the threat yesterday when he met with the ambassadors of members of the UN Security Council, declaring that the status quo in North Korea was “unacceptable.” In calling on the UN to impose additional and stronger sanctions, he branded Pyongyang’s rudimentary nuclear arsenal as “a real threat to the world,” “a big world problem” that “we have to finally solve.”

US ambassador to the UN, Nikki Haley, warned that Washington would not ignore North Korea’s weapons’ testing saying: The United States is not looking for a fight so don’t give us a reason to have one.” She again called on China to put pressure on its ally North Korea to halt its nuclear and ballistic missile programs.

In a tweet last weekend, Trump again insisted that Beijing take action against Pyongyang. “China is very much the economic lifeline to North Korea. So while nothing is easy, if they want to solve the North Korean problem, they will.”

In a phone call with Trump on Sunday, Chinese President Xi Jinping urged caution. While “adamantly opposing” any contravention of UN resolutions by North Korea, Xi, according to Chinese reports, “hoped that all sides exercise restraint and avoid doing things that exacerbate tensions on the peninsula.”

The Chinese government is deeply concerned that the US could trigger a war on its doorstep and has been pushing for the resumption of negotiations with concessions both by the US and North Korea. “Only if all sides live up to their responsibilities and come together from different directions can the nuclear issue on the peninsula be resolved as quickly as possible,” Xi reportedly said.

Trump also spoke by phone with Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe who told reporters yesterday: “We’ll maintain close contact with the US and high level of monitoring and surveillance as we respond firmly on North Korea.” He said that his government agreed with Trump to “strongly demand that North Korea” show restraint and denounced Pyongyang for being “repeatedly dangerous and provocative.”

The Abe government has ramped up anxieties in Japan by issuing civil defence advice on how to respond in the event of a ballistic missile attack: to take shelter underground or in the nearest strong building. It previously suggested that plans were being drawn up for the evacuation of thousands of Japanese citizens from South Korea in the event of a conflict.

Backed by a compliant media, the US along with its allies continue to demonise the Pyongyang regime, branding it as a threat to the region and the world. While pressuring China, the Trump administration has also repeatedly declared that it is prepared to “solve” North Korea by itself.

The incessant drum beat was continued last week with statements from the US defence and state departments. Pentagon spokesman Gary Ross condemned Pyongyang for “provocative, destabilizing actions and rhetoric, saying: “North Korea’s unlawful weapons programs represent a clear, grave threat to US national security.”

The State Department denounced North Korea in similar terms before issuing a thinly veiled warning. “We do not seek military conflict, nor do we seek to threaten North Korea. However, we will respond to threats to us or our allies accordingly,” a spokesperson declared.

The North Korean regime has responded in kind with bloodcurdling threats to the US, which hand Washington a pretext for its military build-up. It branded the deployment of the USS Carl Vinson as “an extremely dangerous act by those who plan a nuclear war to invade the North” and declared that it was ready to turn the aircraft carrier into a “great heap of scrap metal” and to “bury it in the sea.”

The Trump administration has deliberately ratcheted up tensions on the Korean Peninsula, threatening pre-emptive military strikes if Pyongyang proceeds to conduct a sixth nuclear test or further ballistic missile launches. In such conditions, a miscalculation or mistake could trigger a conflict that would rapidly spiral out of control and draw in nuclear-armed powers such as China and Russia.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on US Naval “Armada” Menaces North Korea

Introduction: Humanity’s Future in Al-Biosynthetic World

In a few centuries or perhaps a few decades, Artificial Intelligence (AI) and biosynthetic engineering will be perfected to the degree that androids will closely resemble humans and biosynthetically engineered humans will resemble androids. Despite the nightmares of such a prospect for some scientists, humanist scholars and theologians, AI will be a dream becoming reality for those espousing Max More’s philosophy of “transuhumanism”; a movement whose goal is to enhance the human condition physically and intellectually through the application of scientific and technological means. (Carvalko, Joseph, The Techno-human Shell-A Jump in the Evolutionary Gap. Sunbury Press, 2012)

Whether one agrees with transhumanism or finds it abhorrent because it is merely another means of promoting eugenics, the race to transform science fiction dreams into a profitable reality is picking up speed by corporations and investors. Multinational corporations see the opportunity for billions in profits and that is all the motivation they need to move forward full speed, advertising AI research and development even now to prove that their company is decades ahead of the competition.

Besides corporations, the potential power and wealth in AI has universities, government-funded research institutions and privately-funded labs working to realize the dream without worrying about the potential risks involved for society at large. Like the nuclear bomb developed in the 1940s, the AI genie is out of the bottle and it has been since the 1940s when scientists from different fields contemplated building an artificial brain thus giving birth to the formalize scientific discipline of AI in 1956.

British code breaker Alan Turing is known as the Father of Computer Science, also a pioneer in the domain of artificial intelligence, was only at the theoretical stage in the middle of the 20th century when he was conducting research. Contemporaries of Turing, Ross Quillian and Edward Feigenbaum followed by Marvin Minsky who co-founded MIT’s AI lab were all pioneers along with corporate giant IBM. By 2016 when Minsky died, AI was the hottest field that corporations, governments, and research institutions intensely pursued, some trying to beat the competition marketing robots for various tasks in the next few years. (George Zarkadakis, In our Own Image: Savior or Destroyer? The History and Future of Artificial Intelligence, 2017).

GOOGLE’s Peter Norvik, in charge of research made the argument that there is no turning back on AI which he views as the ultimate tool in solving problems, not considering the new problems it would create.

“I don’t care so much whether what we are building is real intelligence. We know how to build real intelligence…—my wife and I did it twice, although she did a lot more of the work. We don’t need to duplicate humans. That’s why I focus on having tools to help us rather than duplicate what we already know how to do. We want humans and machines to partner and do something that they cannot do on their own.”

https://www.forbes.com/sites/gilpress/2016/12/21/artificial-intelligence-pioneers-peter-norvig-google/#7dd2f52c38c6

Image result for google AI

In 2016, there were more than 650 business deals involving $5 billion in startups for AI research. With Google leading in patent applications, Microsoft, Amazon, INTEL, Facebook, and Apple became heavily involved in the domain of AI. The same companies involved in the web and cell phones are now competing for the lucrative AI market of the future with different venture capitalists backing research and development (R & D). With the advent of the web and cell phones, R & D in AI has moved rapidly since Turing’s era into the mainstream of government in a number of countries in the world, but especially US and China which are the main competitors in the field. According to some, AI is the global arms race of the future because of its potential in every sector including defense. https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2017/02/china-artificial-intelligence/516615/; http://www.nbcnews.com/mach/features/next-global-arms-race-aims-perfect-artificial-intelligence-n685911

Because of immense institutional interest in AI, there has been a great deal written and debated about what it would all mean for society. There are tens of thousands of scholarly books and articles on the subject covering everything from scientific dimensions to social political and philosophical, some enthusiastic, others skeptical, and still others condemning AI as the new danger to humanity, even worse than motion pictures and science fiction novels depict. While most scholars are neither pessimistic nor as glowingly optimistic as Norvik about the miracle of AI awaiting the human race, there are those who cautiously point to both benefits and possible risks and skeptics cautious about the possible unforeseen consequences, some already evident with the cybergeneration of infophiles addicted to cell phones, computers, and video games.

In the early 21st century, the cybergeneration growing up in cyberspace with mechanical toys, videogames, cell phones and computers relate to machines as their reality. Accepting cyberspace as parallel to experiences with people they come into direct contact, the cybergeneration is conditioned to accept alienation from empirical reality as the norm, separating existential reality they may dread from cyber reality in which they live because they enjoy the illusion of greater control from a distance. A cybergeneration individual may have dozens or even hundreds of “cyber-friends” across the country and across the world but few if any friends in school, in the neighborhood, or at work. These cyubergeneration individuals deem detachment normal because the cyber-community has replaced the empirical one where they cannot hide behind numerous masks that cyberspace permits and promotes. The conditioning of the cybergeneration is very different than the socialization of any generation in the past that was socialized in the real community rather than in cyberspace. If this is the condition of the current cybergeneration, what would the future look like with AI robotics?

http://cyberikee.tripod.com/thinking_cyber_subjectivity_1.html

By the end of this century, the reality of children growing up with robots, holograms and bioengineered humans will be far different than it is for the generation of the early 21st century in every respect from individual to group identity. The wealthier families will have androids in their homes, most likely helping to raise and educate their children, conditioning them about the existential nature of robots as an integral part of the family like the loveable dog or cat. The less affluent middle class would be able to rent-a-robot for the ephemeral experience of it. The lower classes will feel even more marginalized because AI robotics will be out of reach for them; in fact they will be lesser beings than the robots whose intelligence and functions will be another privilege for the wealthy to enjoy. As we will see below, the sense of identity and community will be largely impacted by AI in ways difficult to conceive today for all classes.

AI, Population Explosion and the Job Market

Robotics and AI goes to the heart of how existing and new industries could widen the class gap between rich and poor, and between richer advanced countries and poorer nations. AI raises many public policy questions especially in the domain of economics and politics. This is largely because resource allocation will mean that the lower classes and less developed countries will be further marginalized in the world economy. Even in the advanced countries robots will be replacing humans in the workplace with grave social consequences in the absence of a strict regulatory regime and a social safety net for the working class.

In 2016, a White House report speculated that AI will result in higher productivity, but it will also leave millions without work while creating far greater wealth inequality than already exists. Just as the Silicon Valley has created a small wealthy class without absorbing the surplus labor force at a time that the rich-poor gap has been widening in the last three decades, similarly AI will exacerbate the trend. Apologists of the market economy reject all pessimistic scenarios, insisting that AI will deliver paradise on earth for all humanity.

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4068986/Is-job-risk-White-House-report-warns-AI-soon-leave-millions-Americans-unemployed.html; https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2014/jan/04/robots-future-society-drones

If world population reaches 9 billion by 2050 as it is expected (38% higher than in 2010), and assuming it climbs to 11.2 billion by the end of the century with 9 billion living in Africa and Asia, it is easy to envision the sorts of sociopolitical problems that AI will create in the name of solving others, mainly for the benefit of raising corporate profits. Considering that most people will live in the non-Western World, those in the West will use AI as the pretext to keep wages low and exert their political, economic, military and cultural hegemony. Xenophobic politicians and nativist groups will use AI as a pretext to keep out Africans, Asians, and Latin Americans. Heightened xenophobia with robots to the rescue of the Caucasian minority on the planet will be another dimension of those looking for a pretext to rally rightwing populists behind an authoritarian regime.

http://www.visualcapitalist.com/animation-world-population-2100-region/

Blade-RunnerIt is a given that AI will result in many benefits in every field from surgery to the auto industry, and to an estimated 700 fields according to an Oxford University study. Just as the internet has made possible the assistance of a physician in Cleveland providing live instructions and advice to a colleague carrying out surgery in the Philippines, similarly AI will result in such miracles. The issue however is the manner that corporations and government will use AI as leverage for labor policy. When the auto industry introduced robotics in the 1970s (MIT’s “Silver Arm”), auto workers reacted like Luddites in the early 19th century England because they realized that corporations used robotics as leverage to drive down wages and benefits, circumvent labor standards and policies impacting workers and their socioeconomic condition.

http://www.oxfordmartin.ox.ac.uk/downloads/academic/The_Future_of_Employment.pdf

In our era, fast food restaurants are among some industries that want to replace minimum wage workers with robots as soon as possible. Multinational corporations have been threatening government not to raise the minimum wage because robots are not far off replacing humans. Just as capitalists in early 19th century England were using the machine as leverage to determine labor policy, so do corporate CEOs in the early 21st century. Just as the British government sided with businesses against the Luddites in the era of the Napoleonic Wars, governments in the 21st century are also on the side of industry against workers.

From the perspective of the capitalist, an android can do a much better job in everything from serving food, to serving on the court bench as a judge without human prejudice which is the flaw that accounts human uniqueness. Although some argue that robots should not be used as health care providers or any area where human judgment of ethical considerations must be taken into account such as the judicial system, others insist that androids will serve humans better than people in every endeavor. As tools for human advancement and comfort, science and technology are a welcome development from a consumerist perspective, something that business and government use as an argument to fund R & D for AI.

AI could unlock immense potential for economic growth and development for the betterment of mankind, at least as far as its advocates are concerned. This assumes that the benefits of AI once fully implemented will be equally shared among all social classes across the entire world. Did all social classes and all nations advance equally because of the Scientific Revolution of the 17th century and the first Industrial Revolution in England in the 18th century? The rich-poor (northern Hemisphere vs. Southern Hemisphere) divide between northwest Europe, North America and Japan that were the core of the world capitalists system became more pronounced by continued scientific, technological, and industrial development. Scientific, technological, and industrial development under the capitalist system was hardly the solution for the lack of social justice, for widespread misery owing to poverty and disease, and lack of health and education among the poor. On the contrary, the advanced capitalist countries used technology as tools of exploitation of the Southern Hemisphere and AI technology will be no different.

Greater egalitarianism and the promise of creating a techno-scientific paradise on earth is the bait that corporations and bourgeois politicians and their apologists have been throwing to the masses for the past three centuries and they continue to do it when it comes to the AI revolution. There are studies warning about the greater gap between rich and poor people and countries that robotics will cause.

Oxford University researchers have estimated that 47 percent of U.S. jobs could be automated within the next two decades. And if even half that number is closer to the mark, workers are in for a rude awakening. In the 1800s, 80 percent of the U.S. labor force worked on farms. Today it’s 2 percent. Obviously mechanization didn’t destroy the economy. “

https://www.wired.com/brandlab/2015/04/rise-machines-future-lots-robots-jobs-humans/

Image result for robot

In Robot Nation, Stan Neilson raises the question of how a large percentage of the population will survive when corporations replace humans with robots on such a scale that half of the active work force will not be employable. Is the future of the majority of the people to serve robots serving the rich who own the robots? Will such conditions create the atmosphere for social revolutions because AI will create greater polarization than we have seen in modern history? After all, the contradiction of the AI revolution is the promise to make life better for all when it is entirely possible that it will make it much worse for the majority. While businesses and politicians are constantly trying to convince people that the AI revolution is a panacea, people will see for themselves that the benefits will accrue to the elites. Will there be a rise of a Luddite movement against robots and will the elites use robots to suppress revolutionary uprisings?

Advocates of AI insist that hyperbolic issues depicted in science fiction motion pictures and books have nothing to do with the practical reality of AI. The proponents of this new revolution believe that many new opportunities will be created by the new industry and robots will complement humans rather than humans competing with robots for jobs. The challenge for large corporations is to have the engineers to keep pace with the job demand. American companies have complained that government must do something to meet the demand shortage that forces corporations to recruit from India, China, Iran, Russia and other countries. India and China graduates 10 to 20 times more engineers (depending on the source) than the US where the field is not popular with students. On November 30, 2016, the computer sciences dean Andrew Moore testified before the congressional Subcommittee on Space, Science and Transportation that the US must have one million High School students now geared for engineering to maintain global competitiveness in AI.

https://www.cmu.edu/news/stories/archives/2016/november/moore-senate-testimony.html

The engineering glut in Asia, India, China and Japan also points to the race for AI that is seen as another tool giving the competitive advantage to whichever country crosses the finish line first with far reaching implications for the economy. Considering that about half of US engineering graduates  (54% Ph.D. and 42% MS) are foreign nationals, corporations have been asking government in the past ten years to provide more incentives, everything from scholarships to R & D grants to universities graduating engineers. Because of the enormous potential to the economy and defense sector, AI has become an important element in international competition, leaving no room to question the nuances of corporate welfare for the AI industry and about what it would mean to the active workforce of the future.

Transhumanism and Identity

Resting on the works of “transhumanist” intellectuals, the corporate, political and business advocates of AI believe the evolution of culture and identity is inevitable with the advent of robotics. Welcoming tranhumanism, the advocates believe that human beings have always evolved under very different conditions throughout human history, and they will continue to evolve physically and mentally thanks to the advancements in science and technology. While Max More’s definition of transhumanism cited below touches on some risks of AI, it stresses the benefits and it is the kind of justification that AI investors, government and industry is seeking.

  1. The intellectual and cultural movement that affirms the possibility and desirability of fundamentally improving the human condition through applied reason, especially by developing and making widely available technologies to eliminate aging and to greatly enhance human intellectual, physical, and psychological capacities.
  2. The study of the ramifications, promises, and potential dangers of technologies that will enable us to overcome fundamental human limitations, and the related study of the ethical matters involved in developing and using such technologies.
  3. http://whatistranshumanism.org/; Max More and Natasha Vita-More, The Transhumanist Reader, 2013)

Ever since British geneticist J. B. S. Haldane’s essay “Daedalus: Science and the Future” (1923), scientists advocating transhumanism have flirted with the idea of eugenics made possible by advances in science and technology. The idea of humans existing in a mechanical environment and approximating an android could be an anathema to a theologian or a humanist. For transhumanists, this is neither blasphemy nor perversion of the human condition; only its improvement.

http://www.nextbigfuture.com/2013/03/data-driven-eugenics-genetic.html

Cyberculture that has created virtual communities raises philosophical questions about identity, relationships, values, the withering of real community culture, and lifestyles that will largely be determined by the AI industry. Robot companions and infophiles are oblivious to the unknown risks that AI could pose on society, arguing that a generation or two ago skeptics of the internet had similar questions. There are those who maintain that cyberculture is egalitarian and within it there is a counterculture movement validating its democratic nature and endless possibilities for individual and cyber-identity.

Others warn that there is also a criminal and “hate group” culture operating in everything from promoting narcotics to human slavery, from neo-Nazi elements to nihilistic cults promoting suicide, all of which could potentially become much worse with AI technology.

Social engineering, which refers to the practice of manipulating people into performing actions or divulging information, is widely seen as the weakest link in the computer security chain. Cybercriminals already exploit the best qualities in humans — trust and willingness to help others — to steal and spy. The ability to create artificial intelligence avatars that can fool people online will only make the problem worse.” https://www.nytimes.com/2016/10/24/technology/artificial-intelligence-evolves-with-its-criminal-potential.html?_r=0

To apologists, cyberculture is not confined to the perimeters of the hegemonic culture of the elites simply because Silicon Valley is an integral part of corporate America. To skeptics, it has yet to be determined what role AI will play in shaping human and group identity if robotics is the domain of the business and political class. After all, large corporations and governments have a dominant role in cyberculture because they control cyberspace. Although we have no way of determining how AI will shape human identity, we do know something about the web’s influence in that regard.

In 2012, the British government commissioned a study directed by Professor Sir John Beddington on the manner the web was redefining human identity. Concluding that traditional identity based on community was becoming less relevant by web users, the study noted that there were both positive and negative influences resulting from the web community and users’ sense of identity. A segment of the population identifying with a particular sporting or cultural event could be mobilized through the web because individuals identified with that specific cause. At the same time, thousands of people could be called into political action as was the case not just with the Arab Spring uprisings, but also Occupy Wall Street and European protests.

“The internet can allow many people to realise their identities more fully. Some people who have been shy or lonely or feel less attractive discover they can socialise more successfully and express themselves more freely online”.

http://www.bbc.com/news/technology-21084945

According to the British report on web identity, there was a sharp rise of internet users becoming members of social networks in the first two decades of the 21st century, along with the prevalence of social networks that accounted for changing identity of users. This is especially in the advanced capitalist countries, but the trend has spread rapidly to India, China and other parts of the world. Given the prevalence of social networks and the web, what will AI mean to human beings and their sense of identity and community once perfected to be almost indistinguishable from humans? If Fidel Castro and Ernesto “Che” Guevara used RADIO REBELDE effectively to undertake the Cuban Revolution in the 1950s, will future generations use AI robots for social change, for personal satisfaction, for both and much more?

Image result for robotInfophiles are already becoming more like the machines they use, like surreal characters in a Franz Kafka novel or a science fiction motion picture. They crave virtual reality more than empirical reality; their relationship with their cell phones or computers outlasts any other they have with human beings. If we accept the assumption that environment shapes human nature to a large degree as empiricist philosophers ever since John Locke argued, then we must accept that a techno-science environment of AI robots used by bio-engineered humans will result in robo-humans and a world where transhumanism will be the norm.

Eager to have robots behave like the ideal human, scientists are trying to create the machine that can emulate human beings when in fact the infophile has evolved into a quasi-robotic existence. The robot can be programmed to mimic human behavior, but humans are already programmed by institutions to mimic robots. Obedience is what businesses want from employees and consumers, what government expects from its docile citizenry, what religious institutions expect of the faithful. Just as robots are subject to conformity lacking free will, similarly the masses have moved in that direction as well. It often seems as though society has moved closer to the science fiction world of Fritz Lang’s METROPOLIS, but it is all in the name of ‘progress’. Given the mechanical evolution of where capitalism is leading humanity, why should it be surprising that rich people who could afford the robot would have a problem with it as a lover or companion; after all it would be in the name of ‘progress’ and who wants to be left behind?

Future generations growing up in the world of AI will be conditioned into virtual reality as “more real” than the blood running in their veins, rejecting the real community which they cannot switch off and on like cell phones. It could be argued that the generation conditioned in infophilia has an identity not much different than our ancestors in the Age of Faith (500-1500 A.D.) who lived with the dream of achieving eternal life in Paradise. Nevertheless, the infophilia generation would be condemned to increasing alienation from the real community. As long as AI human-like robots and techno devices keep people content, at least for those with the means to afford them, humans will be aiming at techno-perfection.

To be human entails a myriad of contradictions, rational and irrational tendencies; instinctive spontaneous reaction and carefully planned; expressing free will and yearning for spiritual and emotional ventures; striving for self-improvement in every aspect of one’s character, and above all the limitless boundaries of creativity rooted in the totality of life’s empirical experiences. The robot does not have these traits and is defined by programmed behavior, or operating within certain confines even when perfected at some point in the future to account for emotional reactions and creativity. Nor does the robot have the biological sense of empathy for humans even if programmed not to harm them. This makes a robot as much the perfect soldier and police officer as it does the perfect worker to obey. In short, through robotics, corporations are designing the perfect soldier and worker and one that would be a model for humans to emulate.

Erich Fromm’s theory of social necrophilia helps to explain human behavior increasingly emulating technical devices, not merely as a byproduct of science and technology, but of sociopolitical conditioning in a world where human values are measured by inanimate objects. There is a case to be made that identity with the machine and emulating it leads to a necroculture distorting human values where inanimate objects have greater worth than human beings – materialism in a capitalist society over humanism of an anthropocentric society is the norm. (Charles Thorpe, Necroculture, 2016)

While force, social and legal/criminal justice pressures, along with religious institutions kept people docile and compliant in centuries past across the globe, it could be argued that science and technology are substitutes to religion as the new conduits to keep human beings in a state of conformity. Existential alienation that Jean-Paul Sartre addressed in Being and Nothingness is vastly exacerbated by the cyber-world in which we live. We are wired to alienation by the dominant market-oriented culture, whereas the French peasant in the 12th century was presumably content in the illusion of connectedness to the divine and hope for eternal Paradise. Either our cyber-illusions could be as fulfilling as those of our ancestors 1000 years ago, or we are merely more delusional about a false sense of hope in our cyber-controlled lives.

Beyond threatening human identity, artificial intelligence and biogenetic engineering intentionally and inadvertently will reduce even the elites into robots, affording them the illusion that because they have the means to buy the latest science and technology has to offer so they could manipulate their identity that entails control instead of subjugation to the machine. Human beings especially the wealthier ones treasure uniqueness money can buy. But instead of turning inward to develop their creative potential and build positive character traits, they turn outward to science and technology to achieve what they believe will afford them satisfaction. If the ancient Greeks created a pantheon of anthropomorphic deities to reflect the superego as well as the realization of their limitations, why shouldn’t our generation create anthropomorphic robots even if many people feel threatened by them in this embryonic phase of androids walking down the street next to humans and difficult to distinguish? Gods and heroes are a timeless human illusion and the AI industry is willing to oblige for a price.

AI Alienation and Sex-bots

Addictive behavior – drugs, drinking, gambling, etc. may become worse with the AI technology becoming more prevalent because of greater alienation from the real community and retreat into a cyberculture. Although narcotics use in the US has been an integral part of society since the Nixon administration created the war on drugs to punish blacks and the anti-war left, in our cyberspace era there is some correlation between the necroculture of which cyberculture has become an integral part and widespread use of drugs in the secular West. The culture of materialism and hedonism are certainly considerations as is marginalization and alienation of a segment of the cyberspace community. Will AI make people able to cope with alienation without resorting to narcotics and/or prescription pain killers, or will they become even more addicted because of alienation? (Fred Turner, From Counterculture to Cyberculture. 2006)

The population of the US is 4.34% of the world’s, but consumes 80% of the world’s opioids. The US also has the top spot in the use of a number of other narcotics, including cocaine and marijuana with heroin addiction infecting all communities in the nation.  It hardly comes as a surprise to most people in the age of cyberspace that human beings in much of the world are increasingly more alienated despite of the means of communications available. Symptomatic of the Industrial Revolution and rise of urbanization, alienation is hardly the result of computers and cell phones. The sense of community once enjoyed in the village, small town neighborhood, small social environments where people enjoyed personal interactions as in the place of worship have been replaced by cyberspace and they are about to become even more remote with the advent of robotic and artificial intelligence.

Those in the business of developing AI argue that their goal is to build robots more human than humans for everything from doing menial jobs around the house to satisfying the human in the bedroom. This raises many questions about the perimeters of human identity and uniqueness. Is the human mind more like a computer or is that only one of its many aspects? Some believe that sex robots will become widely used in a decade and by the middle of this century women will use mostly robots. Clearly, AI social robots, including sex-bots or companion-partners will be confined to those who can afford them, with much cheaper and crude versions for the broader rental market.

https://www.newscientist.com/article/2096530-why-grannys-only-robot-will-be-a-sex-robot/; http://www.express.co.uk/news/science/613337/Bionic-bonking-with-robots-will-become-more-common-than-normal-sex-claims-doctor

However, there are companies lining up to manufacture and market such robots, some which exist today even if in a crude form for the mass market. “Rent-a-robot” for a few hours, days or weeks when you go on that dreamy vacation to exotic islands and robo-love seems to be the acceptable trend. If need be, your hotel could make a sex robot available for you, or you can pick one up at the airport at the same location of the self-driving car rent-a-center. The sort of uninhibited sex without boundaries that science fiction films like Westworld depicted will become a reality and the lines between human and android could become as blurred as in the film Blade Runner. This eventuality will mean that teenagers could be experimenting with robots and viewing sex with the machine as normal thus encountering difficulty with humans that have emotions, thoughts, and free will that does not respond to commands.

A segment of the male population could be opting for a Stepford Wives type of relationship with a female, and for those who are into alternative sex lifestyles could be enjoying the freedom of relationships with a machine without any pressures or limitations that human impose. Everything from objectification of the sex partner to taboo sexual practices will be made much easier with robots that will change how humans view sex, emotional, and intimate relationships with other people. (Jason Lee, Sex Robots: The Future of Desire, 2017)

Therapists could be using androids to help individuals with psychological problems ranging from fear of intimacy to pedophilia and misogyny. At the same time, there is the potential that robots will be the facilitators for psychopaths to express their distorted desires that include everything from abuse to murder. The Pandora’s Box of sex robots has already been opened by many companies around the world. Nevertheless, it is still in its very early stage when very little is known about what emerges. Researchers are not in the position of determining what will emerge until it actually does by examining a large sample of cases.

At this stage, there is interest on the part of companies making crude versions of sex robots to capture the global market craving inanimate objects that are as close to human as AI permits for the relatively low price of a moderately priced car. It would hardly be surprising if Las Vegas style AI clubs appear throughout the world as part of the adult entertainment industry. Beyond the economics of the adult entertainment robot industry that promises disease-free, problem-free relationships, there is the issue of humans becoming intimate with machines, namely, robo-love/lust that reinforces proclivities toward necroculture.

https://www.bustle.com/p/is-this-the-future-of-sex-robots-49207

Civil Rights and Police-State-Militarism with AI Robots

There is nothing inevitable about the polarizing impact of AI as some have argued any more than there was anything inherently polarizing for society with the invention of the steam engine or electricity, except in so far as technology is a part of a class-based economy bound to disadvantage the lower classes in the race for capital accumulation. The issue is how the new science technology will operate under the capitalist system as an instrument of capital accumulation and how politicians, from the populist right wing that may oppose AI to the progressive left that may favor it under a certain regulatory regime intended to benefit the broader population. https://rationalaltruist.com/2014/05/14/machine-intelligence-and-capital-accumulation/

Idealists and propagandists argue that there is no reason for the new science and technology to be the servant of big capital rather than of humanity. Under the existing political economy, there is little doubt that socioeconomic problems, which many scholars fear about the implications of the AI industry, will come true. Even worse, given the current trend increasingly toward an authoritarian system parading under a thin cloak of consumerist democracy, it is highly unlikely that governments will use AI for the progress of all human beings in education, the handicapped who are unable to afford special care, etc.

Government already plays a major role not just in tax breaks and subsidies to AI research and development. In the future, government regulation and the ability of intelligence agencies to use AI for surveillance as they currently use the web and cell phones will be major issues. “Machine ethics” will include the domain of civil rights and surveillance for those coming into contact with AI robots. Some social scientists are concerned that AI robots could be subject to abuse for the more thorough exploitation of citizens and consumers. This is reflected in books and science fiction movies reflecting human concern for machine rather than fellow humans. Liability for malfunctioning robots whether as security guards at the airport, or as lovers in the bedroom will be another major policy and legal issue that is currently unknown.

https://www.21centurystate.com/articles/artificial-intelligence-to-play-bigger-role-in-policing/

In many respects, humans are already subordinated to machines in many facets of life. AI will only be an add-on. If the cell phone, computer, smart TV, even the headset are devices that permit government and corporations to monitor people, will civil liberties become non-existent in the future?  How would the AI technology enhance the existing surveillance society already here for Americans whose government and corporations have their citizens under watch? What would AI technology entail for the social contract when robots would have to be an integral part of that contract?

While some believe that robots will need protection under the law as pets or even humans, in the last analysis the robot is no different than the vacuum cleaner intended for a purpose, even if it is highly intelligent one and looks like a human fashion model. Given that the values of society are such that objects are held in higher regard than human beings, it would make sense that robots are accorded special legal treatment that not even minorities enjoys in the hands of the criminal justice system. Some advocates of AI contend that all people, but especially women, ethnic and religious minorities would be better protected by androids in the courts and criminal justice system because robots would not have human prejudices. The flip side of this is that human dignity would suffer across the board for all people subjected to AI robot surveillance and supervision. Humans could wind up becoming servants of robots in the distant future; a scenario some scientists fear. In my view, it will not be because of a robot revolution and takeover but rather the dependence of humans on robots.

The police-state militarism regime is already here concealing itself behind the very thin veil of bourgeois democracy that lacks accountability to anyone other than the capitalist class whose representatives formulate policy. The Pentagon estimates that in another 20 years the US armed forces will be composed of both humans and hi-tech machines that will be more lethal than anything we have seen in the past. Of course, the drone warfare that became popular with the Pentagon and CIA under President Barak Obama set the groundwork for machines fighting humans, destroying many innocent civilians in the process when hitting military targets in Muslim countries.

http://www.governing.com/columns/tech-talk/gov-artificial-intelligence-government-technology.html

The US government has contracted for autonomous robot soldiers with the ability to fight in the front lines and make spontaneous strategic decisions under changing battlefield conditions. Considering that drones have been largely responsible for indiscriminate killings of civilians, how would robo-soldier do in the battlefield against the amorphous “human enemy” of soldiers and civilians? Will AI create war crime conditions much worse than we have ever seen, or will it be discriminating killing and destroying?

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4068986/Is-job-risk-White-House-report-warns-AI-soon-leave-millions-Americans-unemployed.html#ixzz4ePxj71FR

The same companies working on “robo-soldiers” are also working on “robo-cop” technology. Police departments already have serious problems with their militarization approach to law enforcement, pursuing minorities with greater vigor in overzealous pursuits. Robo-cops could be an improvement or they could make police departments even more militaristic than they are already. Joergen Pedersen, the CEO of RE2 robotics and the chairman of the National Defense Industrial Association’s robotics division argued that:

“If these robots are used in manners for which they were unintended, we would expect that the officers who are there to keep citizens and themselves safe would use good judgment where the application of lethal force is a last resort.”

 http://www.defenseone.com/technology/2016/07/military-robotics-makers-see-future-armed-police-robots/129769/

Pedersen’s comment hardly inspires public confidence because it states that human officers will be making the decision on robo-cop conduct thus transferring human prejudices to the machine. Would the criminal justice system be any less racist than it is today in America because of robots if white racists are programming the robots? Considering that the robo-cops presence will make the officer feel invincible over citizens to a much greater degree than the real officers feel today, can the human power-hungry officer be trusted with a robo-cop by his side to keep order in a public demonstration against government policy about any number of issues? It is estimated that within the next two decades US police departments will be using robo-cops throughout major US cities. The combination of robo-cops and robo-soldiers could make society far more authoritarian than we have seen since the era of the Third Reich, prompting mass demonstrations against repression and polarizing society even more than it is in our time.

The universal presence of robot would mean the absence of self-determination and even the absence of humans collectively determining their own destiny.  If the robot will be more useful and smarter than any human with the ability to make countless calculations and decisions based on algorithms, then why not have robots and computers run society as they see fit so that people no longer blame social, business, religious, academic and political leaders? There is a very real danger that governments will program AI to manipulate public opinion even more than it is today where empirical truth is reduced to a relativist alternate reality amid a barrage of propaganda. Besides government manipulating public opinion to convince people that behind the thin veneer of democracy operates capitalist authoritarianism, why would corporations not be using AI to manipulate consumers and increase profits? The AI industry is itself a reflection of where capitalism is headed.

Scientific and Religious Opposition to AI

AI Skeptics claim that robots and computers cannot be programmed to account for relativism in domain of morality, ideology and culture, thus failing to best serve humanity because of the inability to account for nuances in human nature, human experiences and the unique conditions that may deviate from the pre-programmed mold. If indeed one of the great traits in human character is the capacity to doubt, to consider options, to change one’s mind, to dream and aspire, to feel torn because of dilemmas owing to moral and emotional considerations, the question becomes whether AI machines can be programmed accordingly and if so what would this mean for humans.

Two public opinion polls (2007 and 2016) indicate that the majority of Americans have no fear of AI robotics in the manner that motion pictures and science fiction books depict them. Understandably, respondents were more worried about their fellow humans that intentionally cause harm rather than programmed robots. Because living standards have been declining in the age of the internet whose proponents had been promising techno-paradise on earth for all people, many do not see how things could become worse with thinking machines. In a public opinion poll conducted in 2016, 53% of the respondents replied that it is important to proceed with AI research and development, while 15% agree with some scientists warning that AI is potentially dangerous. Another 20% see no need for AI, presumably because human beings are sufficient to carry out tasks of these robots.

http://www.cbsnews.com/news/60-minutes-vanity-fair-poll-artificial-intelligence/

A public opinion poll conducted in 2007, asked:

“Do you, for some reason, fear the current and/or future increase of artificial intelligence?” RESULTS: 16.7% Yes, I find the idea of intelligent machines frightening (1002 votes); 27.1% No, I don’t find intelligent machines frightening (1632 votes); 56.3% I’m not afraid of intelligent machines, I’m afraid of how humans will use the technology (3366 votes).

http://www.thinkartificial.org/web/the-fear-of-intelligent-machines-survey-results/

To some degree, public opinion polls on AI actually reflect the concerns of scientists and scholars, including theologians and religious leaders. Most scientists are well aware of both the potential benefits and possible risks involved in the AI industry as it becomes a major segment of the economy. World renowned physicist Stephen Hawking has argued that AI has the potential of becoming the most worthy contribution to humanity but also the instrument of its destruction. Thousands of scholars have expressed serious reservations about AI but for different reasons, some for political, others for ethical, others for man’s inability to control his own inventions from taking over and turning against humanity.

http://www.newsweek.com/ai-asilomar-principles-artificial-intelligence-elon-musk-550525

Some scientists estimate that by the end of this century AI robots will have superhuman intellectual capabilities. One key question is whether AI will make humans more intelligent or intellectually and creatively lazy because the machine will think and work for them. Some scholars believe that computer technology is actually making humans less intelligent, while others insist the computer will never be as smart as their human programmers and it is but a tool for human development. Advocates of AI argue that most likely humans will evolve along with robots, although it may take genetic modification for humans, those whose parents can afford it, to keep up with the robot.

http://nautil.us/issue/28/2050/dont-worry-smart-machines-will-take-us-with-them

There is evidence to indicate that the average middle class child in the Western World is more intelligent in 2017 than a child growing up in the 1950s. At the same time, however, the average child of the early 1950s used her/his brain to solve problems, whereas today’s child resorts to the computer for everything from problem-solving and analysis to information and memory. The machine facilitates and speeds up research and communication, but it also makes the user intellectually lazy. Even worse, the computer can make the user cynical often unable to distinguish between what is useful and edifying and that which is useless or potentially destructive.

Although the cell phone and computer make it much easier to communicate and gather information, the web cannot think or make judgment for the individual about what is true and what has scientific, scholarly and ethical validity. This is where the vast “garbage” of the web enters into the picture, overloaded with all sorts of completely useless, untruthful, unscientific, and often harmful material that many people embrace as empirical fact; a reflection of a value judgment on the part of the web user. The ability to determine what is truly for the edification of humankind and what is useless or even harmful remains a human endeavor and one that the computer or AI robot cannot carry out in the absence of a program.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/mr-personality/201305/is-technology-making-us-stupid-and-smarter

The debate about AI technology raises old questions about human nature. Viewed from the perspective of a neuroscientist, the debate about the mind goes to the heart of understanding consciousness (aware of one’s existence and surroundings) and whether that particular feature can be replicated in a robot. While some scientists and of course advocates of AI believe it is possible to create robots that are self-aware, others are skeptical. If one takes the view of the brain as another mechanical device and consciousness limited to the definition of memories, thought processes, then it is easier to see how AI proponents would conclude robots will be no different than humans.

If we accept the brain as a machine-like device, then we are not far apart from accepting AI in every aspect of human society, including as intimate partners. Politicians of the future could be consulting robots on how to make a policy decisions. Generals about to launch a military strike, or media editors deciding what news stories the public needs to see/hear and how to deliver such information could be carried out with the assistance of computers and robots. Because all of this in a primitive form takes place right now, we are already in the pre-AI phase of a robo-society where the hegemonic culture is conditioning robo-citizens into conformity.

Many theologians and philosophers believe that AI will simply make humans more like robots depriving them of their soul; a controversial position for those who doubt there is such a thing as a “soul”. One could argue that 17th century rationalist philosophers Rene Descartes, Baruch Spinoza and Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz had a much more mechanical view of humans than philosophers before the Scientific Revolution when religion dominated everyone’s worldview. If the living body is an “automaton” and God the computer programmer, then why is AI so vastly different with humans playing the role of God as the Grand Programmer?

Critics, especially theologians, argue that humans are more than merely mechanical devices like a robot because they have a conscious, a soul for those who believe in its existence as either separate from or an integral part of the brain. AI technology may pose a very serious threat to religion; more so than Charles Darwin’s work on evolution that remains unacceptable even today for many yielding to religious dogma. Despite religious reservations about the new technology, houses of worship are among the first to use it to reach the faithful through computers, advertise and project their services online. If “tele-worship” is already here and now, how far behind would the houses of worship be when it comes to using AI robots in all sorts of ways, insisting they are instruments of God serving mankind’s path to salvation! Just as opportunism drives corporations to pursue research and development and government to want “robo-soldiers” and “robo-cops”, all other domains in society, including religion will adapt to the new AI technology, setting aside their dogmatic opposition. After all, what could be greater than using a robot as a model of an obedient servant to God in the name of redemption which humans ought to emulate? Isn’t blind robotic obedience what religion always expects of its faithful?

Conclusions

Regardless of what many critics warn about the risks once AI becomes commercially viable, the potential for immense profits and power are the sole motivating factors. Naturally, there will be a high-end market, and medium to low-end for the mass consumer looking to emulate the experience of the elites by renting these machines. Biosynthetic engineering fits into a similar elitist mold, despite the promise of providing miracles in human health and wellness for the sake of a ‘wellness society’.

Of course, the issue of scientific and technological progress goes beyond rich people having a robot as servant or an intimate partner (SEX-BOT), or deciding that their offspring must have blue eyes, blonde hair, and an athletic built. Nor is the issue about how cheaply robots in fast food restaurants can serve French fries to customers; how fast they can go in a self-driving car; or how doctors could be providing the option to those who can afford it of freeing their children from crippling hereditary diseases. AI raises a public policy debate with many dimensions for the entire social structure impacted by new science and technology in a very uneven manner. Because moral reasoning programmed into an AI device will have the inherent limitations of its programmer (s), this raises questions about social justice as a goal for society where the elites will use AI as instruments of exploitation.

AI also raises the issue of human evolution of the elites that will set themselves apart from the rest of humanity existing outside the world of AI; elites that will be able to afford the dream of super-race status; of techno-flawlessness as a way of life emulating their robot partners that would have either replaced or supplemented their human partners. This is not an issue of defining human beings so narrowly that they only fit the mold of pre-civilization hunter-gatherers, or even pre-industrial era peasant existing in self-sufficiency and immersed in religion and superstition.

In a globalized economy and culture where the means of communication are instantly bringing people closer together than at any time in history AI will have profound ramifications working as much in favor as against the elites by groups using AI to change the status quo. Revolutionary movements, resistance, protest and dissidence will change because of AI. The dialectic will continue because AI cuts both ways, no matter what the corporate world and bourgeois politicians wish for their robots as their exclusive servants against society.

Creativity’s boundaries are as endless as the universe. While human creativity has resulted in the edification of mankind, creativity also extends to the domain of weapons of mass destruction for which there can be no possible defense for anyone with a modicum of social conscience; something that nuclear physicist Robert Oppenheimer discovered after realizing the atomic bomb’s destructive potential to humanity. AI can be a useful tool that enhances the human experience but with it will come the destructive aspects used for by governments for wars and police-state methods. Realistically, no matter what ethicists, politicians, theologians and scientists argue, the voice that matters mostly in the AI industry is that of capitalists.

Among others, American billionaire Mark Cuban speculates that the world’s first trillionaires will be those with the ability to master all aspects of artificial intelligence and derivative industries. No doubt, such an appetizing dream has many companies investing in artificial intelligence research and development. The recognition that the new industry of the future will be operating under existing rules of capitalism is a tacit acknowledgement that AI will not solve any of the outstanding social, economic and political problems.

http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2016/09/berg.htm

Just as advancements in science and technology operating under the capitalist system did not result in social justice, the AI industry is merely a continuation of scientific, technological, industrial development and hardly a panacea for society’s larger economic, social and political problems. Their hypocritical claims to the contrary aside, corporations will use AI to amass profits not to enhance the lives of human beings. This means exploiting everyone as a consumer, from small children to the elderly and the physically and mentally ill. Human beings will gravitate toward AI because they have a predisposition to acquire godlike qualities, a quest to experience even vicariously what it is like to remain forever young, immortal and as close to perfect as possible. AI will afford the opportunity to the wealthier class to enjoy the privilege of the godlike satisfaction.

Jon V. Kofas, Ph.D. – Retired university professor of history – author of ten academic books and two dozens scholarly articles. Specializing in International Political economy, Kofas has taught courses and written on US diplomatic history, and the roles of the World Bank and IMF in the world.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Artificial Intelligence: Socioeconomic, Political and Ethical Dimensions

Syria: U.S. Moves To Cut Off The East – But For What?

April 25th, 2017 by Moon of Alabama

The situation in the north-west Syria is turning favor of the Syrian government, though much work needs to be done. The army is recovering new ground in Hama governate and an intense bombing campaign is waged over Idelb governate which is held by al-Qaeda. As an analyst generally in favor of the opposition concedes:

Continued support for the northwest insurgency amounts to effectively subsidizing a jihadist safe haven in the Levant.

The proxy war against the Syrian regime in the northwest, for the West, is lost.

The head of al-Qaeda, Ayman al-Zawahri, agrees. He tells his forces in Syria stop holding land and to revert to guerilla war:

Ayman al-Zawahri told the jihadis, who control Syria’s northwestern Idlib province and other territory, to remain steadfast and change tactics in order to wage guerrilla war.

Al-Qaeda began fighting alongside Syria’s rebels early in the civil war and won allies among the opposition because of its military prowess. Al-Qaeda’s official branch, the Nusra Front, changed its name to the Fatah al-Sham Front and formally cut ties with al-Qaeda last year, but is still widely seen as being linked to the global terror network.

Map via ISW – see bigger picture 

In the south-west Israel is trying to steal another part of the Golan Heights by giving fire support for al-Qaeda groups which fight against the Syrian army in the area.

Attacks by “moderate rebels” in the south, supported by the U.S. and Jordan, have failed to take ground in the city of Deraa. They need to take the city to have some anchor for an “independent” southern “safe zone” from which the U.S. proxies could then threaten Damascus.

At the begin of April Kurdish forces under U.S. command had loudly announced that they would soon attack Raqqa and take it from the Islamic State. But no attacks on Raqqa have been seen. The operation seems to be at a halt. ISIS forces are allegedly moving from Raqqa further east to Deir Ezzor.

In south-east Syria U.S. supported “rebel” forces have moved from Jordan northward into the Syrian desert (not yet shown on the map above). They plan is to move further north towards Raqqa and to meet up with U.S. Kurdish proxy forces. This move would cut any land route from west-Syria to Deir Ezzor where a garrison of the Syrian army is protecting more than 100,000 civilians by holding out against ISIS forces. From Jordan the U.S. trained and supplied “rebels” are also moving east along the Iraqi-Syrian border. This will hinder Iraqi forces from moving into Syria and against ISIS in support the Syrian government forces in Deir Ezzor.

The whole Syrian east will thereby be cut off and under control of U.S. proxy forces. But what are the U.S. plans for this area? While the area has some oil and gas it is landlocked, lacks infrastructure and governance with mostly hostile forces surrounding it. The forces the U.S. supports are prone to infighting. It will be hard to defend the area against any serious attack. U.S. and Jordan forces will be needed to keep it under control. For how long?

I fail to see a larger strategic plan behind this that would make any sense. But the same architects that launched the failed war against Iraq are behind this move. The neocons are back and very happy about the new course of the Trump presidency. The architect of the war in Iraq, Paul Wolfowitz, is now collaborating with the neocon officers in the Trump cabinet:

In recent days he‘s jumped right back into the public debate, nudging President Trump from the pages of the Wall Street Journal to follow up his bombing strike in neighboring Syria with more aggressive action—and, he tells me, privately emailing with Trump Defense Secretary Jim Mattis and national security advisor H.R. McMaster, both longtime contacts since his Bush days, in hopes they will pursue a U.S. strategy of stepped-up engagement in the Middle East.

Mattis is currently traveling through the Gulf countries to collect money for future U.S. plans in Syria and elsewhere. The neocon senators John McCain and Lindsey Graham will tonight have a private dinner with Trump in the White House. No sensible strategy has ever come from these folks. But their lunatics plan always causes huge damage for little if any gain.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Syria: U.S. Moves To Cut Off The East – But For What?

Selected Articles: US Destabilization Plots, Trump on Wikileaks

April 25th, 2017 by Global Research News

Destabilization Plots Against Syria and Venezuela

By Hugo Turner, April 24, 2017

Trump is massively expanding every dirty war and destabilization campaign the Empire is involved in and doubtless in future months we will learn of countries now peaceful being thrown into chaos as a result of CIA/NED operations now being launched of which we have no idea. We can only hope that Russia and China are working on some plans of their own.

East Asia Nuclear Roulette. Possible Nuclear War, by Design or By Accident

By Stephen Lendman, April 24, 2017

Nine nations have nukes: America, Russia, China, Britain, France, India, Pakistan, Israel and North Korea.

Given heightened world tensions, especially in East Asia, the Middle East, and US hostility toward multiple countries, possible nuclear war may be inevitable, perhaps just a matter of time.

Russia And Qatar: Back Channel Diplomacy Over Syria

By Andrew Korybko, April 25, 2017

As a prelude to pragmatically bringing Qatar into the fold, Russia sold nearly 20% of oil giant Rosneft to the Kingdom and a Swiss firm in a joint deal announced at the end of last year, a power move which instantly brought the two competing powers together on a separate apolitical plane guided by common economic self-interests. This major move completely changed the calculations which had hitherto gone into analyzing the nature of Russian-Qatari relations, and it’s thus no surprise that Russia shortly thereafter began talking about including its new Mideast partner into the Astana format.

Candidate Trump: ‘I Love Wikileaks.’ President Trump: ‘Arrest Assange!’

By Rep. Ron Paul, April 25, 2017

Back then he praised Wikileaks for promoting transparency, but candidate Trump looks less like President Trump every day. The candidate praised whistleblowers and Wikileaks often on the campaign trail. In fact, candidate Trump loved Wikileaks so much he mentioned the organization more than 140 times in the final month of the campaign alone! Now, as President, it seems Trump wants Wikileaks founder Julian Assange sent to prison.

Syria: Trump Trying to Force Putin to Capitulate

By Eric Zuesse, April 25, 2017

The Trump Administration is demanding Russian President Vladimir Putin to abandon support for Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, and has blocked at the United Nations an investigation-team’s being sent to the alleged site of the alleged sarin-gas attack that the Trump Administration alleges was perpetrated by the forces of Assad.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: US Destabilization Plots, Trump on Wikileaks

Le catene di «ancoraggio» agli Usa

April 25th, 2017 by Manlio Dinucci

Giornali e telegiornali hanno dato scarso rilievo all’incontro Trump-Gentiloni. Eppure è stato un evento tutt’altro che formale. Per Gentiloni si trattava di fugare le ombre sull’atteggiamento del suo governo verso il nuovo presidente Usa, lasciate dall’aperto sostegno del governo Renzi (in cui Gentiloni era ministro degli esteri) a Obama e alla Clinton contro Trump nelle elezioni presidenziali.

Gemtiloni c’è riuscito benissimo ribadendo, indipendentemente da chi sieda alla Casa Bianca, l’«ancoraggio storico» dell’Italia agli Stati uniti, «pilastro della nostra politica estera». Il presidente Trump ha reso merito all’Italia, ricordando che «oltre 30 mila militari americani e loro familiari sono stazionati attraverso tutto il vostro paese» e che l’Italia, dopo gli Usa, «è il secondo maggiore contributore di truppe nei conflitti in Iraq e Afghanistan».

Il contributo italiano è in realtà maggiore di quello riconosciuto da Trump. Lo dimostra la crescente quantità di armi inviate in Medioriente dalle basi Usa/Nato in Italia, ufficialmente per la guerra al terrorismo.

Tali spedizioni sono rintracciabili seguendo il percorso di determinate navi: ad esempio il cargo «Excellent» (battente bandiera maltese, ma con equipaggio italiano), noleggiato dal ministero della Difesa, è partito il 19 aprile da Piombino dopo aver imbarcato un grosso quantitativo di blindati Lince e armi; ha fatto scalo due giorni dopo ad Augusta, punto strategico per rifornimenti di combustibile e munizionamento, dirigendosi quindi attraverso il Canale di Suez al porto di Gedda in Arabia Saudita. Qui era già arrivata il 9 aprile la nave Usa «Liberty Passion» proveniente da Livorno, aprendo un regolare servizio mensile per il trasporto di armi dalla base Usa di Camp Darby al Medioriente per le guerre in Siria, Iraq e Yemen.

Nella conferenza stampa con Trump, Gentiloni ha detto che «l’Italia non è coinvolta nelle operazioni militari in Siria salvo che per aspetti marginali».

Che il ruolo dell’Italia sia tutt’altro che marginale, lo dimostra l’attacco missilistico ordinato dal presidente Trump contro la base siriana di Shayrat: l’operazione bellica è stata effettuata da due navi della Sesta Flotta con base a Gaeta, sotto il Comando delle forze navali Usa in Europa con quartier generale a Napoli-Capodichino, ed è stata appoggiata dalle basi Usa di Sigonella e Niscemi in Sicilia, affiancate da quella di Augusta.

Trump ha inoltre ringraziato Gentiloni per «la leadership italiana nella stabilizzazione della Libia» dove, ha precisato, gli Usa non hanno intenzione di intervenire essendo impegnati su troppi fronti. In altre parole ha confermao che l’Italia ha l’incarico, nell’Alleanza sotto comando Usa, di mettere piede nelle sabbie mobili libiche provocate dalla guerra Nato del 2011.

Gentiloni si è detto «fiero del contributo che diamo noi italiani alla sicurezza dell’Alleanza in tante aree del mondo». Compresa la regione baltica dove l’Italia invia forze militari in funzione anti-Russia, pur ritenendo «utile il dialogo perfino con la Russia, senza rinunciare alla nostra forza e ai nostri valori». Gentiloni si è detto «fiero anche del contributo finanziario dell’Italia alla sicurezza dell’Alleanza», garantendo che, «nonostante certi limiti di bilancio, l’Italia rispetterà l’impegno assunto», ricordatogli insistentemente da Trump: portare la spesa militare al 2% del pil, ossia dai 63 milioni di euro al giorno dichiarati dalla Pinotti (più altre spese militari extra budget della Difesa) a 100 milioni di euro al giorno.

«Noi italiani manteniamo sempre gli impegni presi», ha detto Gentiloni a Trump con una punta di orgoglio nazionale.

Manlio Dinucci

  • Posted in Italiano
  • Comments Off on Le catene di «ancoraggio» agli Usa

A day before opposition leaders convened more protests in Caracas calling for the ouster of Venezuela’s government, the country’s leader has accused the United States of working with right-wing leaders towards a coup.

“The U.S. government, the State Department has given the green light, the approval for a coup process to intervene in Venezuela,” President Nicolas Maduro said, speaking from the Miraflores Palace.

Maduro said that security forces had arrested an “armed commando group sent by the opposition in order to attack the mobilization called by the right-wing for Wednesday to generate violence and deaths in the country.” An investigation has been opened to determine who is behind the plan.

According to the Venezuelan leader, who also pointed to a U.S. State Department statement issued Tuesday evening warning of an “international response” should “peaceful protests” face repression, the U.S. government wrote up a coup scenario for opposition leader Julio Borges.

The “scenario” Maduro referred to consists in generating violence and deaths before blaming the Venezuelan government for allegedly violently attacking political opponents. Then the plot leaders would demand immediate elections, ahead of Maduro’s official end of term in 2019.

“No more coups in Venezuela, no more plots,” said Maduro, adding that he activated a public security plan to maintain order.

The Venezuelan leader also called on government supporters to take the streets in the defense of the 18-year Bolivarian Revolution, which has seen an unprecedented internal and external attack in recent months.

The demonstrations come after weeks of opposition-led anti-government demonstrations calling for the ouster of the country’s Supreme Court judges as well as President Nicolas Maduro. According to reports, among those killed in the ensuing violence include a 13-year-old boy who was shot Wednesday when opposition protesters entered a social housing complex and an 83-year-old woman who was not able to receive medical attention due to opposition roadblocks.

Opposition protesters have vandalized various areas in Caracas in recent days causing economic damage estimated at around 50 billion bolivars, President Maduro announced Sunday. A high school, a community health center, various subsidized food markets and several government ministries have also reportedly been severely affected.

The opposition MUD alliance has called for a “Mega March” protest in Caracas on Wednesday and estimate a large turnout with promotions flooding social media.

Officials fear that there could be violence should they attempt to redirect marches to areas where pro-government demonstrators will be gathered.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on US Has Given Green Light for Coup in Venezuela: Maduro

 

Analysis of the Times and Locations of Critical Events in the Alleged Nerve Agent Attack at 7 AM on April 4, 2017 in Khan Sheikhoun, Syria

Introduction

This report corrects an important error in the earlier report released on April 18, 2017 titled The Nerve Agent Attack that Did Not Occur: Analysis of the Times and Locations of Critical Events in the Alleged Nerve Agent Attack at 7 AM on April 4, 2017 in Khan Sheikhoun, Syria.

Khan Sheikhoun, Syria: The Nerve Agent Attack that Did Not Occur By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 19, 2017

See also

Video: White House Intelligence Report on Idlib Chemical Attack “Misinterprets Evidence”, “Politically Motivated”By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 18, 2017

Assessment of White House Intelligence Report About Nerve Agent Attack in Khan Shaykhun, Syria By Dr. Theodore Postol, April 13, 2017

 

In my earlier report released on April 18, 2017 I misinterpreted the wind-direction convention which resulted in my estimates of plume directions being exactly 180° off in direction. This document corrects that error and provides very important new analytic results that follow from that error.

When the error in wind direction is corrected, the conclusion is that if there was a significant sarin release at the crater as alleged by the White House Intelligence Report issued on April 11, 2017 (WHR), the  immediate result would have been significant casualties immediately adjacent to the dispersion crater.

The fact that there were numerous television journalists reporting from the alleged sarin release site and there was absolutely no mention of casualties that would have occurred within tens to hundreds of meters of the alleged release site indicates that the WHR was produced without even a cursory low-level review of commercial video data from the site by the US intelligence community. This overwhelmingly supports the conclusion that the WHR identification of the crater as a sarin release site should have been accompanied with an equally solid identification of the area where casualties were caused by the alleged aerosol dispersal. The details of the crater itself unambiguously show that it was not created by the alleged airdropped sarin dispersing munition.

These new details are even more problematic because the WHR cited commercial video as providing information that it used to derive its conclusions that there was a sarin attack from an airdropped munition at this location.

As can be seen by the corrected wind patterns in the labeled photographs on the next page, the predicted direction of the sarin plume would take it immediately into a heavily populated area. The area immediately adjacent to the north northwest of the road is may not be populated, as there was likely heavy damage to those homes facing the road from a bombing attack that occurred earlier at a warehouse to the direct east of the crater (designated on map below). However, houses that were immediately behind those on the road would have been substantially shielded from shock waves that could have caused heavy damage to those structures.

Since the reported wind speeds were very low, and the area is densely packed with buildings, a sarin dispersal would certainly not have simply followed a postulated plume direction as shown with the blue lines in the map below. Sarin aerosol and gas would have been dispersed both laterally and downwind by building fronts and would also have been dispersed downward and upward as the gases and aerosols were gently carried by winds modified by the presence of walls, space ways and other structures. A purely notional speculation on how a sarin plume might be dispersed by the structures as prevailing winds push the aerosol and gas through the structures is shown in the figure at the bottom of page 4.

The complicated wind pattern inside the densely populated living area would have resulted in sarin accumulating in basements and rooms that are roughly facing into the wind. There would also have been areas in spaces between buildings where sarin densities were much higher or much lower as the gentle prevailing winds moved around corners and created pockets of high and low density sarin concentrations.

In addition, the crater-area where the alleged sarin release was supposed to have occurred was close enough to the densely populated downwind area that significant amounts of sarin that would have fallen near the crater during the initial aerosol release would have resulted in a persistent plume of toxic sarin being carried into this populated area as the liquid on the ground near the crater evaporated during the day.

The close proximity to the crater would have certainly led to high casualties within the populated area.

Postol P1

Postol P1a

The images on page 4 are taken from two different videos published on YouTube by the same crew of journalists who reported in detail on the site of the alleged sarin attack. Additional video frames from these two videos are shown on pages five and six.

In one of the video reports the journalist takes the observer on a short walk to the location of a dead goat. A close-up of the dead goat suggests that the animal was foaming at its mouth and nose as it died.

Video taken from a drone at high-altitude operated by the television crew shows the location of the dead goat, which is clearly well up wind of the sarin release point. Under all but implausible conditions, the wind would have carried sarin away from the goat and it would not have been subjected to a significant dose of sarin had largely been within the area where it was found.

If one instead guesses that the goat might have been wandering around and had wandered into the path of the newly dispersed sarin, the goat should have been found on the ground near the release point as the sarin dose within the plume would have killed it very quickly.

Other images from the video report are of two examples of dead birds. Neither of these video images can be connected to the crater scene as there was no continuity of evidence from the movement of the cameras.

This assessment with corrected wind directions leads to a powerful new set of questions – why were the multiple sets of journalists who were filming at the crater where the alleged sarin release occurred not showing the numerous victims of the alleged release who would have been immediately next to the area?

It is now clear that the publicly available evidence shows exactly where the mass nerve agent poisoning would have occurred if in fact there was an event where significant numbers of people were poisoned by a nerve agent release. This does not rule out the possibility of a nerve agent release somewhere else in the city. However, this completely discredits the WHR’s claims that they knew where the nerve agent release occurred and that they knew the nerve agent release was the result of a airdropped munition.

There is a second issue that I have refrained from commenting on in the hope that such a discussion would not be necessary.

The mainstream media is the engine of democracy. Without an independent media providing accurate and unbiased information to citizens, a government can do pretty much what it chooses without interference from the citizens who elected it. The critical function of the mainstream media in the current situation should be to report the facts that clearly and unambiguously contradict government claims.

This has so far not occurred and this is perhaps the biggest indicator of how incapacitated the mechanisms for democratic governance of the United States have become.

The facts are now very clear – there is very substantial evidence that the President and his staff took decisions without any intelligence, or far more likely ignored intelligence from the professional community that they were given, to execute an attack in the Middle East that had the danger of creating an inadvertent military confrontation with Russia. The attack has already created a very serious further downward spiral in Russian-US relations, and has had the effect of seriously undermining US efforts to defeat the Islamic State – a common enemy of the United States, Russia, and the Western European powers.

As such, it is a sacred duty of the mainstream media to our democracy and its people to investigate and report on this matter properly.

Video Images of the Area where the Alleged Sarin-Releasing Crater Was Extensively Photographed and Reported on by Local Journalists in Khan Sheikhoun

Postol P 4a

Postol P4b

Postol P4c

Video Images from the First of Two Videos of the Area where the Alleged Sarin‑Releasing Crater Was Extensively Photographed and Reported  by Local Journalists in Khan Sheikhoun

Postol - P5

Video Images from the Second of Two Videos of the Area where the Alleged Sarin‑Releasing Crater Was Extensively Photographed and Reported on by Local Journalists in Khan Sheikhoun

Postol P6

Here’s the pdf version of Dr. Postol’s essay: Postol – Important Correction to the Nerve Agent Attack that Did Not Occur Analysis of the Alleged Nerve Agent Attack at 7 AM on April 4_2017 in Khan Sheikhoun_Syria_(April 21, 2017) 

Theodore A. Postol is a professor emeritus of science, technology, and national security policy at MIT. Postol’s main expertise is in ballistic missiles. He has a substantial background in air dispersal, including how toxic plumes move in the air. Postol has taught courses on weapons of mass destruction – including chemical and biological threats – at MIT.  Before joining MIT, Postol worked as an analyst at the Office of Technology Assessment, as a science and policy adviser to the chief of naval operations, and as a researcher at Argonne National Laboratory.  He also helped build a program at Stanford University to train mid-career scientists to study weapons technology in relation to defense and arms control policy. Postol is a highly-decorated scientist, receiving the Leo Szilard Prize from the American Physical Society, the Hilliard Roderick Prize from the American Association for the Advancement of Science, and the Richard L. Garwin Award from the Federation of American Scientists.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Important Correction: The Nerve Agent Attack that did Not Occur, Khan Sheikhoun, Syria

Syria: Trump Trying to Force Putin to Capitulate

April 25th, 2017 by Eric Zuesse

The Trump Administration is demanding Russian President Vladimir Putin to abandon support for Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, and has blocked at the United Nations an investigation-team’s being sent to the alleged site of the alleged sarin-gas attack that the Trump Administration alleges was perpetrated by the forces of Assad. Instead of allowing an international team to investigate, President Trump’s team, on Monday April 24th, headlined that it “Sanctions 271 Syrian Scientific Studies and Research Center Staff in Response to Sarin Attack on Khan Sheikhoun”, so as to “target the scientific support center for Syrian dictator Bashar al-Assad’s horrific chemical weapons attack on innocent civilian men, women, and children.”

Russian Television reported U.S. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson, on April 6th, two days after the alleged sarin attack, as essentially demanding Putin’s capitulation, regarding the Syrian war:

“’It is very important that the Russian government consider carefully their support for Bashar al-Assad.’ Tillerson added. Asked if the US will lead a regime change effort in Syria, Tillerson said that ‘those steps are underway.’”

In other words, the Trump Administration is continuing what had originally been the Obama Administration’s objective, prior to Russia’s entry into the war on Assad’s side on 30 September 2015: regime-change in Syria. The Trump Administration is apparently willing to go to war against Russia in order to remove Assad and replace him with a leader who is supported by the U.S., Saudis, and America’s other allies in the war to replace Syria’s existing government.

Tillerson’s Russian counterpart, Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, was quoted by Russian Television on April 21st, as saying:

“I believe that it’s a very serious situation, because now it’s obvious that false information about the use of chemical weapons by the Syrian government is being used to move away from implementing Resolution 2254 [the UN’s plan for a negotiated settlement of the Syrian crisis, that was reached between Lavrov and his then-counterpart John Kerry, near the end of Obama’s Presidency], which stipulates a political settlement with the participation of all the Syrian parties, and aims to switch to the long-cherished idea of regime change.”

MIT’s Dr. Theodore Postol, America’s most highly honored expert on intelligence-analysis, has been trying unsuccessfully to obtain U.S. press-coverage of flaws in the official White House document, “White House Intelligence Report” concerning the alleged sarin event on April 4th; and, in apparent frustration at the total lack of mainstream coverage of this in the United States, Dr. Postol closed his latest analysis of the source-evidence that the document had relied upon, by saying:

“The mainstream media is the engine of democracy. … The critical function of the mainstream media in the current situation should be to report the facts that clearly and unambiguously contradict government claims. This has so far not occurred. … The President and his staff took decisions without any intelligence, or far more likely ignored intelligence from the professional community that they were given, to execute an attack in the Middle East that had the danger of creating an inadvertent military confrontation with Russia.”

The present news-report is being submitted to all U.S. news media, for publication without charge, in the hope that Dr. Postol’s analysis, and other critical analyses of the White House Intelligence Report, will be made public by the U.S. news media, given that the Trump Administration is blocking any third-party independent scientific investigation into this important matter, and a war between the United States and Russia could result.

Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Syria: Trump Trying to Force Putin to Capitulate

Will War Follow Another North Korea Nuclear Test?

April 25th, 2017 by Stephen Lendman

On Monday, Xi Jinping and Trump spoke for the second time by phone on North Korea since the Chinese president’s visit to Mar-a-Lago earlier this month.

Instead of stressing peaceful resolution of the issue alone, Xi said all parties must

“shoulder their due responsibilities and meet each other halfway.”

Yet he called for “restraint,” avoiding “provocative actions,” and strictly observing Security Council resolutions to resolve things.

Both leaders want the Korean peninsula denuclearized, Beijing justifiably concerned if conflict erupts, its national security will be threatened.

Preventing it by pressuring Pyongyang to halt further nuclear and ICBM tests appears to be China’s red line. It’s the only country able to get concessions from the DPRK – whether on its nuclear and missile programs remains a test for its leadership.

Separately, China’s Foreign Minister Wang Yi said his country will not be swayed by the various statements (made by parties involved), and will not renounce its due responsibility.

“China will continue maintaining dialogue and consultation with all sides and continue playing a constructive role in solving the nuclear issue on the Korean peninsula.”

Last week, Beijing endorsed a US-proposed Security Council statement, condemning Pyongyang’s failed April 16 ballistic missile test.

It demanded halting all activities in violation of SC resolutions. The DPRK responded by threatening “catastrophic consequence” if Beijing sides with Washington on these issues.

Last Friday, the Beijing-linked Global Times (GT) called for a “realistic solution (to) the NK nuke issue” – expecting another nuclear and ICBM test, warning of an “emergency situation” if they’re conducted.

China’s situation is delicate. So far, it’s unsuccessfully tried getting Pyongyang to halt its tests in return for Washington and South Korea calling off or suspending their joint large-scale military exercises – ones the DPRK believes is preparation for war.

According to GT,

the only remaining option for Beijing is to take only one step first, and then look around before taking another. Beijing will do what it should do, instead of doing something it does not want to do, or is unable to do.”

Above all, China wants war prevented, potentially catastrophic if erupts, especially pitting two nuclear powers against each other on Beijing’s border.

China opposes Pyongyang’s nuclear and ICBM programs – short of resolving the situation militarily.

On Tuesday, GT asked if Pyongyang will wisely step back from the brink. If not, a “point of no return may be crossed,” it said, risking another Korean peninsula war, the North suffering most of all.

A best case scenario under dire conditions is stiffer sanctions, including by China, short of crippling ones. If Washington launches attacks, Pyongyang “will be forced to make a life-or-death decision,” said GT.

Failure to retaliate will let America take whatever steps it wishes, knowing the DPRK alone will pay the price. If it launches its own attacks, possible nuclear war could follow.

The stakes are huge. Once the dice is cast, there may be no turning back, the entire region paying a price.

Washington wants Beijing to constrain Pyongyang. China can do only so much. It can’t satisfy everyone. It’s going all-out to avoid potentially catastrophic war.

North Korea has every right to protect its national security short of conflict risking the lives of millions of its people.

Diplomatic solutions to tough issues aren’t easy, the payoff huge if accomplished.

Are Pyongyang and Washington wise enough to see war isn’t the answer?

Things could come to a head quickly in the coming days. Will madness of war no one can win get both sides to step back from the brink?

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at [email protected]

His new book as editor and contributor is titled “Flashpoint in Ukraine: How the US Drive for Hegemony Risks WW III.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanIII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Will War Follow Another North Korea Nuclear Test?

Ukrainian Army Continues its Advance into Donbass

April 25th, 2017 by Zorana Dobriza

The Ukrainian army continues to increase its activity in the east of the country in the combat zone between the Ukrainian armed forces and the Luhansk People’s Republic’s units. Thus, in the morning of April 23 a patrol vehicle of the OSCE Special Monitoring Mission (SMM) blew up on a mine in not controlled by Kiev Slavyanoserbsky district of the Lugansk region. As a result of the explosion, a US citizen working as a medical officer of the mission was killed and two mission employees were injured.

Being unable to conduct active armed actions, Kiev focused its efforts on asymmetric combat operations against the Donbass insurgents through sabotage actions.

A.Marochko, an official representative of the People’s Militia of the Luhansk People’s Republic, said that the undermining of the cars of the OSCE mission is a terrorist act of Ukrainian special services that was committed by saboteurs of the 8th Special Regiment of Special Forces of the Special Operations Forces of the Ukrainian Armed Forces. The possibility of execution of such terroristic acts was previously officially announced by the Minister of State Security of the Luhansk People’s Republic L. Pasechnik.

On February 4, 2017, he noted that the the People’s Militia of the Luhansk People’s Republic had information concerning the Ukrainian special services attempts to assassinate international mission personnel working in the Luhansk People’s Republic. S. Ivanchuk and I. Deyev, servicemen of the 8th Special Purpose Regiment of the Special Operations Forces of the Ukranian Armed Forces arrested in February being interrogated confirmed the fact that the Ukrainian Special Forces had the representatives of the OSCE shadowed. Major Ivanchuk, the head of the Ukrainian Group of Diversions and Reconnaissance confirmed during the interrogation that he had shadowed the movements of the OSCE staff and then had passed this information to the Ukrainian Security Service. He also admitted that the corresponding task was assigned to him by Colonel Sandursky known by the call sign “Khutor”, his curator from the Security Service.

In the course of the engineering reconnaissance of the area conducted on April 24, 2017 by the units of the People’s Militia of the Luhansk People’s Republic at the zone of the diversion aimed at the crew of the OSCE, a so-called “lying place” organized by the Ukrainian Group of Diversions and Reconnaissance was identified at a distance of 500-700 meters from the indicated location. Based on the evidences found and the nature of the actions it was established that the group consisted of three people. The senior serviceman of the group was Major Goluzyak Sergey Vyacheslavovich from the 8th separate special regiment of the Special Operations Forces of the Ukrainian Armed Forces.

It is noteworthy that at present units of the Ukrainian Armed Forces are being trained by military instructors from Poland, Lithuania and Denmark at the Yavoriv training ground in the Lviv region. The training of the Armed Forces is led by Colonel David Jordan of the US Armed Forces, who may become the head of the “OSCE peacekeeping mission” in the Donbass region.

Undermining of the OSCE vehicle is another attempt to disrupt the Minsk settling process within the South-East of Ukraine which goal is to create preconditions for the unarmed OSCE troops entry to the territory of the unrecognized republics. The question is who from the Ukrainian governance will be able to provide guarantees for their security?

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Ukrainian Army Continues its Advance into Donbass

Anzac as Apologia and Religion

April 25th, 2017 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

Soaked to the core, Melbournians gathered around the War Memorial in thousands, gazing at the flickering, all-resistant eternal flame in an annual tribute to Australia’s fallen. Each year, the secular religion of Anzac (the Australian and New Zealand Army Corps) receives more adherents, gathers a few more followers, and nabs a few more converts among the young.

This also shows in budget outlays. Between 2014 and 2018, $562 million will be expended in commemoration services of the First World War. This staggering amount exceeds that of other nations involved in the conflict, including the combined budgets of Germany, Russia, Belgium, France, the United Kingdom, Italy, Bulgaria, Greece, Serbia, Romania and the United States. France, by way of example, is set to spend 120 million euros. (To date, only 30 million of it has been secured from public institutions.)[1]

What the Anzac Day ceremonies do not do is reflect on political folly and irresponsibility. This is the event’s greatest triumph: that of political deflection. Human sacrifice is the enormous tent under which political blunders and military catastrophes are subsumed, negating any questioning about decisions made and engagements undertaken in conflict. 

Gallipoli in 1915 was a defeat of monumental proportions for the Anzac soldiers, a needless slaughter born from a Churchillian gamble. Editors and politicians chose to see it differently, finding in murderous folly a “baptism of fire”.  Importantly, it was an invasion of the Ottoman state, a violation of sovereignty that has somehow been lost in the annals of saccharine reflection.

The modern disaster theme, with wheels of doom re-invented for the next futile deployment, can be gathered in the latest visit of Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull to Iraq and Afghanistan. These are both engagements without end, costly to life and tax payer, and do little to mark out, let alone define, the national interest.

In the case of Iraq, the need to train local security forces always seemed absurd given the existence of a functioning state prior to the ill-conceived, illegal invasion of 2003, of which Australia was an enthusiastic participant.

Having essentially destroyed Iraq, crippling its infrastructure and disbanding its security forces before a hail of sectarian vengeance, Australian soldiers and personnel then found themselves in acts of feeble reconstruction.  

The public relations here is typical, and again an annex of the deflection program so resonant in Anzac Day propaganda: Australian forces deemed worthy participants in the Building Partner Capacity Mission at Taji, responsible, according to the Sydney Morning Herald, for the training of more than 20,000 Iraqi Security Forces and 3,000 federal police.[2]

As this training takes place, suicide bombers continue to act as deep, bloody reminders about this mission. Another is the presence of Islamic State or Daesh, a target of the Australian Special Operations Task Group assisting the Iraqi Counter-Terrorism Service, this, the offspring of a deranged mother of necessity in the wake of Iraq’s sectarian violence in a post-Saddam world.

The vulgar pieties across the networks further serve to show how journalists have become votaries to the Anzac cult. Priests and priestesses interview veterans and politicians about the current role of Anzac and its importance.  Points about how best to rehabilitate the broken on returning from conflict are bandied about without asking the question as to why they were sent to a distant theatre to begin with.  Questions are asked about how best to educate children on the subject.

The Anzac Day Commemoration Committee states the prosaic point about carrying the rituals through the young. 

“By building young children’s understandings about traditions, facts and folklore of ANZAC Day, the many real life stories of sacrifices and heroism of everyday Australians will not be lost, but be handed down to future generations.”[3] 

The battle over what those facts are, let alone the mythologies that tend to obscure them, is not something of interest to the memorialisers. (A few rear guard actions have been fought against this, notably by David Stephens and Alison Broinowski in the edited collection The Honest History Book.[4]

Image result for anzac day

More important are the social activities that might engage the entire family, as war can be so much fun. The South Australian Advertiser lists five ways “to keep children entertained in South Australia on Anzac Day.”[5]

These include horse drawn trams to Granite Island “where eagle-eyed kids can keep an eye out for penguins” or seeing the Anzac Day Variety Concert at Elizabeth’s Shedley Theatre. To expend energy, children will find Lollipop’s Playland and Café a treat. And so it goes on.

The rituals of the secular religion demand consistency.  Turnbull has followed, unreflectively, in the steps of a historically dysfunctional continuum. There is no self-examination, merely belief. There is no questioning, merely acceptance.

Turnbull’s Facebook page supplies us an example:

“More than 100,000 men and women have died in the service of our nation. Many have been left wounded in body and spirit. Their sacrifice has protected our liberty and our values. And their legacy continues in the work of those who serve today.”

Such statements suggest that the issue of true accountability, the need to haul the political classes and decision makers before a tribunal of informed opinion, is most needed. These are the individuals, from Prime Ministers to generals, who persist in needlessly damaging Australian citizens and those who suffer their virtue and values. Anzac Day remains their great apologia, their alibi, and their exoneration.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He lectures at RMITUniversity, Melbourne.  Email: [email protected]

Notes

[1] http://honesthistory.net.au/wp/is-australia-spending-too-much-on-the-anzac-centenary-a-comparison-with-france/

[2] http://www.smh.com.au/federal-politics/political-news/anzac-day-2017-prime-minister-malcolm-turnbull-visits-australian-troops-in-iraq-and-afghanistan-20170424-gvrm6c.html

[3] https://anzacday.org.au/an-introduction-to-anzac-day-for-early-childhood

[4] https://www.newsouthbooks.com.au/books/honest-history/

[5] http://www.adelaidenow.com.au/news/south-australia/anzac-day-five-ways-to-keep-the-children-entertained-in-south-australia-on-anzac-day/news-story/91f3616ae0905cdc10d8bcf7a5a9f6cb

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Anzac as Apologia and Religion

9/11 Destroyed America

April 25th, 2017 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

The events on September 11, 2001, changed the world. It was the excuse for the US government to launch military attacks on seven Middle Eastern countries, causing civilian casualties in the millions and sending waves of Muslim refugees into the Western world. The US government wasted trillions of dollars destroying countries and murdering women and children, while public infrastructure in the US deteriorated, Americans’ homes were foreclosed, and American health needs went unattended. 9/11 was also the excuse for the destruction of the protection that the US Constitution provided to ensure the liberty of the American citizen. Today no American has the protection of the civil liberty that the Constitution guarantees.

On September 11, 2001, when a neighbor called and told me to turn on the TV, I stopped what I was doing and turned on the TV. What I saw was the two World Trade Center Towers blowing up. I had often enjoyed lunch in the rooftop restaurant in one of the towers across the street from my Wall Street Journal office.

A miniscule by comparison frail aluminum airliner hit one massive steel tower and then another aluminum airliner hit the other. There were some plumes of orange outside the buildings. Then approximately after one hour, less in one case, more in the other, the two towers exploded floor by floor as they fell into their own footprint.

This was precisely the way the news anchors described what I was seeing. “It looks exactly like a controlled demolition,” the news anchors reported. And indeed it did. As a Georgia Tech student I had witnessed a controlled demolition, and that is what I saw on television, just as that was what the news anchors saw.

Later that day Larry Silverstein who owned, or held the lease on, the World Trade Center, explained on TV that the free fall collapse in the late afternoon of the third WTC skyscraper, Building 7, into its own footprint was a conscious decision to “pull” the building. Pull is the term used by controlled demolition to describe a building wired with explosives to be destroyed. Building 7 had not been hit by an airliner, and suffered only minor and very limited office fires. Silverstein’s statement was afterwards corrected by authorities to mean that the firemen were pulled from the building. However, many videos show the firemen already out of the building with the fireman stating that the building was going to be brought down.

As there is no doubt whatsoever that Building 7 was wired for demolition, the question is why?

Because Americans are an insouciant and trusting people and confident of the inherent goodness of their country, years passed before even experts noticed that the official story stood in total contraction to known laws of physics, was in total contraction to how buildings collapse from asymmetrical damage, and could not have collapsed due to being hit by airliners as the buildings met all code requirements for withstanding airliner collusions. Many did not even know that the third skyscraper, Building 7, had collapsed.

Professor Steven E. Jones, a professor of physics at BYU, was among the first to see that the official story was pure fantasy. His reward for speaking out was to have his tenure contract bought out by BYU, many believe under orders from the federal government backed up with the threat that all federal support of science at BYU would be terminated unless Stephen Jones was.

Cynthia McKinney, an African-american who represented a Georgia congressional district in the US House of Representatives was either much brighter or much braver than her white colleagues. She raised obvious questions about 9/11, questions begging to be asked, and lost her seat.

Approximately five years after 9/11, San Francisco architect Richard Gage noticed that the three WTC buildings did not fall down in any way consistent with the official explanation. He formed Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth, currently about 3,000 members. This group includes high rise architects and structural engineers who actually are experienced in the construction of skyscrapers. In other words, they are people who know what they are talking about.

These 3,000 experts have said that the official explanation of the collapse of three skyscrapers stands in contradiction to known laws of physics, architecture, and structural engineering.

In other words, the official explanation is totally impossible. Only an uneducated and ignorant public can believe the official 9/11 story. The US population fits this description.

A&E for 9/11 Truth is gradually gaining assent from architects and engineers. It is very difficult for an architect or engineer to support the truth, because the American population, which includes patriotic construction companies, whose employees fly American flags on their trucks, don’t want to hire architects and engineers who are “enemies of America aligned with Arab terrorists.” In America, if you tell the truth, you are in great danger of losing your customers and even your life.

Think now about physicists. How many physics faculties do you know that are not dependent on federal grants, usually for military-related work? The same for chemistry. Any physics professor who challenged the official story of 9/11 with the obvious fact that the story contravenes known laws of physics would endanger not only his own career but the careers of his entire department.

Truth in America is extremely costly to express. It comes at a high cost that hardly any can afford.

Our masters know this, and thus they can dispense with truth at will. Moreover, any expert courageous enough to speak the truth is easily branded a “conspiracy theorist.”

Who comes to his defense? Not his colleagues. They want rid of him as quickly as possible. Truth is a threat to their careers. They can’t afford to be associated with truth. In America, truth is a career-killing word.

In America, truth is becoming a synonym for “Russian agent.” Only Russian Agents tell the truth, which must mean that truth is an enemy of America. Lists are being prepared of websites that speak truth to power and thus are seditious. In the United States today people can lie at will without consequence, but it is deadly to tell the truth.

Support A&E for 9/11 Truth. These are heroic people. 9/11 was the manufactured excuse for the neoconservatives’ 16 years of war crimes against millions of Muslims peoples, remnants of which now seek refuge in Europe.

Neoconservatives are a tiny number of people. No more than a dozen are of any consequence. Yet they have used America to murder millions. And now they are fomenting war with Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea. The world would never survive such a war.

Are Americans so insouciant that they will stand aside while a dozen neoconservatives destroy the world?

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on 9/11 Destroyed America

Trump Is Advised by Liars, Like Bush Was

April 25th, 2017 by Eric Zuesse

As will be shown here, the U.S. federal government, under President Donald Trump, is repeating the very same deception of the public, in regard to Syria’s Bashar al-Assad, that it had perpetrated back in 2002, against Iraq’s Saddam Hussein, under U.S. President George W. Bush. (By contrast, and for secret reasons, the U.S. federal government does everything possible to downplay the barbarisms, such as are occurring in Yemen, that are perpetrated by the fundamentalist Sunni Kings of Saudi Arabia, and Emirs of Qatar, even while exaggerating the barbarisms by the fundamentalist Shiite clerics who control Iran — a key ally of the secular and non-fundamentalist Shiite leader of Syria.

The U.S. ‘news’ media display no curiosity, at all, to understand, much less to explain to their public, why that partiality of the U.S. government, in favor of fundamentalist Sunni governments, against any Shiite governments, exists; but, all of the 9/11 jihadists were fundamentalist Sunnis, and Al Qaeda itself is a fundamentalist Sunni operation, as is ISIS; and these facts have something to do with that ‘mystery’, of why the U.S. ‘news’ media and government are so partial in favor of fundamentalist Sunnis, against Shiites. America’s soldiers are actually fighting foreign wars for foreign powers who are claimed to be ‘allies’, but who are actually the ones that invade America and slaughter Americans.)

Here will be documented that Donald Trump is now clearly following in George W. Bush’s (and Barack Obama’s) footsteps, being advised by liars, who deceive the public into invading, on false pretexts — the chief crime for which the Nazi military leaders at Nuremberg were tried and executed. Now it’s America’s leaders, who should be in the docks. This is an ugly reality, in which America’s press is complicit by refusing to report it. Indeed, America’s press is essential to the success of the government’s fraud, which certainly succeeded against Saddam Hussein in 2003, and which is again succeeding against Bashar al-Assad now.

Image result for dick cheney

There is a debate as to whether George W. Bush himself was a liar (which he certainly was), but there is no debate about whether his advisors were liars (which they also were). For example, regarding “Saddam’s WMDs,” Bush’s Vice-President Dick Cheney said, on Aug. 26, 2002:

“Simply stated, there’s no doubt that Saddam Hussein has weapons of mass destruction.”

There certainly WAS “doubt” (and there was, in fact, no evidence at all that any active WMD program still existed in Iraq at the time when the United States invaded in 2003 and destroyed Iraq by our invasion). Dick Cheney was, quite simply, lying, there. People who deny it are of only two types: arrogant in their ignorance of the facts, or else outright liars themselves.

(Indeed, the infamous neoconservative Bill Kristol, and other neocons at that time, were citing Cheney’s allegation prominently as providing ‘a compelling case’ that we should invade. It was no such thing, and the fascist — euphemistically called “neoconservative” — Kristol subsequently campaigned to get James Mattis elected as the next President after Barack Obama, but succeeded ultimately only in getting President-elect Donald Trump to appoint Mattis to run U.S. foreign policy instead, from the post of Mattis’s being Trump’s Pentagon chief and actual top foreign-affairs advisor.) In today’s America, such fascists aren’t embarrassed and shunned (much less executed, or otherwise dealt with as war-criminals) — they remain influential and powerful, in today’s Amerika.

Cheney was declared by the ‘news’media to have been the nation’s “Chief Operating Officer” in G.W. Bush’s Presidency, but that appellation was valid primarily for Bush’s foreign policies (including all military matters). So, that’s what we’re talking about here, the policies that have international significance, these being the policies regarding which any nation’s aristocracy tends to be the most unified, and are therefore the most important to America’s oligarchs — though often ignored by the general public, and left by them simply to trust the President on, and so we invade, again. And again. Very profitable, for the chief stockholders in the weapons-making firms.

The reliance that Bush had placed upon his Vice President, big Dick Cheney, to make determinations about whether or not to invade, is now the reliance that Trump places upon his Secretary of ‘Defense’, today’s equally soft-spoken big stick, James Mattis, to decide whether or not to invade. Although Mattis is unlike Cheney in regards to torture, both of these two key Presidential advisors, Cheney and Mattis, share a lot in common, and Trump’s placing military decisions in Mattis’s hands is, as Kristol knew, very much like a second G.W. Bush Presidency, just combined with a bit of the more ‘proper’ neoconservatism of Barack Obama’s Presidency. (Obama was actually even worse than Bush was in some important respects — but a much more skillful liar than Bush was.)

Image result for james mattisOn Friday April 21st, Mattis said at a press conference,

“There can be no doubt in the international community’s mind that Syria has retained chemical weapons in violation of its agreement and its statement that it had removed them all. There is no longer any doubt,” just as there wasn’t any doubt according to Cheney back in 2002 — “no doubt that Saddam Hussein has weapons of mass destruction.” 

But, just as Cheney lied then about Saddam Hussein, in order to invade, Mattis lies now about Bashar al-Assad, in order to invade. (And here was that very same authority disproving the allegation against Assad, back on 14 January 2014: disproving then Barack Obama’s Administration’s continuing lies alleging at that time, that Assad instead of the U.S. and its allies were behind the 2013 “red line” sarin gas attack in Syria — and Seymour Hersh’s similar finding, in confirmation of that Obama-lie, via Britain’s MI6.)

So, just like with George W. Bush, U.S. President Donald Trump is relying upon not only the advice, but also the military judgment, of clear-cut liars. They lie their way into invasions, just like Hitler did. And, just like happened with President George W. Bush, the debate among historians will be as to whether President Donald Trump is merely a fool who demands to be encircled by yes-men, or is, himself, instead, a knowing liar, who can be distinguished from President Barack Obama solely by the latter’s having been a far slicker liar than Bush or Trump (such as Obama displayed himself to be, here, and here).

Meanwhile, Trump helps his new-found friends, the fundamentalist-Sunni royal owners of Saudi Arabia, to create a famine and slaughter Shiites in their neighboring country of Yemen, after the U.S. had sold $130 billion in weapons to those Saudi royals and their fellow fundamentalist-Sunni royals (and other Sunnis) assisting in this slaughter of Yemenis.

Instead of Trump’s doing war against “radical Islamic terrorists”, they turn out to be his friends.

Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Trump Is Advised by Liars, Like Bush Was